Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Eugenic Marriage,
Volume 4 (of 4)
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: The Eugenic Marriage, Volume 4 (of 4)
Author: W. Grant Hague
Release date: May 11, 2007 [eBook #21418]
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/21418
Credits: Produced by K.D. Thornton, Ross Wilburn, Bruce Albrecht
and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
http://www.pgdp.net
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE EUGENIC
MARRIAGE, VOLUME 4 (OF 4) ***
Transcriber's Obvious typographical errors have been corrected and
note: a few punctuation variants have been normalized.
Volume 4 (of 4)
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: The Eugenic Marriage, Volume 4 (of 4)
Author: W. Grant Hague
Release date: May 11, 2007 [eBook #21418]
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/21418
Credits: Produced by K.D. Thornton, Ross Wilburn, Bruce Albrecht
and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
http://www.pgdp.net
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE EUGENIC
MARRIAGE, VOLUME 4 (OF 4) ***
Transcriber's Obvious typographical errors have been corrected and
note: a few punctuation variants have been normalized.
Page 4
Courtesy of New York World
More Babies Like These
These nine little tots are all sound, healthy stock.
The generations behind them had unconsciously
been practicing Eugenics through the process of
natural selection. By luck, as it were, no strain
was bred into the several families that would
have caused these children to be unsound
mentally, morally, or physically.
It is through Eugenics that we shall have more
babies like these, and shall eliminate the
possibility of children like those shown in the
other illustrations to this volume.
The Eugenic Marriage
More Babies Like These
These nine little tots are all sound, healthy stock.
The generations behind them had unconsciously
been practicing Eugenics through the process of
natural selection. By luck, as it were, no strain
was bred into the several families that would
have caused these children to be unsound
mentally, morally, or physically.
It is through Eugenics that we shall have more
babies like these, and shall eliminate the
possibility of children like those shown in the
other illustrations to this volume.
The Eugenic Marriage
Page 5
A Personal Guide to the
New Science of Better
Living and Better Babies
By W. GRANT HAGUE, M.D.
College of Physicians and Surgeons (Columbia University), New York;
Member of County Medical Society, and of the American Medical
Association
New Science of Better
Living and Better Babies
By W. GRANT HAGUE, M.D.
College of Physicians and Surgeons (Columbia University), New York;
Member of County Medical Society, and of the American Medical
Association
Page 6
In Four Volumes
Page 7
VOLUME IV
New York
THE REVIEW OF REVIEWS COMPANY
1914
Copyright, 1913, by W. Grant Hague
Copyright, 1914, by W. Grant Hague
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Accidents and Emergencies
CHAPTER XXXIV
COMMON DISEASES OF THE NOSE, MOUTH, AND
PAGE
CHEST
New York
THE REVIEW OF REVIEWS COMPANY
1914
Copyright, 1913, by W. Grant Hague
Copyright, 1914, by W. Grant Hague
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Accidents and Emergencies
CHAPTER XXXIV
COMMON DISEASES OF THE NOSE, MOUTH, AND
PAGE
CHEST
Page 8
"Catching Cold"—Sitting on the Floor—Kicking the Bed
Clothes Off—Inadequate Head Covering—Subjecting
Baby to Different Temperatures Suddenly—Wearing
Rubbers—Direct Infection—Acute Nasal Catarrh—Acute
Coryza—Acute Rhinitis—"Cold in the Head"—
"Snuffles"—Treatment of Acute Nasal Catarrh, or
Rhinitis, or Coryza, or "Cold in the Head," or
"Snuffles"—Chronic Nasal Catarrh—Chronic Rhinitis—
Chronic Discharge from the Nose—Nervous or Persistent
Cough—Adenoids as a Cause of Persistent Cough—
Croup—Acute Catarrhal Laryngitis—Spasmodic Croup
—False Croup—Tonsilitis—Angina—Sore Throat—
Symptoms of Tonsilitis—Treatment of Tonsilitis—
Bronchitis in Infants—Bronchitis in Older Children
—"Don'ts" in Bronchitis—Diet in Bronchitis—
Inhalations in Bronchitis— External Applications in
Bronchitis—Drugs in Bronchitis—Chronic or Recurrent
Bronchitis—Pneumonia—Acute Broncho-pneumonia—
Symptoms of Broncho-pneumonia—How to Tell When a
Child has Broncho-pneumonia—Treatment of Broncho-
pneumonia—The After-treatment of Broncho-pneumonia
— Adenoids—How to Tell When a Child has Adenoids—
Treatment of Adenoids—Nasal Hemorrhage—"Nose-
bleeds"—Treatment of Nose-bleeds—Quinsy—Hiccough
—Sore Mouth— Stomatitis—Treatment of Ulcers of the
Mouth—Sprue— Thrush...
497
CHAPTER XXXV
diseases of the stomach and gastro-intestinal canal
Clothes Off—Inadequate Head Covering—Subjecting
Baby to Different Temperatures Suddenly—Wearing
Rubbers—Direct Infection—Acute Nasal Catarrh—Acute
Coryza—Acute Rhinitis—"Cold in the Head"—
"Snuffles"—Treatment of Acute Nasal Catarrh, or
Rhinitis, or Coryza, or "Cold in the Head," or
"Snuffles"—Chronic Nasal Catarrh—Chronic Rhinitis—
Chronic Discharge from the Nose—Nervous or Persistent
Cough—Adenoids as a Cause of Persistent Cough—
Croup—Acute Catarrhal Laryngitis—Spasmodic Croup
—False Croup—Tonsilitis—Angina—Sore Throat—
Symptoms of Tonsilitis—Treatment of Tonsilitis—
Bronchitis in Infants—Bronchitis in Older Children
—"Don'ts" in Bronchitis—Diet in Bronchitis—
Inhalations in Bronchitis— External Applications in
Bronchitis—Drugs in Bronchitis—Chronic or Recurrent
Bronchitis—Pneumonia—Acute Broncho-pneumonia—
Symptoms of Broncho-pneumonia—How to Tell When a
Child has Broncho-pneumonia—Treatment of Broncho-
pneumonia—The After-treatment of Broncho-pneumonia
— Adenoids—How to Tell When a Child has Adenoids—
Treatment of Adenoids—Nasal Hemorrhage—"Nose-
bleeds"—Treatment of Nose-bleeds—Quinsy—Hiccough
—Sore Mouth— Stomatitis—Treatment of Ulcers of the
Mouth—Sprue— Thrush...
497
CHAPTER XXXV
diseases of the stomach and gastro-intestinal canal
Page 9
Inflammation of the Stomach—Acute Gastritis—
Persistent Vomiting—Acute Gastric Indigestion—Iced
Champagne in Persistent Vomiting—Acute Intestinal
Diseases of Children—Conditions Under Which They
Exist and Suggestions as to Remedial Measures—Acute
Intestinal Indigestion—Symptoms of Acute Intestinal
Indigestion—Treatment of Acute Intestinal Indigestion—
Children with Whom Milk Does Not Agree—Chronic or
Persistent Intestinal Indigestion—Acute Ileo-colitis—
Dysentery— Enteritis—Entero-colitis—Inflammatory
Diarrhea—Chronic Ileo-colitis—Chronic Colitis—
Summer Diarrhea—Cholera Infantum—Gastro-enteritis
—Acute Gastro-enteric Infection—Gastro-enteric
Intoxication—Colic Appendicitis—Jaundice in Infants—
Jaundice in Older Children—Catarrhal Jaundice—Gastro-
duodenitis—Intestinal Worms—Worms, Thread, Pin and
Tape—Rupture...
527
CHAPTER XXXVI
diseases of children (continued)
Mastitis or Inflammation of the Breasts in Infancy—
Mastitis in Young Girls—Let Your Ears Alone—Never
Box a Child's Ears—Do Not Pick the Ears—Earache—
Inflammation of the Ear—Acute Otitis—Swollen Glands
—Acute Adenitis—Swollen Glands in the Groin—Boils
—Hives— Nettle Rash—Prickly Heat—Ringworm in the
Scalp—Eczema—Poor Blood—Simple Anemia—
Chlorosis— Severe Anemia—Pernicious Anemia ...
553
Persistent Vomiting—Acute Gastric Indigestion—Iced
Champagne in Persistent Vomiting—Acute Intestinal
Diseases of Children—Conditions Under Which They
Exist and Suggestions as to Remedial Measures—Acute
Intestinal Indigestion—Symptoms of Acute Intestinal
Indigestion—Treatment of Acute Intestinal Indigestion—
Children with Whom Milk Does Not Agree—Chronic or
Persistent Intestinal Indigestion—Acute Ileo-colitis—
Dysentery— Enteritis—Entero-colitis—Inflammatory
Diarrhea—Chronic Ileo-colitis—Chronic Colitis—
Summer Diarrhea—Cholera Infantum—Gastro-enteritis
—Acute Gastro-enteric Infection—Gastro-enteric
Intoxication—Colic Appendicitis—Jaundice in Infants—
Jaundice in Older Children—Catarrhal Jaundice—Gastro-
duodenitis—Intestinal Worms—Worms, Thread, Pin and
Tape—Rupture...
527
CHAPTER XXXVI
diseases of children (continued)
Mastitis or Inflammation of the Breasts in Infancy—
Mastitis in Young Girls—Let Your Ears Alone—Never
Box a Child's Ears—Do Not Pick the Ears—Earache—
Inflammation of the Ear—Acute Otitis—Swollen Glands
—Acute Adenitis—Swollen Glands in the Groin—Boils
—Hives— Nettle Rash—Prickly Heat—Ringworm in the
Scalp—Eczema—Poor Blood—Simple Anemia—
Chlorosis— Severe Anemia—Pernicious Anemia ...
553
Page 10
CHAPTER XXXVII
diseases of children (continued)
Rheumatism—Malaria—Rashes of Childhood—Pimples
— Acne—Blackheads—Convulsions—Fits—Spasms—
Bed-wetting—Enuresis—Incontinence—Sleeplessness—
Disturbed Sleep—Nightmare—Night Terrors—Headache
—Thumb-sucking—Biting the Finger Nails—Colon
Irrigation—How to Wash Out the Bowels—A High
Enema—Enema—Methods of Reducing Fever—Ice Cap
—Cold Sponging—Cold Pack—The Cold Bath—Various
Baths—Mustard Baths—Hot Pack—Hot Bath—Hot Air,
or Vapor Bath—Bran Bath—Tepid Bath—Cold Sponge—
Shower Bath—Poultices—Hot Fomentations—How to
Make and How to Apply a Mustard Paste—How to
Prepare and Use the Mustard Pack—Turpentine Stupes—
Oiled Silk, What it is and Why it is Used ...
569
Diseases of Children
CHAPTER XXXVIII
infectious or contagious diseases
599
Rules to be Observed in the Treatment of Contagious
Diseases—What Isolation Means—The Contagious Sick
Room—Conduct and Dress of the Nurse—Feeding the
diseases of children (continued)
Rheumatism—Malaria—Rashes of Childhood—Pimples
— Acne—Blackheads—Convulsions—Fits—Spasms—
Bed-wetting—Enuresis—Incontinence—Sleeplessness—
Disturbed Sleep—Nightmare—Night Terrors—Headache
—Thumb-sucking—Biting the Finger Nails—Colon
Irrigation—How to Wash Out the Bowels—A High
Enema—Enema—Methods of Reducing Fever—Ice Cap
—Cold Sponging—Cold Pack—The Cold Bath—Various
Baths—Mustard Baths—Hot Pack—Hot Bath—Hot Air,
or Vapor Bath—Bran Bath—Tepid Bath—Cold Sponge—
Shower Bath—Poultices—Hot Fomentations—How to
Make and How to Apply a Mustard Paste—How to
Prepare and Use the Mustard Pack—Turpentine Stupes—
Oiled Silk, What it is and Why it is Used ...
569
Diseases of Children
CHAPTER XXXVIII
infectious or contagious diseases
599
Rules to be Observed in the Treatment of Contagious
Diseases—What Isolation Means—The Contagious Sick
Room—Conduct and Dress of the Nurse—Feeding the
Page 11
Patient and Nurse—How to Disinfect the Clothing and
Linen—How to Disinfect the Urine and Feces—How to
Disinfect the Hands—Disinfection of the Room
Necessary—How to Disinfect the Mouth and Nose—
How to Disinfect the Throat—Receptacle for the Sputum
—Care of the Skin in Contagious Diseases—
Convalescence After a Contagious Disease—Disinfecting
the Sick Chamber—The After Treatment of a Disinfected
Room—How to Disinfect the Bed Clothing and Clothes
—Mumps—Epidemic Parotitis—Chicken Pox—Varicella
—La Grippe— Influenza—Diphtheria—Whooping
Cough—Pertussis—Measles—Koplik's Spots—
Department of Health Rules in Measles—Scarlet Fever—
Scarlatina—Typhoid Fever— Various Solutions—Boracic
Acid Solution—Normal Salt Solution—Carron Oil—
Thiersch's Solution—Solution of Bichloride of Mercury
—How to Make Various Solutions ....
Accidents and Emergencies
CHAPTER XXXIX
accidents and emergencies
629
Accidents and Emergencies—Contents of the Family
Medicine Chest—Foreign Bodies in the Eye—Foreign
Bodies in the Ear—Foreign Bodies in the Nose—Foreign
Bodies in the Throat—A Bruise or Contusion—Wounds
—Arrest of Hemorrhage—Removal of Foreign Bodies
from a Wound—Cleansing a Wound—Closing and
Dressing Wounds—The Condition of Shock—Dog Bites
Linen—How to Disinfect the Urine and Feces—How to
Disinfect the Hands—Disinfection of the Room
Necessary—How to Disinfect the Mouth and Nose—
How to Disinfect the Throat—Receptacle for the Sputum
—Care of the Skin in Contagious Diseases—
Convalescence After a Contagious Disease—Disinfecting
the Sick Chamber—The After Treatment of a Disinfected
Room—How to Disinfect the Bed Clothing and Clothes
—Mumps—Epidemic Parotitis—Chicken Pox—Varicella
—La Grippe— Influenza—Diphtheria—Whooping
Cough—Pertussis—Measles—Koplik's Spots—
Department of Health Rules in Measles—Scarlet Fever—
Scarlatina—Typhoid Fever— Various Solutions—Boracic
Acid Solution—Normal Salt Solution—Carron Oil—
Thiersch's Solution—Solution of Bichloride of Mercury
—How to Make Various Solutions ....
Accidents and Emergencies
CHAPTER XXXIX
accidents and emergencies
629
Accidents and Emergencies—Contents of the Family
Medicine Chest—Foreign Bodies in the Eye—Foreign
Bodies in the Ear—Foreign Bodies in the Nose—Foreign
Bodies in the Throat—A Bruise or Contusion—Wounds
—Arrest of Hemorrhage—Removal of Foreign Bodies
from a Wound—Cleansing a Wound—Closing and
Dressing Wounds—The Condition of Shock—Dog Bites
Page 12
— Sprains— Dislocations—Wounds of the Scalp— Run-
around—Felon— Whitlow—Burns and Scalds ...
Miscellaneous
CHAPTER XL
miscellaneous
The Dangerous House Fly—Diseases Transmitted by
Flies—Homes Should be Carefully Screened and
Protected—The Breeding Places of Flies—Special Care
Should be Given to Stables, Privy Vaults, Garbage,
Vacant Lots, Foodstuffs, Water Fronts, Drains—
Precautions to be Observed—How to Kill Flies—Moths
—What Physicians are Doing—Radium—X-Ray
Treatment and X-Ray Diagnosis—Aseptic Surgery—New
Anesthetics—Vaccine in Typhoid Fever—"606"—
Transplanting the Organs of Dead Men into the Living—
Bacteria that Make Soil Barren or Productive—Anti-
meningitis Serum—A Serum for Malaria in Sight ...
645
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Page
More Babies Like These Frontispiece
A Grim Result (Facing 519)
"A Misfortune at Birth" (Facing 567)
The First Blight (Facing 599)
around—Felon— Whitlow—Burns and Scalds ...
Miscellaneous
CHAPTER XL
miscellaneous
The Dangerous House Fly—Diseases Transmitted by
Flies—Homes Should be Carefully Screened and
Protected—The Breeding Places of Flies—Special Care
Should be Given to Stables, Privy Vaults, Garbage,
Vacant Lots, Foodstuffs, Water Fronts, Drains—
Precautions to be Observed—How to Kill Flies—Moths
—What Physicians are Doing—Radium—X-Ray
Treatment and X-Ray Diagnosis—Aseptic Surgery—New
Anesthetics—Vaccine in Typhoid Fever—"606"—
Transplanting the Organs of Dead Men into the Living—
Bacteria that Make Soil Barren or Productive—Anti-
meningitis Serum—A Serum for Malaria in Sight ...
645
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Page
More Babies Like These Frontispiece
A Grim Result (Facing 519)
"A Misfortune at Birth" (Facing 567)
The First Blight (Facing 599)
Page 13
ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES
Page 14
CHAPTER XXXIV
COMMON DISEASES OF THE NOSE, MOUTH, AND
CHEST
"Catching Cold"—Sitting on the Floor— Kicking the Bed Clothes Off—
Inadequate Head Covering—Subjecting Baby to Different Temperatures
Suddenly—Wearing Rubbers—Direct Infection—Acute Nasal Catarrh—
Acute Coryza—Acute Rhinitis—"Cold in the Head"—"Snuffles"—
Treatment of Acute Nasal Catarrh, or Rhinitis, or Coryza, or "Cold in the
Head," or "Snuffles"—Chronic Nasal Catarrh—Chronic Rhinitis— Chronic
Discharge from the Nose—Nervous or Persistent Cough— Adenoids as a
Cause of Persistent Cough—Croup—Acute Catarrhal Laryngitis—
Spasmodic Croup—False Croup—Tonsilitis—Angina—Sore Throat—
Symptoms of Tonsilitis—Treatment of Tonsilitis—Bronchitis in Infants—
Bronchitis in Older Children—"Don'ts" in Bronchitis—Diet in Bronchitis—
Inhalations in Bronchitis—External Applications in Bronchitis—Drugs in
Bronchitis—Chronic or Recurrent Bronchitis—Pneumonia—Acute
Broncho-pneumonia—Symptoms of Broncho-pneumonia—How to Tell
When a Child has Broncho-pneumonia—Treatment of Broncho-pneumonia
—The After-treatment of Broncho-pneumonia—Adenoids—How to Tell
When a Child has Adenoids—Treatment of Adenoids—Nasal Hemorrhage
—"Nose-bleeds"—Treatment of Nose-bleeds—Quinsy—Hiccough—Sore
Mouth— Stomatitis—Treatment of Ulcers of the Mouth—Sprue—Thrush.
"CATCHING COLDS"
Mothers frequently wonder where their children get colds. Briefly we will
point out some of the sources from which these apparently inexplicable
colds may come.
A. Sitting on the Floor.—Children should not be allowed to sit or crawl
upon the floor at any season of the year, but especially during the winter
months. There is always a draught of cold air near the floor. It is a bad habit
COMMON DISEASES OF THE NOSE, MOUTH, AND
CHEST
"Catching Cold"—Sitting on the Floor— Kicking the Bed Clothes Off—
Inadequate Head Covering—Subjecting Baby to Different Temperatures
Suddenly—Wearing Rubbers—Direct Infection—Acute Nasal Catarrh—
Acute Coryza—Acute Rhinitis—"Cold in the Head"—"Snuffles"—
Treatment of Acute Nasal Catarrh, or Rhinitis, or Coryza, or "Cold in the
Head," or "Snuffles"—Chronic Nasal Catarrh—Chronic Rhinitis— Chronic
Discharge from the Nose—Nervous or Persistent Cough— Adenoids as a
Cause of Persistent Cough—Croup—Acute Catarrhal Laryngitis—
Spasmodic Croup—False Croup—Tonsilitis—Angina—Sore Throat—
Symptoms of Tonsilitis—Treatment of Tonsilitis—Bronchitis in Infants—
Bronchitis in Older Children—"Don'ts" in Bronchitis—Diet in Bronchitis—
Inhalations in Bronchitis—External Applications in Bronchitis—Drugs in
Bronchitis—Chronic or Recurrent Bronchitis—Pneumonia—Acute
Broncho-pneumonia—Symptoms of Broncho-pneumonia—How to Tell
When a Child has Broncho-pneumonia—Treatment of Broncho-pneumonia
—The After-treatment of Broncho-pneumonia—Adenoids—How to Tell
When a Child has Adenoids—Treatment of Adenoids—Nasal Hemorrhage
—"Nose-bleeds"—Treatment of Nose-bleeds—Quinsy—Hiccough—Sore
Mouth— Stomatitis—Treatment of Ulcers of the Mouth—Sprue—Thrush.
"CATCHING COLDS"
Mothers frequently wonder where their children get colds. Briefly we will
point out some of the sources from which these apparently inexplicable
colds may come.
A. Sitting on the Floor.—Children should not be allowed to sit or crawl
upon the floor at any season of the year, but especially during the winter
months. There is always a draught of cold air near the floor. It is a bad habit
Page 15
to begin allowing a child to play with its toys on the floor. Use the bed or a
sofa or a platform raised a foot from the floor.
B. Kicking the Bed Clothes Off During the Night.—The bed clothes
should be securely pinned to the mattress by large safety pins. When it is
established as a habit a child who kicks off the bed clothes should wear a
combination night suit with "feet," made of flannel during the winter and of
cotton during the summer.
C. Inadequate Head Covering.—Professor Kerley states that this is one of
the "most frequent causes of disease of the respiratory tract in the young."
He calls attention to the fact that "mothers carefully clothe the baby with
ample coats, blankets, leggings, etc., before they take him out for the daily
walk. They dress him in a warm room taking plenty of time to put on the
extra clothes, during which time the baby frets and perspires. When all is
ready they place upon the hot, almost bald head of the baby a light
artistically decorated airy creation which is sold in the shops as children's
caps. The child is then taken out of doors and because of the inadequate
covering of the hot perspiring head, catches cold and the mother never
knows how it came." Every baby and child should wear under such caps a
skull cap of thin flannel, especially in cold weather. In summer or windy
day a light silk handkerchief folded under the cap is a very excellent
protection.
D. Subjecting a Baby to Different Temperatures Suddenly, is liable to be
followed by a cold—for example, taking the child from a warm room to a
cold room, or through a cold hall, holding the child at an open window for a
few moments.
E. The Practice of Wearing Rubbers Needs Some Consideration.—They
should never be worn indoors for even five minutes. They should not
therefore be kept on in school, nor should they be worn by women in stores
when they go shopping. When it is actually raining, or snowing, or when
there is slush or wet mud they are needful; but they should not be worn
simply because the weather is threatening or damp. Children should not put
them on to play—worn for any length of time when active they are harmful.
If worn to and from school they should be taken off at once when in school
or at home. Wearing rubbers prevents free evaporation of the natural
sofa or a platform raised a foot from the floor.
B. Kicking the Bed Clothes Off During the Night.—The bed clothes
should be securely pinned to the mattress by large safety pins. When it is
established as a habit a child who kicks off the bed clothes should wear a
combination night suit with "feet," made of flannel during the winter and of
cotton during the summer.
C. Inadequate Head Covering.—Professor Kerley states that this is one of
the "most frequent causes of disease of the respiratory tract in the young."
He calls attention to the fact that "mothers carefully clothe the baby with
ample coats, blankets, leggings, etc., before they take him out for the daily
walk. They dress him in a warm room taking plenty of time to put on the
extra clothes, during which time the baby frets and perspires. When all is
ready they place upon the hot, almost bald head of the baby a light
artistically decorated airy creation which is sold in the shops as children's
caps. The child is then taken out of doors and because of the inadequate
covering of the hot perspiring head, catches cold and the mother never
knows how it came." Every baby and child should wear under such caps a
skull cap of thin flannel, especially in cold weather. In summer or windy
day a light silk handkerchief folded under the cap is a very excellent
protection.
D. Subjecting a Baby to Different Temperatures Suddenly, is liable to be
followed by a cold—for example, taking the child from a warm room to a
cold room, or through a cold hall, holding the child at an open window for a
few moments.
E. The Practice of Wearing Rubbers Needs Some Consideration.—They
should never be worn indoors for even five minutes. They should not
therefore be kept on in school, nor should they be worn by women in stores
when they go shopping. When it is actually raining, or snowing, or when
there is slush or wet mud they are needful; but they should not be worn
simply because the weather is threatening or damp. Children should not put
them on to play—worn for any length of time when active they are harmful.
If worn to and from school they should be taken off at once when in school
or at home. Wearing rubbers prevents free evaporation of the natural
Page 16
secretion of the skin, keeps the feet moist and invites colds and catarrh. In
damp weather, or when children play during winter months, they should be
shod with stout shoes with cork insoles.
The same argument applies to storm coats of rubber, water-proof material.
They should not be worn as overcoats all day, but only when going to and
from school or business when it is actually storming.
Underclothing or hosiery should not be heavy enough to cause moisture of
the skin. Health demands a dry skin at all times. The necessary degree of
body heat should be attained by the quality of the outer clothing, not by the
quantity of the underclothing. Many men and women wear heavy
underclothing which causes moisture when indoors, with the result that they
get surface chills when they go outside if the weather is cold and as a result
catch cold. The underclothing should be just heavy enough to be
comfortable indoors and the extra warmth necessary when outside should
be supplied by a good overcoat or furs.
F. Direct Infection.—A baby may catch cold if kissed or "hugged" by an
adult who has a cold.
Catching cold while bathing is possible, but scarcely probable, if ordinary
precautions are taken. It is very bad practice to permit children to use one
another's handkerchiefs or the handkerchief of an adult. Certain children are
predisposed to attacks of "cold in the head" or acute coryza or nasal catarrh
(these being the medical names for this condition). Sometimes this is an
inherited characteristic. There is no doubt, however, that most of these
children acquire the habit by bad sanitary and hygienic surroundings. These
children do not as a rule get enough fresh air. They are kept indoors most of
the time in stuffy, overheated, badly ventilated rooms, unless the weather is
absolutely perfect. The windows in their bedrooms are always kept closed,
because they are "liable to catch cold." They are overdressed and perspire
easily and as a result "catch cold." These conditions all tend to create an
unhealthy condition of the nasal mucous membrane and of the throat, and
this is rendered worse if the child lives in a damp, changeable climate, such
as that of New York City. In these susceptible children the exciting cause of
an attack may be trivial; exposure, cold or wet feet, inadequate head
damp weather, or when children play during winter months, they should be
shod with stout shoes with cork insoles.
The same argument applies to storm coats of rubber, water-proof material.
They should not be worn as overcoats all day, but only when going to and
from school or business when it is actually storming.
Underclothing or hosiery should not be heavy enough to cause moisture of
the skin. Health demands a dry skin at all times. The necessary degree of
body heat should be attained by the quality of the outer clothing, not by the
quantity of the underclothing. Many men and women wear heavy
underclothing which causes moisture when indoors, with the result that they
get surface chills when they go outside if the weather is cold and as a result
catch cold. The underclothing should be just heavy enough to be
comfortable indoors and the extra warmth necessary when outside should
be supplied by a good overcoat or furs.
F. Direct Infection.—A baby may catch cold if kissed or "hugged" by an
adult who has a cold.
Catching cold while bathing is possible, but scarcely probable, if ordinary
precautions are taken. It is very bad practice to permit children to use one
another's handkerchiefs or the handkerchief of an adult. Certain children are
predisposed to attacks of "cold in the head" or acute coryza or nasal catarrh
(these being the medical names for this condition). Sometimes this is an
inherited characteristic. There is no doubt, however, that most of these
children acquire the habit by bad sanitary and hygienic surroundings. These
children do not as a rule get enough fresh air. They are kept indoors most of
the time in stuffy, overheated, badly ventilated rooms, unless the weather is
absolutely perfect. The windows in their bedrooms are always kept closed,
because they are "liable to catch cold." They are overdressed and perspire
easily and as a result "catch cold." These conditions all tend to create an
unhealthy condition of the nasal mucous membrane and of the throat, and
this is rendered worse if the child lives in a damp, changeable climate, such
as that of New York City. In these susceptible children the exciting cause of
an attack may be trivial; exposure, cold or wet feet, inadequate head
Page 17
covering (as already pointed out), a draught of cold air even may excite
sneezing and a nasal discharge; hence we have:
Acute Nasal Catarrh (Acute Coryza, Acute Rhinitis, "Cold in the
Head", "Snuffles").—Acute nasal catarrh may accompany measles,
diphtheria, influenza, and whooping cough.
Symptoms.—The onset is sudden with sneezing, and difficulty in breathing
through the nose. In a few hours, or it may be not for a day or two, a
mucous, watery, nasal discharge appears. There are redness and slight
swelling of the nose and upper lip, caused by the discharge. There is no
fever as a general rule except in very young infants, in whom the fever may
be very high. The discharge interferes with the nursing and the child suffers
from lack of nourishment. The inflammation may extend to the eyes and
ears, causing painful complications, or to the throat and bronchi, causing
hoarseness and cough. Less frequently we have disturbances of the
digestive tract with vomiting, or diarrhea.
The mild form of the disease lasts for two or three days, the severe form
from one to two weeks.
Repeated attacks are said to contribute to the production of adenoid
growths.
An acute attack of this disease is seldom a serious affliction in older
children; it may be, however, very serious and even dangerous in very
young infants. The tendency of the disease to extend downward, causing
bronchitis or pneumonia, explains in part the possible danger to a baby.
Another reason is because it may seriously interfere with suckling and with
breathing in these little patients. It may even cause sudden attacks of
strangulation. An infant, therefore, suffering with an acute attack of rhinitis
requires constant attention. It may be necessary to feed it with a spoon, and
if necessary mother's milk should be so fed. Plenty of fresh air should be
provided. It may be essential to keep the mouth open in order that it may
get enough fresh air. Every effort should be made to keep the nostrils open.
The secretions must be removed from time to time. Causing the child to
sneeze by tickling the nose with a camel's hair brush will clear the nose for
the time being. The physician may be compelled to use a solution of
cocaine for this purpose.
sneezing and a nasal discharge; hence we have:
Acute Nasal Catarrh (Acute Coryza, Acute Rhinitis, "Cold in the
Head", "Snuffles").—Acute nasal catarrh may accompany measles,
diphtheria, influenza, and whooping cough.
Symptoms.—The onset is sudden with sneezing, and difficulty in breathing
through the nose. In a few hours, or it may be not for a day or two, a
mucous, watery, nasal discharge appears. There are redness and slight
swelling of the nose and upper lip, caused by the discharge. There is no
fever as a general rule except in very young infants, in whom the fever may
be very high. The discharge interferes with the nursing and the child suffers
from lack of nourishment. The inflammation may extend to the eyes and
ears, causing painful complications, or to the throat and bronchi, causing
hoarseness and cough. Less frequently we have disturbances of the
digestive tract with vomiting, or diarrhea.
The mild form of the disease lasts for two or three days, the severe form
from one to two weeks.
Repeated attacks are said to contribute to the production of adenoid
growths.
An acute attack of this disease is seldom a serious affliction in older
children; it may be, however, very serious and even dangerous in very
young infants. The tendency of the disease to extend downward, causing
bronchitis or pneumonia, explains in part the possible danger to a baby.
Another reason is because it may seriously interfere with suckling and with
breathing in these little patients. It may even cause sudden attacks of
strangulation. An infant, therefore, suffering with an acute attack of rhinitis
requires constant attention. It may be necessary to feed it with a spoon, and
if necessary mother's milk should be so fed. Plenty of fresh air should be
provided. It may be essential to keep the mouth open in order that it may
get enough fresh air. Every effort should be made to keep the nostrils open.
The secretions must be removed from time to time. Causing the child to
sneeze by tickling the nose with a camel's hair brush will clear the nose for
the time being. The physician may be compelled to use a solution of
cocaine for this purpose.
Page 18
Treatment of Acute Rhinitis ("Taking Cold", Nasal Catarrh, Acute
Coryza, "Snuffles").—A child suffering with an acute attack of "cold in
the head" should be kept indoors in a room with a constant, uniform
temperature; the particular reason for this is, that, if a child is exposed to
cold at any time during an attack of "cold in the head," it may cause the
disease to invade the chest,—a tendency which it has at all times. The
bowels must be kept open; if they do not move every day of their own
accord they must be made to move by means of an enema of sweet oil or of
soap-suds. The amount of food should be reduced to suit the circumstances
and the condition of the patient.
We treat the local condition in the nose with a menthol mixture. The
following is a very good one: Menthol, 30 grains; Camphor, 30 grains;
White Vaseline, 1 ounce. Put some of this on the end of the finger and push
it gently into each nostril. When the nostrils become blocked and the child
cannot breathe through the nose, tickle the nose with a feather until it
sneezes; this will clear the passage. Immediately after the sneeze place the
menthol mixture in each nostril. When the child is about to sneeze place a
handkerchief before the nose, as this discharge is full of germs and will
infect others when dry. Internal remedies should not be used unless the
child is distinctly sick and is running a fever, in which case a physician
should look the child over and prescribe whatever is called for.
The upper lip and the nostrils of the child should be protected, because the
discharge very quickly irritates the parts and renders them raw and painful.
Vaseline or cold cream is very suitable for this purpose.
Mothers should not wash out the nose of a child with any solution advised
for this purpose where force is used, as, for example, with a syringe. Any
forceful irrigation of the nose is dangerous, because it would carry the
infection into the deeper parts and set up a more serious condition.
If the above treatment is carefully carried out and the child unexposed to a
fresh cold, two or three days will be sufficient to cure the disease.
It is not, however, the treatment of an acute attack of "cold in the head" that
is important; it is intelligently to follow out a plan which will prevent these
attacks from repeating themselves that is of consequence. The tendency to
take cold is a real condition in childhood and a very common one. When
Coryza, "Snuffles").—A child suffering with an acute attack of "cold in
the head" should be kept indoors in a room with a constant, uniform
temperature; the particular reason for this is, that, if a child is exposed to
cold at any time during an attack of "cold in the head," it may cause the
disease to invade the chest,—a tendency which it has at all times. The
bowels must be kept open; if they do not move every day of their own
accord they must be made to move by means of an enema of sweet oil or of
soap-suds. The amount of food should be reduced to suit the circumstances
and the condition of the patient.
We treat the local condition in the nose with a menthol mixture. The
following is a very good one: Menthol, 30 grains; Camphor, 30 grains;
White Vaseline, 1 ounce. Put some of this on the end of the finger and push
it gently into each nostril. When the nostrils become blocked and the child
cannot breathe through the nose, tickle the nose with a feather until it
sneezes; this will clear the passage. Immediately after the sneeze place the
menthol mixture in each nostril. When the child is about to sneeze place a
handkerchief before the nose, as this discharge is full of germs and will
infect others when dry. Internal remedies should not be used unless the
child is distinctly sick and is running a fever, in which case a physician
should look the child over and prescribe whatever is called for.
The upper lip and the nostrils of the child should be protected, because the
discharge very quickly irritates the parts and renders them raw and painful.
Vaseline or cold cream is very suitable for this purpose.
Mothers should not wash out the nose of a child with any solution advised
for this purpose where force is used, as, for example, with a syringe. Any
forceful irrigation of the nose is dangerous, because it would carry the
infection into the deeper parts and set up a more serious condition.
If the above treatment is carefully carried out and the child unexposed to a
fresh cold, two or three days will be sufficient to cure the disease.
It is not, however, the treatment of an acute attack of "cold in the head" that
is important; it is intelligently to follow out a plan which will prevent these
attacks from repeating themselves that is of consequence. The tendency to
take cold is a real condition in childhood and a very common one. When
Page 19
mothers appreciate that it is possible to prevent this condition and to cure it
when it is seemingly an established habit, more interest will undoubtedly be
taken in the subject. Too frequently it is looked upon as an unfortunate
affliction, but it is never regarded as a condition that is caused by neglect
and ignorance.
It is an exceedingly common occurence to find a mother worrying over her
child's cold, dosing it with cod liver oil or some other unnecessary tonic,
rubbing it with camphorated oil or plastering it over with certain useless
patent plasters, dressing it with extra pieces of flannel on its chest and extra
clothes pinned snugly around it, then shutting it up in a warm, stuffy,
unsanitary, ill-smelling room, in order to keep it from "catching a fresh
cold." Can you imagine anything else she could do to defeat her purpose?
No quantity of cod liver oil, no medicine, no coddling, will remove the
tendency to "catch cold." The child's life must be lived amidst sanitary
surroundings and hygienic conditions first; then other expedients may be
utilized if necessary. These children must be kept out of doors most of the
time, unless during the severest wet weather. They should sleep in a room
the windows of which are open at the top and bottom every night in the
year. They should not, however, be in a draught. The rooms in which they
live should be of a uniform temperature, never too hot and never too cold,
between 68° and 70° F. These delicate catarrhal children should be
accustomed to light clothing on their beds. Chest protectors, mufflers,
cotton pads, and heavy wraps of any description should be absolutely
prohibited. It is advisable to use flannel underwear winter and summer, light
in summer and a medium weight in winter. During the summer months the
mother should begin cold sponging of the face, throat, chest, and spine
every morning and carry it into the winter. The entire process need take
only a moment or two. Always dry thoroughly with a fairly rough towel. If
the cold sponging is begun in the warm summer time the child will become
so accustomed to it that no objection will be made when the cold weather
comes.
If the child continues to be "catarrhal," despite a course of this treatment, it
would be well to investigate whether any adenoids or adenoid tissue exist in
the naso-pharynx. If adenoids are found no treatment will be successful
until they are removed.
when it is seemingly an established habit, more interest will undoubtedly be
taken in the subject. Too frequently it is looked upon as an unfortunate
affliction, but it is never regarded as a condition that is caused by neglect
and ignorance.
It is an exceedingly common occurence to find a mother worrying over her
child's cold, dosing it with cod liver oil or some other unnecessary tonic,
rubbing it with camphorated oil or plastering it over with certain useless
patent plasters, dressing it with extra pieces of flannel on its chest and extra
clothes pinned snugly around it, then shutting it up in a warm, stuffy,
unsanitary, ill-smelling room, in order to keep it from "catching a fresh
cold." Can you imagine anything else she could do to defeat her purpose?
No quantity of cod liver oil, no medicine, no coddling, will remove the
tendency to "catch cold." The child's life must be lived amidst sanitary
surroundings and hygienic conditions first; then other expedients may be
utilized if necessary. These children must be kept out of doors most of the
time, unless during the severest wet weather. They should sleep in a room
the windows of which are open at the top and bottom every night in the
year. They should not, however, be in a draught. The rooms in which they
live should be of a uniform temperature, never too hot and never too cold,
between 68° and 70° F. These delicate catarrhal children should be
accustomed to light clothing on their beds. Chest protectors, mufflers,
cotton pads, and heavy wraps of any description should be absolutely
prohibited. It is advisable to use flannel underwear winter and summer, light
in summer and a medium weight in winter. During the summer months the
mother should begin cold sponging of the face, throat, chest, and spine
every morning and carry it into the winter. The entire process need take
only a moment or two. Always dry thoroughly with a fairly rough towel. If
the cold sponging is begun in the warm summer time the child will become
so accustomed to it that no objection will be made when the cold weather
comes.
If the child continues to be "catarrhal," despite a course of this treatment, it
would be well to investigate whether any adenoids or adenoid tissue exist in
the naso-pharynx. If adenoids are found no treatment will be successful
until they are removed.
Page 20
It is a wise plan to place a flannel cap on an infant who has an acute attack
of "cold in the head" (snuffles). This will prevent catching a fresh cold and
it will aid in the speedy cure of the attack from which it is suffering when it
is put on.
CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH—CHRONIC RHINITIS
CHRONIC DISCHARGE FROM THE NOSE
Some children have a nasal discharge during all of their childhood. It is
usually worse during the winter months. It may be a thin, watery discharge
or a thick, nasty, yellow discharge.
It is a condition that is very frequently neglected even by the family
physician. This is unfortunate because it may lead to serious disease,
permanent damage sometimes being done to the hearing, the speech, the
smell, and to the lungs of the child.
It may be caused by adenoids; disease of the bones or tissues in the nose;
foreign bodies in the nose; or it may occur in children whose nutrition is
bad. It may result from frequent acute attacks of "cold in the head." It also
occurs in other less important conditions. The foreign bodies which usually
cause a chronic nasal discharge are,—buttons, peas, beans, beads, paper
balls, flies and bugs, cherry-stones, small pieces of coal, or stone, cork or
other material. A child gets hold of a shoe-button for example and pushes it
into its nostrils. In the effort to get it out the child pushes it further in. It
may or may not cause pain at the time, and it may be overlooked, but
shortly the mother will notice a discharge from one nostril. This discharge
becomes thick and foul and when an investigation is made the button is
found embedded firmly in the nose. It is sometimes quite difficult to get the
button out and this should always be done by a physician.
Treatment.—Remove the cause first then treat the catarrh. If it is a product
of a constitutional disease that causes general poor health, such as
tuberculosis, syphilis, or scrofula, the child will need "building up" and a
decided change of climate. Foreign bodies must be removed, adenoids
taken out, large tonsils excised, and malformations of the nasal bones
operated upon. The catarrh will in many cases be cured by removing its
cause; if, however, it should persist it must be treated for some time with
of "cold in the head" (snuffles). This will prevent catching a fresh cold and
it will aid in the speedy cure of the attack from which it is suffering when it
is put on.
CHRONIC NASAL CATARRH—CHRONIC RHINITIS
CHRONIC DISCHARGE FROM THE NOSE
Some children have a nasal discharge during all of their childhood. It is
usually worse during the winter months. It may be a thin, watery discharge
or a thick, nasty, yellow discharge.
It is a condition that is very frequently neglected even by the family
physician. This is unfortunate because it may lead to serious disease,
permanent damage sometimes being done to the hearing, the speech, the
smell, and to the lungs of the child.
It may be caused by adenoids; disease of the bones or tissues in the nose;
foreign bodies in the nose; or it may occur in children whose nutrition is
bad. It may result from frequent acute attacks of "cold in the head." It also
occurs in other less important conditions. The foreign bodies which usually
cause a chronic nasal discharge are,—buttons, peas, beans, beads, paper
balls, flies and bugs, cherry-stones, small pieces of coal, or stone, cork or
other material. A child gets hold of a shoe-button for example and pushes it
into its nostrils. In the effort to get it out the child pushes it further in. It
may or may not cause pain at the time, and it may be overlooked, but
shortly the mother will notice a discharge from one nostril. This discharge
becomes thick and foul and when an investigation is made the button is
found embedded firmly in the nose. It is sometimes quite difficult to get the
button out and this should always be done by a physician.
Treatment.—Remove the cause first then treat the catarrh. If it is a product
of a constitutional disease that causes general poor health, such as
tuberculosis, syphilis, or scrofula, the child will need "building up" and a
decided change of climate. Foreign bodies must be removed, adenoids
taken out, large tonsils excised, and malformations of the nasal bones
operated upon. The catarrh will in many cases be cured by removing its
cause; if, however, it should persist it must be treated for some time with
Page 21
appropriate solutions. These solutions and the directions as to the method of
giving them must be given by a physician, because there is great danger of
carrying the disease to deeper structures if given wrongly.
SUMMARY:—
1st.—A chronic discharge from the nose is a sign that something
is wrong and should be carefully and thoroughly investigated.
2nd.—The cause can usually be found out and the proper
treatment will cure it.
3rd.—If the condition is neglected it may ruin the health of the
child for the whole period of its life.
NERVOUS OR PERSISTENT COUGH
Cough in an infant or growing child is usually the result of a cold and the
structure affected is some part of the nose, throat or bronchi. It is a
comparatively simple matter to discover just where the trouble is and to
prescribe the appropriate remedy and effect a cure.
There is another type of cough, however, that is of quite a different
character. This cough will begin as an ordinary cough and it will only be
discovered that it is not an ordinary cough because nothing will apparently
cure it. We mean that the child is given cough remedies that usually cure a
cold, is kept in the house and carefully watched for a sufficiently long
period to justify a cure, and yet, despite this care and attention, the cough
remains the same. The child is not sick, the appetite is good, there is no
fever, it plays and seems to enjoy good health, yet for weeks and frequently
for months the annoying cough hangs on. It is as a rule worse at night. It
begins soon after the child falls asleep and spoils the entire night's rest or a
great part of it. It may be a dry, hard, hacking cough, or a croupy, harsh
bark. It may come in spells with a considerable interval between them,
during which time the child falls asleep, or it may be almost constant, not
quite severe enough to rouse the child, but bad enough to spoil the child's
rest and the rest of the mother. If this condition lasts for a long time, as it
giving them must be given by a physician, because there is great danger of
carrying the disease to deeper structures if given wrongly.
SUMMARY:—
1st.—A chronic discharge from the nose is a sign that something
is wrong and should be carefully and thoroughly investigated.
2nd.—The cause can usually be found out and the proper
treatment will cure it.
3rd.—If the condition is neglected it may ruin the health of the
child for the whole period of its life.
NERVOUS OR PERSISTENT COUGH
Cough in an infant or growing child is usually the result of a cold and the
structure affected is some part of the nose, throat or bronchi. It is a
comparatively simple matter to discover just where the trouble is and to
prescribe the appropriate remedy and effect a cure.
There is another type of cough, however, that is of quite a different
character. This cough will begin as an ordinary cough and it will only be
discovered that it is not an ordinary cough because nothing will apparently
cure it. We mean that the child is given cough remedies that usually cure a
cold, is kept in the house and carefully watched for a sufficiently long
period to justify a cure, and yet, despite this care and attention, the cough
remains the same. The child is not sick, the appetite is good, there is no
fever, it plays and seems to enjoy good health, yet for weeks and frequently
for months the annoying cough hangs on. It is as a rule worse at night. It
begins soon after the child falls asleep and spoils the entire night's rest or a
great part of it. It may be a dry, hard, hacking cough, or a croupy, harsh
bark. It may come in spells with a considerable interval between them,
during which time the child falls asleep, or it may be almost constant, not
quite severe enough to rouse the child, but bad enough to spoil the child's
rest and the rest of the mother. If this condition lasts for a long time, as it
Page 22
occasionally does, the health of the little patient is apt to suffer from loss of
sleep.
Treatment.—These children should be taken to a good physician and
thoroughly examined. Special care should be devoted to investigating the
condition of the nose, throat, ear, stomach, heart, and lungs.
A very large majority of these coughs are caused by adenoid growths in the
back part of the nose. The child may not look like an adenoid child, nor
may it breathe through its mouth when asleep, and it may have had its
adenoids removed, yet in spite of these contra-indications it may have
enough loose adenoid tissue in its nose to cause this kind of persistent
cough. This has been proved many times.
It is not only useless but positively harmful to give these children cough
remedies. The cause of the cough must be found and treated. The cough
may be indirectly caused by anemia (poor blood) or heart or stomach
trouble, or it may have a number of other causes. Whatever it is it must be
found by a careful physical examination or a number of careful physical
examinations, because these cases are as a rule obscure and difficult to
diagnose, and even the most expert examiner cannot always tell where the
trouble is without seeing the child a number of times. The parents must
therefore have patience and confidence in the physician and must aid him
all they can by watching and reporting all the symptoms, etc., to him. (See
article on Adenoids).
SUMMARY:—
Coughs that resist careful treatment are not "ordinary coughs."
Coughs of this type require special medical care.
The usual cough medicines are not only useless in these coughs,
but dangerous. Don't give them.
ACUTE CATARRHAL LARYNGITIS: SPASMODIC CROUP:
FALSE CROUP
sleep.
Treatment.—These children should be taken to a good physician and
thoroughly examined. Special care should be devoted to investigating the
condition of the nose, throat, ear, stomach, heart, and lungs.
A very large majority of these coughs are caused by adenoid growths in the
back part of the nose. The child may not look like an adenoid child, nor
may it breathe through its mouth when asleep, and it may have had its
adenoids removed, yet in spite of these contra-indications it may have
enough loose adenoid tissue in its nose to cause this kind of persistent
cough. This has been proved many times.
It is not only useless but positively harmful to give these children cough
remedies. The cause of the cough must be found and treated. The cough
may be indirectly caused by anemia (poor blood) or heart or stomach
trouble, or it may have a number of other causes. Whatever it is it must be
found by a careful physical examination or a number of careful physical
examinations, because these cases are as a rule obscure and difficult to
diagnose, and even the most expert examiner cannot always tell where the
trouble is without seeing the child a number of times. The parents must
therefore have patience and confidence in the physician and must aid him
all they can by watching and reporting all the symptoms, etc., to him. (See
article on Adenoids).
SUMMARY:—
Coughs that resist careful treatment are not "ordinary coughs."
Coughs of this type require special medical care.
The usual cough medicines are not only useless in these coughs,
but dangerous. Don't give them.
ACUTE CATARRHAL LARYNGITIS: SPASMODIC CROUP:
FALSE CROUP
Page 23
Croup is one of the common diseases of childhood. It usually follows a
catarrhal "cold in the head" with a cough. Croup is most frequently
associated with large tonsils and adenoids. It may come on gradually or it
may occur suddenly. There is always fever with croup. One of the first
symptoms is a hard, dry, croupy, barking cough, which gets worse toward
night. If it occurs suddenly, the child will wake about midnight with the
characteristic croupy cough. The disease may go no further than this and
under the proper treatment is well in a few days. In other cases, however,
there develops marked interference with breathing. Every inspiration is
accompanied by a loud hissing or "crowing" sound. This feature of the
disease is one that frightens the parents, though it seldom means anything
serious. The child sits up in bed, frightened, and struggles for breath. It may
clutch its throat with its hands as if something was tied round its neck. The
lips may become slightly blue and the perspiration appears upon the child's
brow. After some time,—it may be two or three hours,—the attack wears
away and the child goes to sleep. Next morning it wakes up apparently well
except for the croupy cough. The attack may repeat itself the next night and
mildly on the third night.
Treatment.—The object of treatment during an acute attack, when the child
is struggling for breath, is to relax quickly the spasm of the larynx which
interferes with the breathing. The simplest way is to give the child a
teaspoonful of the fresh syrup of ipecac. If the child does not vomit in
fifteen minutes, give another teaspoonful and keep on giving it every fifteen
minutes till the child vomits. One or two doses is usually enough, but it
must be given till the child vomits.
If the attack comes suddenly during the night and there is no syrup of
ipecac in the house, the physician should be sent for at once and informed
that the child probably has croup, so he may know what to take with him.
While waiting for the physician the mother should apply over the front of
the neck (in the region of Adam's apple), hot applications. These are best
made of flannel wrung out of quite hot water every two or three minutes:
also a hot mustard foot bath. When the physician takes charge of the case he
will also direct the treatment for the following day in order that the attack of
the next night may be a very mild one, if it should came at all.
catarrhal "cold in the head" with a cough. Croup is most frequently
associated with large tonsils and adenoids. It may come on gradually or it
may occur suddenly. There is always fever with croup. One of the first
symptoms is a hard, dry, croupy, barking cough, which gets worse toward
night. If it occurs suddenly, the child will wake about midnight with the
characteristic croupy cough. The disease may go no further than this and
under the proper treatment is well in a few days. In other cases, however,
there develops marked interference with breathing. Every inspiration is
accompanied by a loud hissing or "crowing" sound. This feature of the
disease is one that frightens the parents, though it seldom means anything
serious. The child sits up in bed, frightened, and struggles for breath. It may
clutch its throat with its hands as if something was tied round its neck. The
lips may become slightly blue and the perspiration appears upon the child's
brow. After some time,—it may be two or three hours,—the attack wears
away and the child goes to sleep. Next morning it wakes up apparently well
except for the croupy cough. The attack may repeat itself the next night and
mildly on the third night.
Treatment.—The object of treatment during an acute attack, when the child
is struggling for breath, is to relax quickly the spasm of the larynx which
interferes with the breathing. The simplest way is to give the child a
teaspoonful of the fresh syrup of ipecac. If the child does not vomit in
fifteen minutes, give another teaspoonful and keep on giving it every fifteen
minutes till the child vomits. One or two doses is usually enough, but it
must be given till the child vomits.
If the attack comes suddenly during the night and there is no syrup of
ipecac in the house, the physician should be sent for at once and informed
that the child probably has croup, so he may know what to take with him.
While waiting for the physician the mother should apply over the front of
the neck (in the region of Adam's apple), hot applications. These are best
made of flannel wrung out of quite hot water every two or three minutes:
also a hot mustard foot bath. When the physician takes charge of the case he
will also direct the treatment for the following day in order that the attack of
the next night may be a very mild one, if it should came at all.
Page 24
Children who have a tendency to frequent attacks of croup should receive
the same attention as the children do who are subject to attacks of tonsilitis
and acute catarrhal rhinitis.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Spasmodic Croup always requires prompt and efficient
treatment.
2nd. It is called "false" croup, because "true" croup is always
diphtheritic and is a very serious disease.
3rd. For that reason a physician should always be called because
if it is "true" croup antitoxin must be given at once.
4th. Don't worry unnecessarily because, though "spasmodic
croup" can make the child look exceedingly sick for a very short
time, an uncomplicated case in a healthy child is seldom if ever
dangerous.
TONSILITIS: ANGINA: "SORE THROAT"
This is one of the frequent diseases of childhood. We rarely see it in infants.
It is caused by inhaling air which contains poisonous germs. These germs
quickly develop when conditions are favorable. They lodge in the pores or
follicles of the tonsils and set up an active inflammation. The tonsils swell
up and the follicles exude a thick fluid which looks like curdled cream. This
fluid sticks in the mouths of the follicles forming spots. If enough of this
fluid is coming out, these spots join together forming patches, and the
patches may join together forming membrane. This is why it is sometimes
so difficult to tell whether the case is one of tonsilitis or diphtheria.
Conditions are favorable to the development of tonsilitis if the child is not
in good health when he happens to inhale the infection, when the feet are
wet or cold, or when the child is allowed out during inclement weather and
it becomes chilled or numbed from cold, when the child has a cold in the
head and a running nose, or when its stomach is out of order. Any condition
in which the child should be carefully watched and tended to, rather than
allowed further liberties, or risks, conduces to sore throat of some kind.
the same attention as the children do who are subject to attacks of tonsilitis
and acute catarrhal rhinitis.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Spasmodic Croup always requires prompt and efficient
treatment.
2nd. It is called "false" croup, because "true" croup is always
diphtheritic and is a very serious disease.
3rd. For that reason a physician should always be called because
if it is "true" croup antitoxin must be given at once.
4th. Don't worry unnecessarily because, though "spasmodic
croup" can make the child look exceedingly sick for a very short
time, an uncomplicated case in a healthy child is seldom if ever
dangerous.
TONSILITIS: ANGINA: "SORE THROAT"
This is one of the frequent diseases of childhood. We rarely see it in infants.
It is caused by inhaling air which contains poisonous germs. These germs
quickly develop when conditions are favorable. They lodge in the pores or
follicles of the tonsils and set up an active inflammation. The tonsils swell
up and the follicles exude a thick fluid which looks like curdled cream. This
fluid sticks in the mouths of the follicles forming spots. If enough of this
fluid is coming out, these spots join together forming patches, and the
patches may join together forming membrane. This is why it is sometimes
so difficult to tell whether the case is one of tonsilitis or diphtheria.
Conditions are favorable to the development of tonsilitis if the child is not
in good health when he happens to inhale the infection, when the feet are
wet or cold, or when the child is allowed out during inclement weather and
it becomes chilled or numbed from cold, when the child has a cold in the
head and a running nose, or when its stomach is out of order. Any condition
in which the child should be carefully watched and tended to, rather than
allowed further liberties, or risks, conduces to sore throat of some kind.
Page 25
Some children have the disease a number of times; they seem to be
predisposed toward a sore throat. These are children who have large tonsils
or who are rheumatic. The tonsils should be removed in the one case, and
the tendency to rheumatism should be the main treatment in the other case.
These children should be encouraged to cleanse the throat and nose
morning and night with a warm salt solution (half a teaspoonful of ordinary
table salt to three-quarters of a cup of warm water). This will help greatly to
prevent these chronic sore throats.
Symptoms of Tonsilitis.—The disease begins suddenly. The child may have
a chill or be seized with sudden vomiting or diarrhea. A very young infant
may have a convulsion. The usual way is for the child to develop a fever
quickly, to complain of being sick and tired. Muscular pains all over the
body and a severe headache are constant symptoms. The fever is usually
high from the beginning. The child will tell you its throat is sore, but there
is as a rule very little pain in the throat. The little spots or patches can be
seen on one or both tonsils. The general symptoms are more pronounced
than the local throat symptoms. The amount of physical depression that is
caused by a tonsilitis is out of all proportion to the seriousness of the
disease.
Tonsilitis lasts three days usually. The throat symptoms may take a day or
two longer to clear up, and the patients feel more or less weak for some
time after all the symptoms have disappeared.
Tonsilitis is medically regarded as one of the mild diseases of childhood. It
is, however, of very great importance because of its likeness to diphtheria,
and inasmuch as a positive diagnosis must be promptly made, in the interest
of the patient, it is given close attention and treated with considerable
respect by the medical profession. The chief differences between the two
diseases are as follows:
Tonsilitis begins abruptly with pronounced prostration and a high fever the
first day. The patient feels distinctly sick all over. The second day the
patient feels somewhat better, the fever is lower and the prostration and pain
are not so marked. The third day he feels better still, and but for a little
weakness would feel well. Diphtheria begins slowly and insidiously, with
very little prostration and a very low fever the first day. The patient scarcely
predisposed toward a sore throat. These are children who have large tonsils
or who are rheumatic. The tonsils should be removed in the one case, and
the tendency to rheumatism should be the main treatment in the other case.
These children should be encouraged to cleanse the throat and nose
morning and night with a warm salt solution (half a teaspoonful of ordinary
table salt to three-quarters of a cup of warm water). This will help greatly to
prevent these chronic sore throats.
Symptoms of Tonsilitis.—The disease begins suddenly. The child may have
a chill or be seized with sudden vomiting or diarrhea. A very young infant
may have a convulsion. The usual way is for the child to develop a fever
quickly, to complain of being sick and tired. Muscular pains all over the
body and a severe headache are constant symptoms. The fever is usually
high from the beginning. The child will tell you its throat is sore, but there
is as a rule very little pain in the throat. The little spots or patches can be
seen on one or both tonsils. The general symptoms are more pronounced
than the local throat symptoms. The amount of physical depression that is
caused by a tonsilitis is out of all proportion to the seriousness of the
disease.
Tonsilitis lasts three days usually. The throat symptoms may take a day or
two longer to clear up, and the patients feel more or less weak for some
time after all the symptoms have disappeared.
Tonsilitis is medically regarded as one of the mild diseases of childhood. It
is, however, of very great importance because of its likeness to diphtheria,
and inasmuch as a positive diagnosis must be promptly made, in the interest
of the patient, it is given close attention and treated with considerable
respect by the medical profession. The chief differences between the two
diseases are as follows:
Tonsilitis begins abruptly with pronounced prostration and a high fever the
first day. The patient feels distinctly sick all over. The second day the
patient feels somewhat better, the fever is lower and the prostration and pain
are not so marked. The third day he feels better still, and but for a little
weakness would feel well. Diphtheria begins slowly and insidiously, with
very little prostration and a very low fever the first day. The patient scarcely
Page 26
feels sick. The second day more prostration is present, the fever climbs
upward a little more, and the patient begins to feel sick. On the third day the
prostration is much more profound, the fever is higher, and all the evidences
of a serious sickness are present. Two very different pictures: The one
begins bad and ends easy, the other begins easy and may end bad.
The important fact, however, so far as the similarity of the two diseases is
concerned, is, that we must make the diagnosis positive on the first or
second day, because if we are dealing with a case of diphtheria we must
give antitoxin at once. This is essential, because the efficacy of antitoxin is
greatest when given early in the disease. By "early" we mean the first or
second day of the disease. When antitoxin is given late (the third or fourth
day of the disease) it is much less efficacious and must be given in
relatively larger doses. The need, therefore, of a quick, positive diagnosis is
a real one.
Another important element involved in a speedy diagnosis is, that we must
not take any chances of infecting other children. So important are these
conditions that it is the proper treatment to give antitoxin at once in every
case of tonsilitis that in the slightest way resembles diphtheria. An
examination of the throat contents,—a culture of which is taken during the
first visit of the physician,—will, of course, reveal the true condition and
dictate the future use of the antitoxin. Antitoxin is absolutely harmless when
given to a patient who has no diphtheria. Every case of tonsilitis should be
quarantined when there are other children in the house.
The local condition of the throat helps in the diagnosis: In tonsilitis (as the
name implies) the disease is limited to the tonsils and on the tonsils (one or
both) do we find the spots or patches. In diphtheria, on the other hand, the
membrane is not limited to the tonsils, but may cover every part of the
throat and extend into the nose and mouth. In tonsilitis it is spots or patches
we see in the throat. In diphtheria it is membrane we see always. The
difficulty here again is that if we wait till the diphtheritic membrane covers
the whole throat, antitoxin will not be of much use.
In diphtheria we have a characteristic odor, in tonsilitis we have no
characteristic odor.
upward a little more, and the patient begins to feel sick. On the third day the
prostration is much more profound, the fever is higher, and all the evidences
of a serious sickness are present. Two very different pictures: The one
begins bad and ends easy, the other begins easy and may end bad.
The important fact, however, so far as the similarity of the two diseases is
concerned, is, that we must make the diagnosis positive on the first or
second day, because if we are dealing with a case of diphtheria we must
give antitoxin at once. This is essential, because the efficacy of antitoxin is
greatest when given early in the disease. By "early" we mean the first or
second day of the disease. When antitoxin is given late (the third or fourth
day of the disease) it is much less efficacious and must be given in
relatively larger doses. The need, therefore, of a quick, positive diagnosis is
a real one.
Another important element involved in a speedy diagnosis is, that we must
not take any chances of infecting other children. So important are these
conditions that it is the proper treatment to give antitoxin at once in every
case of tonsilitis that in the slightest way resembles diphtheria. An
examination of the throat contents,—a culture of which is taken during the
first visit of the physician,—will, of course, reveal the true condition and
dictate the future use of the antitoxin. Antitoxin is absolutely harmless when
given to a patient who has no diphtheria. Every case of tonsilitis should be
quarantined when there are other children in the house.
The local condition of the throat helps in the diagnosis: In tonsilitis (as the
name implies) the disease is limited to the tonsils and on the tonsils (one or
both) do we find the spots or patches. In diphtheria, on the other hand, the
membrane is not limited to the tonsils, but may cover every part of the
throat and extend into the nose and mouth. In tonsilitis it is spots or patches
we see in the throat. In diphtheria it is membrane we see always. The
difficulty here again is that if we wait till the diphtheritic membrane covers
the whole throat, antitoxin will not be of much use.
In diphtheria we have a characteristic odor, in tonsilitis we have no
characteristic odor.
Page 27
The practical lesson to be learned from this uncertainty is, immediately to
get a physician as soon as you find spots in the throat of your sick child,
unless you are absolutely sure that the condition is not diphtheria and you
are willing to take that chance.
Treatment of an Acute Attack of Tonsilitis.—Put the child in bed at once
and keep him on a light diet during the fever. Give him all the cool boiled
water he wants to drink. If the fever is very high it can be controlled by
sponging the body with cool water. If the patient is an infant the food
should be reduced to one-half strength. Tonsilitis is a disease that runs a
certain course and gets better, or the patient develops some other more
serious conditions as a result of neglect or carelessness. We therefore try to
make the patient comfortable and let the disease take care of itself.
The throat can be gargled or sprayed with any mild antiseptic liquid, or it
can be painted with tincture of iodine or 10 per cent. solution of silver
nitrate. As a rule the gargles do not aid in the cure of the disease, though
they contribute to the comfort of the patient.
A cold compress made of half a dozen thicknesses of cloth, such as a table
napkin, and put under the jaw (not round the neck), and covered with oiled
silk and held in place with a bandage that meets and is tied on the top of the
head, is of distinct usefulness.
When it is known that the child is rheumatic, the heart must be carefully
watched during the fever and anti-rheumatic remedies depended upon to
effect a cure.
SUMMARY:—
Tonsilitis, because of its likeness to diphtheria, must be promptly
and carefully diagnosed.
A physician only is capable of making a diagnosis.
Any sore throat in a child with spots or membrane is deserving of
serious and immediate attention.
A mistake may mean death. Don't take a chance.
get a physician as soon as you find spots in the throat of your sick child,
unless you are absolutely sure that the condition is not diphtheria and you
are willing to take that chance.
Treatment of an Acute Attack of Tonsilitis.—Put the child in bed at once
and keep him on a light diet during the fever. Give him all the cool boiled
water he wants to drink. If the fever is very high it can be controlled by
sponging the body with cool water. If the patient is an infant the food
should be reduced to one-half strength. Tonsilitis is a disease that runs a
certain course and gets better, or the patient develops some other more
serious conditions as a result of neglect or carelessness. We therefore try to
make the patient comfortable and let the disease take care of itself.
The throat can be gargled or sprayed with any mild antiseptic liquid, or it
can be painted with tincture of iodine or 10 per cent. solution of silver
nitrate. As a rule the gargles do not aid in the cure of the disease, though
they contribute to the comfort of the patient.
A cold compress made of half a dozen thicknesses of cloth, such as a table
napkin, and put under the jaw (not round the neck), and covered with oiled
silk and held in place with a bandage that meets and is tied on the top of the
head, is of distinct usefulness.
When it is known that the child is rheumatic, the heart must be carefully
watched during the fever and anti-rheumatic remedies depended upon to
effect a cure.
SUMMARY:—
Tonsilitis, because of its likeness to diphtheria, must be promptly
and carefully diagnosed.
A physician only is capable of making a diagnosis.
Any sore throat in a child with spots or membrane is deserving of
serious and immediate attention.
A mistake may mean death. Don't take a chance.
Page 28
BRONCHITIS
Bronchitis is one of the commonest diseases of childhood. It is the cause of
many deaths. Exposure during inclement weather is as a rule the cause of it.
It occurs in all classes and conditions of children. Poorly nourished and
badly clothed children are more liable to get it than are others. It is more
dangerous in young children and infants than in older children. A young
child or an infant will get bronchitis quicker than those older and stronger
under the same conditions.
Bronchitis is often present while children are suffering from other diseases,
measles, influenza, scarlet fever, typhoid fever, pneumonia, diphtheria,
whooping-cough, for example. It may accompany any disease of childhood,
however.
Symptoms.—In infants bronchitis usually follows a "cold in the head,"
with running nose and a cough. The child is indisposed and peevish because
of the cold. In a few days the cough becomes worse, fever develops, the
breathing is quicker, and the baby looks and acts sick. The cough may be
constant and severe; sometimes the cough does not seem to bother the baby,
although this is exceptional. The breathing is quite rapid and is
accompanied with a moist, rattling sound in the chest. The baby is restless
and if the cough is severe it becomes exhausted. Vomiting or diarrhea may
be present.
Bronchitis in Older Children.—Bronchitis in older children comes on
abruptly, with fever and cough. The child may complain of headache and
pains in the chest or other parts of the body. It may begin with a chill or
chilly feelings. These children "raise" with the cough. The expectoration
may be quite profuse; at first it is a white, frothy mucus, then yellow, and
later a yellowish green; it may be slightly tinged with blood.
There is a mild form of bronchitis in these older children where the serious
symptoms are absent. The children are not sick enough to go to bed, but
they appear to have a "heavy cold" with, at first, a tight, hard cough, which
is usually worse at night. Later the cough turns loose and the same
expectoration occurs as in the severe type. It is these cases of mild
Bronchitis is one of the commonest diseases of childhood. It is the cause of
many deaths. Exposure during inclement weather is as a rule the cause of it.
It occurs in all classes and conditions of children. Poorly nourished and
badly clothed children are more liable to get it than are others. It is more
dangerous in young children and infants than in older children. A young
child or an infant will get bronchitis quicker than those older and stronger
under the same conditions.
Bronchitis is often present while children are suffering from other diseases,
measles, influenza, scarlet fever, typhoid fever, pneumonia, diphtheria,
whooping-cough, for example. It may accompany any disease of childhood,
however.
Symptoms.—In infants bronchitis usually follows a "cold in the head,"
with running nose and a cough. The child is indisposed and peevish because
of the cold. In a few days the cough becomes worse, fever develops, the
breathing is quicker, and the baby looks and acts sick. The cough may be
constant and severe; sometimes the cough does not seem to bother the baby,
although this is exceptional. The breathing is quite rapid and is
accompanied with a moist, rattling sound in the chest. The baby is restless
and if the cough is severe it becomes exhausted. Vomiting or diarrhea may
be present.
Bronchitis in Older Children.—Bronchitis in older children comes on
abruptly, with fever and cough. The child may complain of headache and
pains in the chest or other parts of the body. It may begin with a chill or
chilly feelings. These children "raise" with the cough. The expectoration
may be quite profuse; at first it is a white, frothy mucus, then yellow, and
later a yellowish green; it may be slightly tinged with blood.
There is a mild form of bronchitis in these older children where the serious
symptoms are absent. The children are not sick enough to go to bed, but
they appear to have a "heavy cold" with, at first, a tight, hard cough, which
is usually worse at night. Later the cough turns loose and the same
expectoration occurs as in the severe type. It is these cases of mild
Page 29
bronchitis which do not receive the proper care and treatment that develop
into the so-called "winter cough," which lasts for months.
Treatment.—(See page 497 under heading, "Catching Colds.") Children
who acquire bronchitis easily and frequently, should be built up. Cod liver
oil should be given all winter. The sleeping apartment of these children
should not be too cold, but it should be well aired through the day and well
ventilated throughout the night. Flannel night clothes should be worn and
the feet should be kept warm always. Mild attacks of "cold in the head"
should be treated vigorously and not neglected.
The following "Don'ts" may be profitably studied when your child or baby
has bronchitis:—
Don't keep the windows tightly closed; fresh air and good
ventilation are absolutely necessary to the patient.
Don't use a cotton jacket or oil silk.
Don't wrap the child up in blankets and shawls.
Don't carry the child around; keep it in bed.
Don't dose the child with syrupy cough mixtures.
Don't overheat the room.
Don't let friends bother or annoy the baby.
Don't reduce the diet unnecessarily.
The child should be put to bed. The temperature of the room should be 70
degrees F. all the time. The windows should be opened top and bottom
according to the weather, and the room should be well aired every day, the
patient being taken to another room while it is being done. The child should
have its usual night clothes on, nothing more. If the child is not very sick
and insists on sitting up, a bath robe can be worn but it should be always
removed when it sleeps. It is advisable to change the position of the baby
from time to time. Have it rest on one side, then on the other, as well as on
the back. Give a dose of castor oil at the beginning of the sickness and keep
the bowels open during the disease.
Diet.—The diet will depend upon the severity of the disease. If the fever is
high and the cough persistent, the strength of the food of nursing infants
should be reduced. We can reduce the strength of the food by giving the
into the so-called "winter cough," which lasts for months.
Treatment.—(See page 497 under heading, "Catching Colds.") Children
who acquire bronchitis easily and frequently, should be built up. Cod liver
oil should be given all winter. The sleeping apartment of these children
should not be too cold, but it should be well aired through the day and well
ventilated throughout the night. Flannel night clothes should be worn and
the feet should be kept warm always. Mild attacks of "cold in the head"
should be treated vigorously and not neglected.
The following "Don'ts" may be profitably studied when your child or baby
has bronchitis:—
Don't keep the windows tightly closed; fresh air and good
ventilation are absolutely necessary to the patient.
Don't use a cotton jacket or oil silk.
Don't wrap the child up in blankets and shawls.
Don't carry the child around; keep it in bed.
Don't dose the child with syrupy cough mixtures.
Don't overheat the room.
Don't let friends bother or annoy the baby.
Don't reduce the diet unnecessarily.
The child should be put to bed. The temperature of the room should be 70
degrees F. all the time. The windows should be opened top and bottom
according to the weather, and the room should be well aired every day, the
patient being taken to another room while it is being done. The child should
have its usual night clothes on, nothing more. If the child is not very sick
and insists on sitting up, a bath robe can be worn but it should be always
removed when it sleeps. It is advisable to change the position of the baby
from time to time. Have it rest on one side, then on the other, as well as on
the back. Give a dose of castor oil at the beginning of the sickness and keep
the bowels open during the disease.
Diet.—The diet will depend upon the severity of the disease. If the fever is
high and the cough persistent, the strength of the food of nursing infants
should be reduced. We can reduce the strength of the food by giving the
Page 30
child a drink of cool boiled water before each feeding and shortening the
length of each feeding. Older children may be given toast, milk with lime
water, cocoa with milk, broths, gruels, custards, cereals and fruit juices.
Inhalations.—The value of inhalations in bronchitis is very great. The
ordinary croup kettle, which can be bought in any good drug store, is the
best method of giving them. Full directions come with each kettle as to the
best way to use it. The best drug to use in the kettle is creosote
(beechwood). Ten drops are added to one quart of boiling water and the
steaming continued for thirty minutes. The interval between steaming is two
hours and a half in bad cases day and night. In mild cases the night
treatments can be dispensed with. Sheets rigged up over the top and sides of
the crib, in the form of a tent, is the most desirable way to give the
inhalations.
External Applications.—Counter-irritation by means of mustard pastes are
the best applications. They should be put back and front—one on back and
one on the chest, overlapping at the sides beneath the arms. They should
cover the entire body from the waist line to the neck. These pastes are made
as follows:—Mix the mustard (English) and the flour in the following
proportions, using a quantity according to the size of child and area to be
covered; one tablespoonful mustard to three tablespoonfuls of flour. Mix
with lukewarm water until a paste is formed, not too thick and not too thin.
Spread on a cloth (put plenty on) and cover with one layer of cheesecloth
and place the cheesecloth side next the skin. In order to guard against
burning the skin it is advisable to rub the skin with vaseline, before and
after putting on the paste. The paste should be left on until the skin is
uniformly red. It may be applied from two to four times in the twenty-four
hours according to the severity of the case. Mustard pastes are most
effective during the first two or three days of the disease.
Drugs.—Drugs are of very little value in the treatment of bronchitis. In the
first stage of the disease, when the cough is hard and dry, small doses of
castor oil and syrup of ipecac may be given to good advantage. The
following dosage should be followed closely: 1st year, 2 drops castor oil, 2
drops syrup of ipecac, every two hours; 3rd year, 3 drops castor oil, 3 drops
syrup of ipecac, every two hours; over 3 years, 4 drops castor oil, 4 drops
syrup of ipecac, every two hours.
length of each feeding. Older children may be given toast, milk with lime
water, cocoa with milk, broths, gruels, custards, cereals and fruit juices.
Inhalations.—The value of inhalations in bronchitis is very great. The
ordinary croup kettle, which can be bought in any good drug store, is the
best method of giving them. Full directions come with each kettle as to the
best way to use it. The best drug to use in the kettle is creosote
(beechwood). Ten drops are added to one quart of boiling water and the
steaming continued for thirty minutes. The interval between steaming is two
hours and a half in bad cases day and night. In mild cases the night
treatments can be dispensed with. Sheets rigged up over the top and sides of
the crib, in the form of a tent, is the most desirable way to give the
inhalations.
External Applications.—Counter-irritation by means of mustard pastes are
the best applications. They should be put back and front—one on back and
one on the chest, overlapping at the sides beneath the arms. They should
cover the entire body from the waist line to the neck. These pastes are made
as follows:—Mix the mustard (English) and the flour in the following
proportions, using a quantity according to the size of child and area to be
covered; one tablespoonful mustard to three tablespoonfuls of flour. Mix
with lukewarm water until a paste is formed, not too thick and not too thin.
Spread on a cloth (put plenty on) and cover with one layer of cheesecloth
and place the cheesecloth side next the skin. In order to guard against
burning the skin it is advisable to rub the skin with vaseline, before and
after putting on the paste. The paste should be left on until the skin is
uniformly red. It may be applied from two to four times in the twenty-four
hours according to the severity of the case. Mustard pastes are most
effective during the first two or three days of the disease.
Drugs.—Drugs are of very little value in the treatment of bronchitis. In the
first stage of the disease, when the cough is hard and dry, small doses of
castor oil and syrup of ipecac may be given to good advantage. The
following dosage should be followed closely: 1st year, 2 drops castor oil, 2
drops syrup of ipecac, every two hours; 3rd year, 3 drops castor oil, 3 drops
syrup of ipecac, every two hours; over 3 years, 4 drops castor oil, 4 drops
syrup of ipecac, every two hours.
Page 31
The benefits from this treatment will be obtained in the first two or three
days, when it should be discontinued. The cough under this treatment and
the use of the mustard paste and inhalations of creosote will be soft and
loose in two or three days and the fever will be distinctly on the mend. The
disease lasts from five to ten days. It may, however, last much longer
according to the condition of the child, etc.
There are other drugs that can be given, with good effect, but when other
remedies are indicated a physician should be called to prescribe them
according to indications.
SUMMARY:—
Bronchitis is one of the commonest diseases of childhood.
It is the cause of many deaths.
A large number of children have a tendency to bronchitis.
These children need careful attention and "building up."
Do not neglect a "little" cold. It means trouble.
Chronic or Recurrent Bronchitis.—Bronchitis becomes chronic when the
treatment of an acute attack fails to cure the condition. The failure usually is
dependent upon the condition of the child. It may be suffering with some
disease resulting from poor nourishment or poor sanitary and hygienic
surroundings or both. The bronchitis, in other words, is dependent upon
some other condition, and will not get wholly better until the cause is cured.
These children should lead an active outdoor life when the weather is
favorable. Their sleeping-room should be well aired and ventilated. Red
meats are allowed twice a week only. Sugar is cut down to the lowest limit.
Skimmed milk only should be taken—the cream being too rich for them.
They can eat freely of fruits in season, green vegetables and cereals. The
bowels must move freely every day. Patients must be given a lukewarm
bath, followed by a brief spray of cold water, daily. The cold spray should
not be too cold; about 60 degrees F. is the suitable temperature of the water.
An absolute change of climate, to a warmer inland atmosphere, is
imperative before some of these patients will begin to improve.
days, when it should be discontinued. The cough under this treatment and
the use of the mustard paste and inhalations of creosote will be soft and
loose in two or three days and the fever will be distinctly on the mend. The
disease lasts from five to ten days. It may, however, last much longer
according to the condition of the child, etc.
There are other drugs that can be given, with good effect, but when other
remedies are indicated a physician should be called to prescribe them
according to indications.
SUMMARY:—
Bronchitis is one of the commonest diseases of childhood.
It is the cause of many deaths.
A large number of children have a tendency to bronchitis.
These children need careful attention and "building up."
Do not neglect a "little" cold. It means trouble.
Chronic or Recurrent Bronchitis.—Bronchitis becomes chronic when the
treatment of an acute attack fails to cure the condition. The failure usually is
dependent upon the condition of the child. It may be suffering with some
disease resulting from poor nourishment or poor sanitary and hygienic
surroundings or both. The bronchitis, in other words, is dependent upon
some other condition, and will not get wholly better until the cause is cured.
These children should lead an active outdoor life when the weather is
favorable. Their sleeping-room should be well aired and ventilated. Red
meats are allowed twice a week only. Sugar is cut down to the lowest limit.
Skimmed milk only should be taken—the cream being too rich for them.
They can eat freely of fruits in season, green vegetables and cereals. The
bowels must move freely every day. Patients must be given a lukewarm
bath, followed by a brief spray of cold water, daily. The cold spray should
not be too cold; about 60 degrees F. is the suitable temperature of the water.
An absolute change of climate, to a warmer inland atmosphere, is
imperative before some of these patients will begin to improve.
Page 32
SUMMARY:—
A child with chronic bronchitis, or with frequent attacks of
bronchitis (or chronic colds), is usually suffering from some other
diseased condition.
The bronchitis, or the cold, will not get better until you find out
what that "other diseased condition" is.
It takes a physician to find that out.
Having found the cause, cure it, and the bronchitis will disappear
and the general health of the child will immediately improve.
PNEUMONIA
Pneumonia is a very common disease in childhood. It is the most frequent
complication of the various acute infectious diseases. Pneumonia is an
exceedingly important factor in the mortality of infancy.
There are two kinds of pneumonia:—
1. Broncho-pneumonia.
2. Lobar-pneumonia.
Acute Broncho-Pneumonia.—Up to the fourth year this is the form of
pneumonia always present. It is the form that always complicates other
diseases all through childhood.
It is most apt to occur during the spring and winter months.
It affects all classes, but especially those whose hygienic surroundings are
poor. Catching cold is the exciting cause in a large percentage of primary
pneumonias.
Symptoms.—Broncho-pneumonia has no regular course. It may or it may
not follow a cold or an attack of bronchitis. As a rule it begins suddenly
with a high fever, frequently accompanied by vomiting, rapid respiration,
cough, and prostration.
A child with chronic bronchitis, or with frequent attacks of
bronchitis (or chronic colds), is usually suffering from some other
diseased condition.
The bronchitis, or the cold, will not get better until you find out
what that "other diseased condition" is.
It takes a physician to find that out.
Having found the cause, cure it, and the bronchitis will disappear
and the general health of the child will immediately improve.
PNEUMONIA
Pneumonia is a very common disease in childhood. It is the most frequent
complication of the various acute infectious diseases. Pneumonia is an
exceedingly important factor in the mortality of infancy.
There are two kinds of pneumonia:—
1. Broncho-pneumonia.
2. Lobar-pneumonia.
Acute Broncho-Pneumonia.—Up to the fourth year this is the form of
pneumonia always present. It is the form that always complicates other
diseases all through childhood.
It is most apt to occur during the spring and winter months.
It affects all classes, but especially those whose hygienic surroundings are
poor. Catching cold is the exciting cause in a large percentage of primary
pneumonias.
Symptoms.—Broncho-pneumonia has no regular course. It may or it may
not follow a cold or an attack of bronchitis. As a rule it begins suddenly
with a high fever, frequently accompanied by vomiting, rapid respiration,
cough, and prostration.
Page 33
The child does not maintain a high fever continuously; it varies
considerably throughout each twenty-four hours. It lasts from one to three
weeks, and subsides gradually.
The respirations vary between 60 and 80 per minute, though they may be
much more frequent than this. The child breathes with apparent difficulty,
the soft parts of the cheeks and nose rising and falling as it breathes.
The prostration becomes, as the disease progresses, more and more marked,
until the child looks profoundly sick.
Cough is a constant and incessant symptom. It disturbs rest and sleep and
may cause frequent vomiting. There is no expectoration. A strong cough is a
good symptom; if it stops it is a bad symptom.
Pain is seldom present.
Blueness of the skin is a bad sign and indicates failure of respiration and
suggests constant and careful watching.
Delirium may be present during the disease. It is not necessarily a bad sign.
Accompanying stomach troubles are frequent if the patient is very young,
and are very important. The bowels may be loose; they may be green in
color and contain much mucus. Large quantities of gas may accumulate in
the intestines and may cause much distress and convulsions. Death may
occur at any time or the process may be arrested and recovery take place at
any stage of the disease. Broncho-pneumonia is not necessarily a fatal
disease in a fairly healthy child. It is, however, always a serious disease.
Various complications may occur in the course of the disease. The most
frequent are: pleurisy, emphysema, abscess of the lung, meningitis, heart
disease, stomach troubles, thrush, intestinal disease.
How to Tell When a Child Has Broncho-Pneumonia.—If a child
develops a high fever, breathes rapidly, coughs, and is content to lie in bed
because of the degree of prostration, broncho-pneumonia is almost certain
to be the disease present. If in addition to these symptoms there is any
blueness of the fingers or around the mouth it is more strongly suggestive of
pneumonia.
considerably throughout each twenty-four hours. It lasts from one to three
weeks, and subsides gradually.
The respirations vary between 60 and 80 per minute, though they may be
much more frequent than this. The child breathes with apparent difficulty,
the soft parts of the cheeks and nose rising and falling as it breathes.
The prostration becomes, as the disease progresses, more and more marked,
until the child looks profoundly sick.
Cough is a constant and incessant symptom. It disturbs rest and sleep and
may cause frequent vomiting. There is no expectoration. A strong cough is a
good symptom; if it stops it is a bad symptom.
Pain is seldom present.
Blueness of the skin is a bad sign and indicates failure of respiration and
suggests constant and careful watching.
Delirium may be present during the disease. It is not necessarily a bad sign.
Accompanying stomach troubles are frequent if the patient is very young,
and are very important. The bowels may be loose; they may be green in
color and contain much mucus. Large quantities of gas may accumulate in
the intestines and may cause much distress and convulsions. Death may
occur at any time or the process may be arrested and recovery take place at
any stage of the disease. Broncho-pneumonia is not necessarily a fatal
disease in a fairly healthy child. It is, however, always a serious disease.
Various complications may occur in the course of the disease. The most
frequent are: pleurisy, emphysema, abscess of the lung, meningitis, heart
disease, stomach troubles, thrush, intestinal disease.
How to Tell When a Child Has Broncho-Pneumonia.—If a child
develops a high fever, breathes rapidly, coughs, and is content to lie in bed
because of the degree of prostration, broncho-pneumonia is almost certain
to be the disease present. If in addition to these symptoms there is any
blueness of the fingers or around the mouth it is more strongly suggestive of
pneumonia.
Page 34
If the child has been suffering with bronchitis it is sometimes difficult to tell
just when the pneumonia begins. The child will appear more profoundly
sick, the fever will go higher, and the respiration will be more frequent
when pneumonia sets in on top of bronchitis.
Treatment.—The nursing of a little patient with pneumonia is the most
important part. He must get plenty of fresh air; consequently he should be
kept in a well-ventilated room. It is an excellent plan to change the patient
twice daily from the sick room into another which has previously been
thoroughly aired. While he is in this room the sick room should be as
thoroughly aired as is possible. Keep this plan up all through the disease;
change the position of the patient in bed every two hours. He should never
be allowed to lie on his back for hours at a time. In this way the different
parts of the lungs get a chance to air themselves,—the air cells expand and
the oxygen in the air and the fresh blood tend to heal the parts more quickly.
It would be distinctly wrong to go into the detailed symptomatic treatment
of broncho-pneumonia in a book of this character. Inasmuch as this is one
of the most serious diseases of infancy, no mother should attempt to treat it
alone. A physician is absolutely necessary and the most the mother can hope
to do is to follow out his directions to the letter.
He may direct the use of mustard pastes but it is essential to know where to
apply them. If he should request the use of the cotton jacket, the height and
character of the fever must regulate its use. Stimulants are always
necessary, whisky and strychnine being given in every case, but if given at
the wrong time they may do more harm than good. Cough mixtures may be
necessary, but frequently they are contra-indicated. Drugs and cold
sponging may be used to reduce the fever, but they are dangerous if used
when conditions do not justify their use. Complications must be diagnosed
when they occur, and the correct methods of treatment promptly instituted.
A competent physician alone can assume the responsibility of these various
phases of the disease.
Every mother should appreciate, however, that pneumonia is frequently the
result of carelessness. It is a well-known fact that pneumonia is an
infrequent disease among children of the well-to-do, because the hygienic
surroundings of these children are better and because they receive
just when the pneumonia begins. The child will appear more profoundly
sick, the fever will go higher, and the respiration will be more frequent
when pneumonia sets in on top of bronchitis.
Treatment.—The nursing of a little patient with pneumonia is the most
important part. He must get plenty of fresh air; consequently he should be
kept in a well-ventilated room. It is an excellent plan to change the patient
twice daily from the sick room into another which has previously been
thoroughly aired. While he is in this room the sick room should be as
thoroughly aired as is possible. Keep this plan up all through the disease;
change the position of the patient in bed every two hours. He should never
be allowed to lie on his back for hours at a time. In this way the different
parts of the lungs get a chance to air themselves,—the air cells expand and
the oxygen in the air and the fresh blood tend to heal the parts more quickly.
It would be distinctly wrong to go into the detailed symptomatic treatment
of broncho-pneumonia in a book of this character. Inasmuch as this is one
of the most serious diseases of infancy, no mother should attempt to treat it
alone. A physician is absolutely necessary and the most the mother can hope
to do is to follow out his directions to the letter.
He may direct the use of mustard pastes but it is essential to know where to
apply them. If he should request the use of the cotton jacket, the height and
character of the fever must regulate its use. Stimulants are always
necessary, whisky and strychnine being given in every case, but if given at
the wrong time they may do more harm than good. Cough mixtures may be
necessary, but frequently they are contra-indicated. Drugs and cold
sponging may be used to reduce the fever, but they are dangerous if used
when conditions do not justify their use. Complications must be diagnosed
when they occur, and the correct methods of treatment promptly instituted.
A competent physician alone can assume the responsibility of these various
phases of the disease.
Every mother should appreciate, however, that pneumonia is frequently the
result of carelessness. It is a well-known fact that pneumonia is an
infrequent disease among children of the well-to-do, because the hygienic
surroundings of these children are better and because they receive
Page 35
competent attention if suffering with colds and bronchitis. Bronchitis is
quite common in all classes of children, but in the lower walks of life it is
the custom to allow children to run around while they give every sign of
having a heavy cold, and a beginning bronchitis. These children should
receive treatment and should be kept indoors and in bed if they have even a
slight fever, as pneumonia is frequently the inevitable outcome. They
should be carefully fed, and all signs of stomach or intestinal troubles
attended to at once.
By permission of Henry H. Goddard A Grim Result Isaac is 16,
although mentally 10. He is a high-grade moron.
This is one of those all too frequent instances[A] "of a feeble-minded
woman with a husband who is alcoholic and the offspring either feeble-
minded or miscarriages."
quite common in all classes of children, but in the lower walks of life it is
the custom to allow children to run around while they give every sign of
having a heavy cold, and a beginning bronchitis. These children should
receive treatment and should be kept indoors and in bed if they have even a
slight fever, as pneumonia is frequently the inevitable outcome. They
should be carefully fed, and all signs of stomach or intestinal troubles
attended to at once.
By permission of Henry H. Goddard A Grim Result Isaac is 16,
although mentally 10. He is a high-grade moron.
This is one of those all too frequent instances[A] "of a feeble-minded
woman with a husband who is alcoholic and the offspring either feeble-
minded or miscarriages."
Page 36
"Isaac is exceedingly dangerous. He is a potential criminal or bad man, or
under the best conditions would at least marry and probably become the
father of defectives like himself."
This and the succeeding pictures in this volume contrast vividly with the
frontispiece. Terrible are the results when we disregard the inevitable laws
of nature, and so mate ourselves that our children will be parasites on
society.
[A]"Feeble-mindedness; Its Causes and Consequences", Goddard, The
Macmillan Company.
The After-Treatment of Pneumonia is important, and every detail has a
distinct bearing on the ultimate recovery and establishment of good health.
Careful feeding, a good tonic, and the proper attention to exercise, fresh air
and bathing are requisite. A change of air after the fever is gone is more
important than all other measures put together. A dry, warm climate where
patients can be kept in the open air is preferable. The danger of allowing a
slow, long drawn-out convalescence after pneumonia is the development of
tuberculosis.
ADENOIDS
Adenoids are very common, almost popular, in childhood. The condition is
one that causes more real trouble and discomfort than any other childhood
affliction. Adenoids are associated with, and are responsible for, many of
the ailments of childhood. They may be associated with enlarged tonsils or
they may be independent of them. They may be present at birth or develop
any time thereafter, though they are more frequent between the ages of two
and six years. Children who have adenoids invariably suffer from chronic
"head-colds" with a discharge from the nose. These chronic colds are
caused by the adenoids. Nearly every disease, and every diseased, or
abnormal, condition of the nose, throat, larynx, and lungs can be directly
caused by the presence of adenoids. They are also responsible for numerous
other conditions of very grave importance in the growing child. The
accompanying "head-colds" may develop into a bronchitis which may keep
the child indoors for a long period. Adenoids always interfere with
respiration, thereby depriving the child of a normal quantity of oxygen, thus
under the best conditions would at least marry and probably become the
father of defectives like himself."
This and the succeeding pictures in this volume contrast vividly with the
frontispiece. Terrible are the results when we disregard the inevitable laws
of nature, and so mate ourselves that our children will be parasites on
society.
[A]"Feeble-mindedness; Its Causes and Consequences", Goddard, The
Macmillan Company.
The After-Treatment of Pneumonia is important, and every detail has a
distinct bearing on the ultimate recovery and establishment of good health.
Careful feeding, a good tonic, and the proper attention to exercise, fresh air
and bathing are requisite. A change of air after the fever is gone is more
important than all other measures put together. A dry, warm climate where
patients can be kept in the open air is preferable. The danger of allowing a
slow, long drawn-out convalescence after pneumonia is the development of
tuberculosis.
ADENOIDS
Adenoids are very common, almost popular, in childhood. The condition is
one that causes more real trouble and discomfort than any other childhood
affliction. Adenoids are associated with, and are responsible for, many of
the ailments of childhood. They may be associated with enlarged tonsils or
they may be independent of them. They may be present at birth or develop
any time thereafter, though they are more frequent between the ages of two
and six years. Children who have adenoids invariably suffer from chronic
"head-colds" with a discharge from the nose. These chronic colds are
caused by the adenoids. Nearly every disease, and every diseased, or
abnormal, condition of the nose, throat, larynx, and lungs can be directly
caused by the presence of adenoids. They are also responsible for numerous
other conditions of very grave importance in the growing child. The
accompanying "head-colds" may develop into a bronchitis which may keep
the child indoors for a long period. Adenoids always interfere with
respiration, thereby depriving the child of a normal quantity of oxygen, thus
Page 37
rendering the blood less pure, and, as a consequence, seriously interfering
with the nourishment and general health. The impaired nourishment and
poor health thus produced, as a direct result of adenoids, renders the child
more liable to disease; he may thus acquire ailments that may affect his
whole subsequent life. The mental side of a child's development is also
affected by the presence of adenoids, so much so that actual statistics prove
that these children cannot keep up with their classes in the public school.
We must therefore regard the presence of adenoids as a serious menace to
the health and comfort of the patient. It has already been pointed out in
discussing other diseases that before a cure of these diseases could be
permanently accomplished it would be absolutely necessary to remove the
adenoids, which were, no doubt, the actual cause, or an important
contributing cause, of the disease. Such conditions as catarrhal laryngitis,
croup, chronic recurring winter coughs, acute catarrhal rhinitis, "snuffles",
"cold in the head", chronic catarrh, bronchial asthma, incontinence of urine,
"bed-wetting", "nose-bleeding", headaches in growing children, anemia,
deafness, night terrors, defective speech, diphtheria, consumption, are
frequently caused by the presence of adenoids.
These patients contract certain diseases easier than other children, and when
they do, they have them more severely; such diseases are diphtheria,
tuberculosis, scarlet fever, measles, and whooping cough.
Adenoid children are, as a rule, in better health during the warm, equable,
summer weather than during the changeable, uncertain weather we have in
the winter months. If the case is neglected, and if the adenoids have existed
for a long time, the growth of the child is impaired. He remains small and
stunted, and the expression of the face is dull and stupid. The temperament
and disposition are affected also; such children are languid, listless and
depressed.
How to Tell When a Child Has Adenoids.—Children with well-developed
adenoids are "mouth-breathers." Instead of breathing through the nose they
breathe with the mouth open, especially when sound asleep. If a child has a
discharge from its nose and a chronic cough, both of which resist treatment,
and if in addition it is a mouth-breather, it is safe to investigate the naso-
pharynx for adenoids. If a child with these symptoms is not in good health,
with the nourishment and general health. The impaired nourishment and
poor health thus produced, as a direct result of adenoids, renders the child
more liable to disease; he may thus acquire ailments that may affect his
whole subsequent life. The mental side of a child's development is also
affected by the presence of adenoids, so much so that actual statistics prove
that these children cannot keep up with their classes in the public school.
We must therefore regard the presence of adenoids as a serious menace to
the health and comfort of the patient. It has already been pointed out in
discussing other diseases that before a cure of these diseases could be
permanently accomplished it would be absolutely necessary to remove the
adenoids, which were, no doubt, the actual cause, or an important
contributing cause, of the disease. Such conditions as catarrhal laryngitis,
croup, chronic recurring winter coughs, acute catarrhal rhinitis, "snuffles",
"cold in the head", chronic catarrh, bronchial asthma, incontinence of urine,
"bed-wetting", "nose-bleeding", headaches in growing children, anemia,
deafness, night terrors, defective speech, diphtheria, consumption, are
frequently caused by the presence of adenoids.
These patients contract certain diseases easier than other children, and when
they do, they have them more severely; such diseases are diphtheria,
tuberculosis, scarlet fever, measles, and whooping cough.
Adenoid children are, as a rule, in better health during the warm, equable,
summer weather than during the changeable, uncertain weather we have in
the winter months. If the case is neglected, and if the adenoids have existed
for a long time, the growth of the child is impaired. He remains small and
stunted, and the expression of the face is dull and stupid. The temperament
and disposition are affected also; such children are languid, listless and
depressed.
How to Tell When a Child Has Adenoids.—Children with well-developed
adenoids are "mouth-breathers." Instead of breathing through the nose they
breathe with the mouth open, especially when sound asleep. If a child has a
discharge from its nose and a chronic cough, both of which resist treatment,
and if in addition it is a mouth-breather, it is safe to investigate the naso-
pharynx for adenoids. If a child with these symptoms is not in good health,
Page 38
is listless and depressed, looks stupid, snores at night, has difficulty in
breathing and cannot blow its nose satisfactorily, is troubled occasionally
with "nose bleeds" and headaches, we may be satisfied that the child has
adenoids, as no other condition could produce such a picture.
Adenoids, like enlarged tonsils, are dangerous, apart from the physical
distress and disease which they cause, owing to the fact that they harbor
deadly bacteria, and from these bacteria, which find a lodgment in the
adenoids and tonsils, a fatal attack of diphtheria or consumption may have
its beginning.
Treatment of Adenoids.—Absolute removal is the only justifiable
treatment. This is rendered imperative for so many reasons that it is
unnecessary to go into details in justification of the procedure.
The physical well-being, the mental development, the life of the child
depend upon it. Any parent who would wittingly interpose an objection to
the removal of his or her child's adenoids, after they have been
demonstrated to exist, would be guilty of a grave crime.
The operation itself is not at all dangerous. It is over in a few moments and
the child is well in an hour or two, so far as any pain or suffering is
concerned.
Physicians are frequently asked if adenoids "grow" again after removal. The
answer is, "Yes," they sometimes do. In a very small percentage of the cases
they do return. The older the child is when they are removed the less chance
there is of a recurrence. A child operated on before it is two years of age is
more liable to a recurrence than a child operated on at six years of age. This
must not, however, be construed as an excuse for putting an operation off,
because if a child needs an operation at two years and it is postponed till
later, its health will be permanently injured before it is four years of age.
SUMMARY:—
1. Adenoids cause more trouble and more actual disease than any
other condition during childhood.
2. It is a crime for a parent to refuse operation if the presence of
adenoids has been proved.
breathing and cannot blow its nose satisfactorily, is troubled occasionally
with "nose bleeds" and headaches, we may be satisfied that the child has
adenoids, as no other condition could produce such a picture.
Adenoids, like enlarged tonsils, are dangerous, apart from the physical
distress and disease which they cause, owing to the fact that they harbor
deadly bacteria, and from these bacteria, which find a lodgment in the
adenoids and tonsils, a fatal attack of diphtheria or consumption may have
its beginning.
Treatment of Adenoids.—Absolute removal is the only justifiable
treatment. This is rendered imperative for so many reasons that it is
unnecessary to go into details in justification of the procedure.
The physical well-being, the mental development, the life of the child
depend upon it. Any parent who would wittingly interpose an objection to
the removal of his or her child's adenoids, after they have been
demonstrated to exist, would be guilty of a grave crime.
The operation itself is not at all dangerous. It is over in a few moments and
the child is well in an hour or two, so far as any pain or suffering is
concerned.
Physicians are frequently asked if adenoids "grow" again after removal. The
answer is, "Yes," they sometimes do. In a very small percentage of the cases
they do return. The older the child is when they are removed the less chance
there is of a recurrence. A child operated on before it is two years of age is
more liable to a recurrence than a child operated on at six years of age. This
must not, however, be construed as an excuse for putting an operation off,
because if a child needs an operation at two years and it is postponed till
later, its health will be permanently injured before it is four years of age.
SUMMARY:—
1. Adenoids cause more trouble and more actual disease than any
other condition during childhood.
2. It is a crime for a parent to refuse operation if the presence of
adenoids has been proved.
Page 39
3. Removal is the only treatment and it should be done in every
case as soon as possible.
4. The operation is a trivial one and is free from danger.
NASAL HEMORRHAGE—"NOSE BLEEDS"
A hemorrhage from the nose may occur at any time from birth on. It
depends upon the rupture of one or more blood vessels. The great majority
of "nose-bleeds" are caused by adenoids, or by a small ulcer in the nose, or
by an injury, such as a blow or fall. A nasal hemorrhage, however, may be
caused by other, more serious conditions, and for that reason may justify a
careful inquiry into the cause, especially if bleeding should occur a number
of times, or be of a serious character the first time.
Of the more common causes as given above, the adenoids should be
removed, and the chronic catarrh which is invariably the cause of the ulcer
should be cured.
Treatment of an Acute Attack.—Have the patient sit erect; loosen all tight
clothing around neck; fold the hands over the head; apply cold to the back
of the neck and the nose. Pieces of ice can be put into the nostril and the ice
bag to the nape of the neck, or a piece of ice can be put into a folded napkin
and held on the back of the neck. Taking a long breath and holding it as
long as possible and repeating it while the ice is being applied is an aid.
Placing the feet in hot mustard water is of decided use. Another excellent
expedient is to wrap absorbent cotton round a smooth probe (piece of
whalebone, for example), dip the cotton in an alum-water mixture (half
teaspoonful powdered alum in a half cupful of water), and then push it into
the bleeding nostril as far as you can with gentle force. A valuable remedy
is Peroxide of Hydrogen used full strength and freely dropped into the
nostril. If these measures fail, send for a physician at once.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Nose bleeds may be caused by some serious condition.
2nd. If they occur a number of times have the child examined.
case as soon as possible.
4. The operation is a trivial one and is free from danger.
NASAL HEMORRHAGE—"NOSE BLEEDS"
A hemorrhage from the nose may occur at any time from birth on. It
depends upon the rupture of one or more blood vessels. The great majority
of "nose-bleeds" are caused by adenoids, or by a small ulcer in the nose, or
by an injury, such as a blow or fall. A nasal hemorrhage, however, may be
caused by other, more serious conditions, and for that reason may justify a
careful inquiry into the cause, especially if bleeding should occur a number
of times, or be of a serious character the first time.
Of the more common causes as given above, the adenoids should be
removed, and the chronic catarrh which is invariably the cause of the ulcer
should be cured.
Treatment of an Acute Attack.—Have the patient sit erect; loosen all tight
clothing around neck; fold the hands over the head; apply cold to the back
of the neck and the nose. Pieces of ice can be put into the nostril and the ice
bag to the nape of the neck, or a piece of ice can be put into a folded napkin
and held on the back of the neck. Taking a long breath and holding it as
long as possible and repeating it while the ice is being applied is an aid.
Placing the feet in hot mustard water is of decided use. Another excellent
expedient is to wrap absorbent cotton round a smooth probe (piece of
whalebone, for example), dip the cotton in an alum-water mixture (half
teaspoonful powdered alum in a half cupful of water), and then push it into
the bleeding nostril as far as you can with gentle force. A valuable remedy
is Peroxide of Hydrogen used full strength and freely dropped into the
nostril. If these measures fail, send for a physician at once.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Nose bleeds may be caused by some serious condition.
2nd. If they occur a number of times have the child examined.
Page 40
3rd. If the treatment outlined above does not stop the bleeding in
a few moments send immediately for a physician.
QUINSY
Quinsy is not common in childhood. It usually follows tonsilitis when it is
seen. The child complains of pain in the neck, extreme pain and difficulty
upon swallowing, and inability to open the mouth as much as usual. There
is a tendency to hold the head to one side. The treatment is to open the
abscess at the earliest moment after pus is present.
HICCOUGH
Hiccough is, in most cases, in infancy and childhood caused by some
irritation of the stomach, may be over-filled with food or gas. In these cases
it is an unimportant incident and may be quickly relieved by giving the
child an enema of soap-water and a laxative of rhubarb and soda.
Infrequently hiccough may be the result of cold feet, or a surface chill.
Simple methods of relief are, to hold the breath, to expire, or blow the
breath out as long as possible before taking the next breath; to sip water
from a cup held by another person while the tips of the two fore-fingers are
in the ears.
Hiccough is quite frequent in hysteria in girls, but it is of no consequence.
When hiccoughs set in during the course of any serious disease it is a very
unfavorable sign.
SORE MOUTH: STOMATITIS
Stomatitis is an inflammation of the mucous membrane (inner lining) of the
mouth. The gums and the inner surface of the lips and cheeks may be red
and angry-looking. There may be small grayish spots on any part of the
mouth. If the case is very bad or if it has lasted some time and has been
neglected, these spots grow larger and join together forming irregular
grayish plaques. A large percentage of the cases never go further than this
because the proper care and attention is given them. It is possible, however,
a few moments send immediately for a physician.
QUINSY
Quinsy is not common in childhood. It usually follows tonsilitis when it is
seen. The child complains of pain in the neck, extreme pain and difficulty
upon swallowing, and inability to open the mouth as much as usual. There
is a tendency to hold the head to one side. The treatment is to open the
abscess at the earliest moment after pus is present.
HICCOUGH
Hiccough is, in most cases, in infancy and childhood caused by some
irritation of the stomach, may be over-filled with food or gas. In these cases
it is an unimportant incident and may be quickly relieved by giving the
child an enema of soap-water and a laxative of rhubarb and soda.
Infrequently hiccough may be the result of cold feet, or a surface chill.
Simple methods of relief are, to hold the breath, to expire, or blow the
breath out as long as possible before taking the next breath; to sip water
from a cup held by another person while the tips of the two fore-fingers are
in the ears.
Hiccough is quite frequent in hysteria in girls, but it is of no consequence.
When hiccoughs set in during the course of any serious disease it is a very
unfavorable sign.
SORE MOUTH: STOMATITIS
Stomatitis is an inflammation of the mucous membrane (inner lining) of the
mouth. The gums and the inner surface of the lips and cheeks may be red
and angry-looking. There may be small grayish spots on any part of the
mouth. If the case is very bad or if it has lasted some time and has been
neglected, these spots grow larger and join together forming irregular
grayish plaques. A large percentage of the cases never go further than this
because the proper care and attention is given them. It is possible, however,
Page 41
for any case to progress further and become ulcerative. This will be
observed first as a faint yellow line at the margin of the teeth and gum.
Ulceration never takes place unless the child has teeth. The quantity of
saliva is very greatly increased, so much so that it flows out of the mouth
soiling the clothes. The saliva is intensely acid and it consequently irritates
the skin, causing more or less eczema. The mouth is painful and hot. There
is slight fever, but seldom any marked prostration. If, however, the
ulceration should be severe, the fever may be quite high.
There is one feature of these cases that sometimes proves vexatious and
annoying. Because of the soreness of the mouth, the child cannot draw
strongly enough on the nipple to get a normal feeding, and as a result the
nutrition of the child is poor. These children are hungry and when offered
the nipple grasp it greedily, draw a few mouthfuls then stop because of the
pain and begin to cry.
If the ulceration is extensive, there is usually an odor and the gums bleed
easily. Sometimes the teeth fall out or have to be drawn out.
Strong, well-fed children are as likely to develop stomatitis as are those
who are weakly and ill fed.
The disease is caused by infection and is contagious. Just what the infection
is we do not know; we do, however, know that children whose mouths are
carefully cleaned after each feeding do not have sore mouths of this
character. When cleaning the mouth care must be observed not to injure the
tender mucous membrane.
Treatment.—As soon as the condition is observed mouth-washing should
be systematically and thoroughly carried out. After each feeding the mouth
should be washed with a saturated solution of boric acid in boiled water.
(See page 626.)
It is not necessary to use any further treatment, as a rule. Patients recover in
four to eight days. Strict attention to cleanliness, however, is imperative.
The feeding bottle and nipple, or the mother's nipple, if breast fed, must be
kept scrupulously clean.
The feeding of these children is sometimes a problem for a day or two,
because, as stated above, of the soreness of the mouth. This is best
observed first as a faint yellow line at the margin of the teeth and gum.
Ulceration never takes place unless the child has teeth. The quantity of
saliva is very greatly increased, so much so that it flows out of the mouth
soiling the clothes. The saliva is intensely acid and it consequently irritates
the skin, causing more or less eczema. The mouth is painful and hot. There
is slight fever, but seldom any marked prostration. If, however, the
ulceration should be severe, the fever may be quite high.
There is one feature of these cases that sometimes proves vexatious and
annoying. Because of the soreness of the mouth, the child cannot draw
strongly enough on the nipple to get a normal feeding, and as a result the
nutrition of the child is poor. These children are hungry and when offered
the nipple grasp it greedily, draw a few mouthfuls then stop because of the
pain and begin to cry.
If the ulceration is extensive, there is usually an odor and the gums bleed
easily. Sometimes the teeth fall out or have to be drawn out.
Strong, well-fed children are as likely to develop stomatitis as are those
who are weakly and ill fed.
The disease is caused by infection and is contagious. Just what the infection
is we do not know; we do, however, know that children whose mouths are
carefully cleaned after each feeding do not have sore mouths of this
character. When cleaning the mouth care must be observed not to injure the
tender mucous membrane.
Treatment.—As soon as the condition is observed mouth-washing should
be systematically and thoroughly carried out. After each feeding the mouth
should be washed with a saturated solution of boric acid in boiled water.
(See page 626.)
It is not necessary to use any further treatment, as a rule. Patients recover in
four to eight days. Strict attention to cleanliness, however, is imperative.
The feeding bottle and nipple, or the mother's nipple, if breast fed, must be
kept scrupulously clean.
The feeding of these children is sometimes a problem for a day or two,
because, as stated above, of the soreness of the mouth. This is best
Page 42
overcome by feeding the baby with a spoon. If breast fed, it is necessary to
pump the milk and then feed with the spoon. Children will take the milk
better if it is fed cold. Cold boiled water is largely taken and is good for
them at this time.
Treatment for Ulcers in Mouth.—The ulcers should be touched with a
camel's-hair brush which has been dipped into finely powdered burnt alum.
If a stronger caustic is necessary, the solid stick of nitrate of silver may be
used.
A mouth wash may also be used in the ulcerative cases, composed of the
peroxide of hydrogen diluted with two parts of water. If this is used wash
the mouth out afterward with plain, cool, boiled water. The peroxide mouth
wash can be used four or five times daily.
In addition to the mouth washing in the ulcerative cases it is advisable to
use internally chlorate of potash. The druggist should be requested to make
a two-ounce saturated solution, and of this you can give one-half
teaspoonful, largely diluted with cool water, every hour during the day for
the first twenty-four hours, then every two hours until marked improvement
is shown, when it can be further reduced by lengthening the interval
between doses.
SPRUE—THRUSH
Sprue is a form of sore mouth. It is seen only during the first six months of
life, as a rule. It affects the mucous membrane of the mouth; it appears in
the form of small white spots that look like drops of curdled milk. They are
on the inner surface of the cheek and may be all over the mouth, and on the
tongue. The spots are firmly attached, and if forcibly removed the mucous
membrane will bleed.
The disease is caused by infection through lack of cleanliness and it
invariably affects poorly nourished children, especially those who are
bottle-fed.
There are no symptoms other than those of the mouth; the child frequently
refuses to nurse because of evident pain and distress while nursing. The
pump the milk and then feed with the spoon. Children will take the milk
better if it is fed cold. Cold boiled water is largely taken and is good for
them at this time.
Treatment for Ulcers in Mouth.—The ulcers should be touched with a
camel's-hair brush which has been dipped into finely powdered burnt alum.
If a stronger caustic is necessary, the solid stick of nitrate of silver may be
used.
A mouth wash may also be used in the ulcerative cases, composed of the
peroxide of hydrogen diluted with two parts of water. If this is used wash
the mouth out afterward with plain, cool, boiled water. The peroxide mouth
wash can be used four or five times daily.
In addition to the mouth washing in the ulcerative cases it is advisable to
use internally chlorate of potash. The druggist should be requested to make
a two-ounce saturated solution, and of this you can give one-half
teaspoonful, largely diluted with cool water, every hour during the day for
the first twenty-four hours, then every two hours until marked improvement
is shown, when it can be further reduced by lengthening the interval
between doses.
SPRUE—THRUSH
Sprue is a form of sore mouth. It is seen only during the first six months of
life, as a rule. It affects the mucous membrane of the mouth; it appears in
the form of small white spots that look like drops of curdled milk. They are
on the inner surface of the cheek and may be all over the mouth, and on the
tongue. The spots are firmly attached, and if forcibly removed the mucous
membrane will bleed.
The disease is caused by infection through lack of cleanliness and it
invariably affects poorly nourished children, especially those who are
bottle-fed.
There are no symptoms other than those of the mouth; the child frequently
refuses to nurse because of evident pain and distress while nursing. The
Page 43
condition is not contagious. It may be cured in from six to eight days
without difficulty.
Treatment.—Mouth irrigations of boracic acid are all that are necessary.
They are given in the following way: Place the child on its side, roll around
the index finger a piece of absorbent cotton, dip this in a saturated solution
of boracic acid, and put into the mouth of the child. Let the cotton take up
as much of the solution as it will hold, so that when it is lightly pressed on
the tongue and cheeks it will flow out of the mouth, thus "irrigating the
mouth." Repeat this a number of times, pressing the cotton to a different
part each time. This should be gone through from four to six times daily.
If the child is a bottle-fed baby, care should be taken in cleaning the nipples
and bottles as directed on page 264. If the patient is breast-fed, care must be
taken to note that the mother's nipples are clean. They should be washed
with the same solution of boracic acid and not handled. If the child cannot
nurse it is necessary to feed it with a spoon.
In obstinate cases the parts may be touched with a one per cent. solution of
formalin. Mothers should particularly note not to use honey and borax, as is
often recommended by women who know no better, in any disease of the
mouth in children.
without difficulty.
Treatment.—Mouth irrigations of boracic acid are all that are necessary.
They are given in the following way: Place the child on its side, roll around
the index finger a piece of absorbent cotton, dip this in a saturated solution
of boracic acid, and put into the mouth of the child. Let the cotton take up
as much of the solution as it will hold, so that when it is lightly pressed on
the tongue and cheeks it will flow out of the mouth, thus "irrigating the
mouth." Repeat this a number of times, pressing the cotton to a different
part each time. This should be gone through from four to six times daily.
If the child is a bottle-fed baby, care should be taken in cleaning the nipples
and bottles as directed on page 264. If the patient is breast-fed, care must be
taken to note that the mother's nipples are clean. They should be washed
with the same solution of boracic acid and not handled. If the child cannot
nurse it is necessary to feed it with a spoon.
In obstinate cases the parts may be touched with a one per cent. solution of
formalin. Mothers should particularly note not to use honey and borax, as is
often recommended by women who know no better, in any disease of the
mouth in children.
Page 44
CHAPTER XXXV
DISEASES OF THE STOMACH AND GASTRO-
INTESTINAL CANAL
Inflammation of the Stomach—Acute Gastritis— Persistent Vomiting—
Acute Gastric Indigestion—Iced Champagne in Persistent Vomiting—Acute
Intestinal Diseases of Children—Conditions Under Which They Exist and
Suggestions as to Remedial Measures—Acute Intestinal Indigestion—
Symptoms of Acute Intestinal Indigestion—Treatment of Acute Intestinal
Indigestion—Children with Whom Milk Does Not Agree—Chronic or
Persistent Intestinal Indigestion—Acute Ileo-colitis—Dysentery— Enteritis
—Entero-colitis—Inflammatory Diarrhea—Chronic Ileo-colitis—Chronic
Colitis—Summer Diarrhea—Cholera Infantum—Gastro-enteritis—Acute
Gastro-enteric Infection—Gastro-enteric Intoxication—Colic Appendicitis
—Jaundice in Infants—Jaundice in Older Children—Catarrhal Jaundice—
Gastro-duodenitis—Intestinal Worms—Worms, Thread, Pin and Tape—
Rupture
ACUTE GASTRIC INDIGESTION
Acute Inflammation of the Stomach—Acute Gastritis— Persistent Vomiting
An infant seldom has real inflammation of the stomach. Gastric, or
stomach, indigestion is the better name, because it actually signifies the true
condition. It is indigestion that causes a child to vomit, though it is possible
to have a true inflammation caused by the taking of irritant or corrosive
drugs.
Gastric indigestion causes sudden, repeated vomiting, with prostration and
occasional fever. It is caused by unsuitable food, the wrong quantity of
food, irregular feeding, and food the quality of which is not good.
Treatment.—The stomach should be immediately washed out. Until the
physician arrives the mother can encourage the child to drink a large
DISEASES OF THE STOMACH AND GASTRO-
INTESTINAL CANAL
Inflammation of the Stomach—Acute Gastritis— Persistent Vomiting—
Acute Gastric Indigestion—Iced Champagne in Persistent Vomiting—Acute
Intestinal Diseases of Children—Conditions Under Which They Exist and
Suggestions as to Remedial Measures—Acute Intestinal Indigestion—
Symptoms of Acute Intestinal Indigestion—Treatment of Acute Intestinal
Indigestion—Children with Whom Milk Does Not Agree—Chronic or
Persistent Intestinal Indigestion—Acute Ileo-colitis—Dysentery— Enteritis
—Entero-colitis—Inflammatory Diarrhea—Chronic Ileo-colitis—Chronic
Colitis—Summer Diarrhea—Cholera Infantum—Gastro-enteritis—Acute
Gastro-enteric Infection—Gastro-enteric Intoxication—Colic Appendicitis
—Jaundice in Infants—Jaundice in Older Children—Catarrhal Jaundice—
Gastro-duodenitis—Intestinal Worms—Worms, Thread, Pin and Tape—
Rupture
ACUTE GASTRIC INDIGESTION
Acute Inflammation of the Stomach—Acute Gastritis— Persistent Vomiting
An infant seldom has real inflammation of the stomach. Gastric, or
stomach, indigestion is the better name, because it actually signifies the true
condition. It is indigestion that causes a child to vomit, though it is possible
to have a true inflammation caused by the taking of irritant or corrosive
drugs.
Gastric indigestion causes sudden, repeated vomiting, with prostration and
occasional fever. It is caused by unsuitable food, the wrong quantity of
food, irregular feeding, and food the quality of which is not good.
Treatment.—The stomach should be immediately washed out. Until the
physician arrives the mother can encourage the child to drink a large
Page 45
quantity of cool boiled water. This will be vomited and it will wash out the
stomach at the same time. No further treatment may be necessary, as the
vomiting may stop. All food should be withheld for at least twenty-four
hours. A high rectal irrigation should now be given. It is essential to know
that the bowel is absolutely clean in all vomiting cases. The normal salt
solution is the best agent to use for a high enema in infants. (See page 586.)
After twelve or twenty-four hours' abstinence from food, the child can be
given teaspoonful doses every twenty minutes of cooled boiled water, or
barley or albumen water, weak tea, or chicken broth. Cold liquids are better
retained and more readily taken than those that are heated. If the liquid
feedings are vomited, another twelve hours must elapse before trying
stomach feedings. In these cases we must try to satisfy the thirst by giving
cold colon flushings. If the case becomes protracted and we find it
impossible to nourish the child by the mouth, we must wash the stomach
out once every day with a five per cent. solution of bicarbonate of soda, and
feed the child by the rectum. Sometimes we can feed through the stomach
tube. Liquids will frequently be retained when put into the stomach through
a tube when they will be vomited if swallowed.
The best food by the rectum is plain peptonized milk.
Drugs are absolutely useless. If the vomiting persists, despite the above
efforts to stop it, there is nothing to be gained by experimenting. You will
not only render the condition worse but you will weaken the child.
Morphine given hypodermatically is the only remedy. Given in appropriate
doses, according to age, it is absolutely harmless. It will not only stop the
vomiting, but it will give the child a much-needed rest, by allowing it to go
to sleep. When it wakes up it will be stronger and its stomach will most
likely retain small doses of nourishment.
Great care must be exercised, in getting the child back on a normal diet, not
to try to go too fast.
In cases of persistent vomiting in children I have found it advisable to use
teaspoonful doses of ice-cold champagne. These children will sometimes
keep this down when all other liquids will be vomited. It is absolutely
necessary to keep the child lying down. If he is restless or sits up, the
vomiting may begin all over again. The champagne not only is excellent
stomach at the same time. No further treatment may be necessary, as the
vomiting may stop. All food should be withheld for at least twenty-four
hours. A high rectal irrigation should now be given. It is essential to know
that the bowel is absolutely clean in all vomiting cases. The normal salt
solution is the best agent to use for a high enema in infants. (See page 586.)
After twelve or twenty-four hours' abstinence from food, the child can be
given teaspoonful doses every twenty minutes of cooled boiled water, or
barley or albumen water, weak tea, or chicken broth. Cold liquids are better
retained and more readily taken than those that are heated. If the liquid
feedings are vomited, another twelve hours must elapse before trying
stomach feedings. In these cases we must try to satisfy the thirst by giving
cold colon flushings. If the case becomes protracted and we find it
impossible to nourish the child by the mouth, we must wash the stomach
out once every day with a five per cent. solution of bicarbonate of soda, and
feed the child by the rectum. Sometimes we can feed through the stomach
tube. Liquids will frequently be retained when put into the stomach through
a tube when they will be vomited if swallowed.
The best food by the rectum is plain peptonized milk.
Drugs are absolutely useless. If the vomiting persists, despite the above
efforts to stop it, there is nothing to be gained by experimenting. You will
not only render the condition worse but you will weaken the child.
Morphine given hypodermatically is the only remedy. Given in appropriate
doses, according to age, it is absolutely harmless. It will not only stop the
vomiting, but it will give the child a much-needed rest, by allowing it to go
to sleep. When it wakes up it will be stronger and its stomach will most
likely retain small doses of nourishment.
Great care must be exercised, in getting the child back on a normal diet, not
to try to go too fast.
In cases of persistent vomiting in children I have found it advisable to use
teaspoonful doses of ice-cold champagne. These children will sometimes
keep this down when all other liquids will be vomited. It is absolutely
necessary to keep the child lying down. If he is restless or sits up, the
vomiting may begin all over again. The champagne not only is excellent
Page 46
nourishment for the child, but it quiets the stomach, allays irritability, and
frequently favors sleep, during which time a cure very often results. The
champagne must be drawn through a champagne siphon (procured in the
drug store), and the bottle must be kept on ice with the mouth downward;
otherwise it will get stale very quickly and be of no use. If kept as advised it
will remain good to the end.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Persistent vomiting in a child means acute gastritis. Stop all
food for twenty-four hours.
2nd. Encourage the child to drink large quantities of slightly
warm water; this will wash the stomach out and frequently stops
the vomiting.
3rd. When the child is quiet wash out the bowels.
4th. If vomiting persists, use iced champagne as directed.
ACUTE INTESTINAL DISEASES OF CHILDREN
The large infant mortality that results from intestinal diseases during the
summer months is deserving of the most careful consideration, both of the
physician and the parent.
Apart from the excessive heat of the summer, there is no doubt that an
unfavorable environment, which means bad hygienic surroundings, bad
sanitary conditions, bad food and home influences, contributes largely to
the enormous number of these serious cases. Education, while it may be
expected to influence favorably the sanitary and other conditions in the
home, cannot change the home location. The child must continue to live in
the same environment. It is in this class of cases that these summer diseases
are so very fatal. Children in better circumstances can take advantage of
conditions which are denied to the tenement child. The diseases must
therefore be faced and treated under these existing conditions.
In addition to the climate and the environment, there are certain factors that
occur in all classes which result in intestinal derangement. If the stomach or
frequently favors sleep, during which time a cure very often results. The
champagne must be drawn through a champagne siphon (procured in the
drug store), and the bottle must be kept on ice with the mouth downward;
otherwise it will get stale very quickly and be of no use. If kept as advised it
will remain good to the end.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Persistent vomiting in a child means acute gastritis. Stop all
food for twenty-four hours.
2nd. Encourage the child to drink large quantities of slightly
warm water; this will wash the stomach out and frequently stops
the vomiting.
3rd. When the child is quiet wash out the bowels.
4th. If vomiting persists, use iced champagne as directed.
ACUTE INTESTINAL DISEASES OF CHILDREN
The large infant mortality that results from intestinal diseases during the
summer months is deserving of the most careful consideration, both of the
physician and the parent.
Apart from the excessive heat of the summer, there is no doubt that an
unfavorable environment, which means bad hygienic surroundings, bad
sanitary conditions, bad food and home influences, contributes largely to
the enormous number of these serious cases. Education, while it may be
expected to influence favorably the sanitary and other conditions in the
home, cannot change the home location. The child must continue to live in
the same environment. It is in this class of cases that these summer diseases
are so very fatal. Children in better circumstances can take advantage of
conditions which are denied to the tenement child. The diseases must
therefore be faced and treated under these existing conditions.
In addition to the climate and the environment, there are certain factors that
occur in all classes which result in intestinal derangement. If the stomach or
Page 47
bowels are not performing their function properly, or if the food or method
of feeding is wrong, these, plus very hot, humid weather, invariably result
in serious intestinal disease. The mother must be taught to interpret properly
the meaning of a green, loose stool in the summertime; she must appreciate
that it is the danger signal and must be regarded seriously.
The very best preventive against summer diseases of the intestine is to
guard particularly against any trouble with the child's stomach at all seasons
of the year. A healthy stomach and bowel will resist disease, even in very
hot weather.
The most important food product which has a direct relationship to this
class of diseases is milk. In a large city like New York it will remain
impossible to solve the milk problem, despite the splendid efforts of the
Health Department and the members of the medical profession, until the
city itself shall establish milk depots and ice stations where safe milk, and
ice to keep it safe, may be obtained at a nominal cost, or free, if the parents
cannot afford to buy it. We, therefore, must recognize that the vast majority
of children to-day are taking milk that is not suited to them, that is really
not fit as a food for children. The mothers do not know this and no steps are
taken to render the milk more safe for them to feed to their children. These
mothers are willing to do what is essential in the interest of their children,
but they do not know what should be done. These people cannot afford a
physician or a nurse to teach them, nor do they even know that their
methods are wrong or that they need any instruction. We must carry the
information and the explanation to them. We must show them the need for a
change of methods. This is the work for those charitably disposed women
who desire some worthy purpose in life, who really wish to do some real
good. All the equipment they need is good common sense. They will tell
these mothers why it is necessary to pasteurize the milk before feeding it to
the baby. They will show how to keep the nursing bottles clean, and the
nipples sweet and fresh. They will instruct them how to dress the baby in
the hot weather and impress them with the need of giving it all the cool,
fresh air possible. In short, they will gain the confidence and the good will
of these mothers in a tactful and diplomatic way, and they will tell them all
they know in language which they will understand regarding the care of the
baby. In every city in the country this work is needed and is waiting for the
missionaries who will volunteer. To teach mothers the need for boiled water
of feeding is wrong, these, plus very hot, humid weather, invariably result
in serious intestinal disease. The mother must be taught to interpret properly
the meaning of a green, loose stool in the summertime; she must appreciate
that it is the danger signal and must be regarded seriously.
The very best preventive against summer diseases of the intestine is to
guard particularly against any trouble with the child's stomach at all seasons
of the year. A healthy stomach and bowel will resist disease, even in very
hot weather.
The most important food product which has a direct relationship to this
class of diseases is milk. In a large city like New York it will remain
impossible to solve the milk problem, despite the splendid efforts of the
Health Department and the members of the medical profession, until the
city itself shall establish milk depots and ice stations where safe milk, and
ice to keep it safe, may be obtained at a nominal cost, or free, if the parents
cannot afford to buy it. We, therefore, must recognize that the vast majority
of children to-day are taking milk that is not suited to them, that is really
not fit as a food for children. The mothers do not know this and no steps are
taken to render the milk more safe for them to feed to their children. These
mothers are willing to do what is essential in the interest of their children,
but they do not know what should be done. These people cannot afford a
physician or a nurse to teach them, nor do they even know that their
methods are wrong or that they need any instruction. We must carry the
information and the explanation to them. We must show them the need for a
change of methods. This is the work for those charitably disposed women
who desire some worthy purpose in life, who really wish to do some real
good. All the equipment they need is good common sense. They will tell
these mothers why it is necessary to pasteurize the milk before feeding it to
the baby. They will show how to keep the nursing bottles clean, and the
nipples sweet and fresh. They will instruct them how to dress the baby in
the hot weather and impress them with the need of giving it all the cool,
fresh air possible. In short, they will gain the confidence and the good will
of these mothers in a tactful and diplomatic way, and they will tell them all
they know in language which they will understand regarding the care of the
baby. In every city in the country this work is needed and is waiting for the
missionaries who will volunteer. To teach mothers the need for boiled water
Page 48
as a necessary drink for baby and older children is alone a worthy
avocation. To impress upon one of these willing but ignorant mothers the
absolute necessity for washing her hands before she prepares her baby's
food, that she must keep a covered vessel in which the soiled napkins are
placed until washed, that she should frequently sponge her baby in the hot
weather, and explain thoroughly why these are important details, is a work
of true religious charity. They should be specially taught to immediately
discontinue milk at the first sign of intestinal trouble, to give a suitable dose
of castor oil and to put the child on barley water as a food until the danger is
passed. They should be taught to know the significance of a green, watery
stool, they should know that is the one danger signal in the summer time
that no mother can ignore without wilfully risking the life of her baby. They
should be taught to prepare special articles of diet when they are needed. If
every mother were educated to the extent as indicated in the above outline
the appalling infant mortality would fall into insignificance. It is not a
difficult task nor would it take a long time to carry it out; it is the work for
willing women who have time and who perhaps spend that time in less
desirable but more dramatic ways.
It is the knowledge that aids in catching disease in its inception that counts.
The worst infections begin as a mild condition and prompt treatment robs
them of their sting. When treatment is delayed and the child is fed for
twenty-four hours too long on milk, the condition which in the beginning
could have been stopped promptly has developed and it becomes a fight for
life.
It will be seen from the above that all we need is education. Education of
the mother primarily, but education of the missionary, the nurse, the
physician, the municipality, and the State, each co-operating, each willing
to work in the interest of a great cause, for the benefit of the human race
and for the brotherhood of man.
ACUTE INTESTINAL INDIGESTION
Causes.—Overfeeding, unsuitable and improper food, irregular and
indiscriminate feeding, sudden change from one food to another, as at
weaning time, a change from a poor quality to a rich food, or vice versa.
avocation. To impress upon one of these willing but ignorant mothers the
absolute necessity for washing her hands before she prepares her baby's
food, that she must keep a covered vessel in which the soiled napkins are
placed until washed, that she should frequently sponge her baby in the hot
weather, and explain thoroughly why these are important details, is a work
of true religious charity. They should be specially taught to immediately
discontinue milk at the first sign of intestinal trouble, to give a suitable dose
of castor oil and to put the child on barley water as a food until the danger is
passed. They should be taught to know the significance of a green, watery
stool, they should know that is the one danger signal in the summer time
that no mother can ignore without wilfully risking the life of her baby. They
should be taught to prepare special articles of diet when they are needed. If
every mother were educated to the extent as indicated in the above outline
the appalling infant mortality would fall into insignificance. It is not a
difficult task nor would it take a long time to carry it out; it is the work for
willing women who have time and who perhaps spend that time in less
desirable but more dramatic ways.
It is the knowledge that aids in catching disease in its inception that counts.
The worst infections begin as a mild condition and prompt treatment robs
them of their sting. When treatment is delayed and the child is fed for
twenty-four hours too long on milk, the condition which in the beginning
could have been stopped promptly has developed and it becomes a fight for
life.
It will be seen from the above that all we need is education. Education of
the mother primarily, but education of the missionary, the nurse, the
physician, the municipality, and the State, each co-operating, each willing
to work in the interest of a great cause, for the benefit of the human race
and for the brotherhood of man.
ACUTE INTESTINAL INDIGESTION
Causes.—Overfeeding, unsuitable and improper food, irregular and
indiscriminate feeding, sudden change from one food to another, as at
weaning time, a change from a poor quality to a rich food, or vice versa.
Page 49
Conditions affecting the health of the child, especially the nervous system,
such as hot weather, extreme cold, fatigue, or at the beginning of any of the
acute diseases. Children sometimes are predisposed to attacks of intestinal
indigestion; these children are delicate in health and have weak digestive
ability. The slightest irregularity or error in diet will cause an attack in these
children.
Symptoms.—The attack may come on suddenly or it may develop slowly.
The important constitutional symptoms are fever, prostration, and a general
nervous irritability. The child is seized with pain in the abdomen. The pain
is referred to the region around the navel. It is sharp, colicky, and severe,
causing the child to cry out and draw up its legs in an effort to lessen its
severity. The child is exceedingly restless and acts as if it were on the verge
of a dangerous illness. Gas in the bowel is not present as a rule as
frequently as it is in infants under the same circumstances. In a few hours
diarrhea sets in, the stools may number from four to twelve or more in
twenty-four hours. The stools are acid, sour, and the odor may be very foul.
They are thinner than usual and frothy from the presence of gas.
In very young infants suffering from a sudden attack of intestinal
indigestion, the stomach, as well as the bowels, is invariably upset. If the
indigestion is the result of a slower process, the stomach does not
participate in the process. The color of the stools in infancy is yellow, then
yellowish-green, and later grass-green. Undigested food is always present
and in infants the curdled casein of the milk appears as white specks or
lumps in the movements.
The fever is high in the sudden cases and lower in the cases of gradual
onset. The prostration is more severe when the onset is sudden and in
infants may be very marked.
The termination of the disease depends upon the cause, the treatment, and
the previous health of the child. In healthy children promptly and properly
treated it may be all over in a week. In delicate, poorly nourished children,
and especially in the summer time, it may be the beginning of trouble that
may eventuate in death.
Treatment.—There is no condition in the whole realm of diseases of
childhood where the knowledge of the mother may have such important
such as hot weather, extreme cold, fatigue, or at the beginning of any of the
acute diseases. Children sometimes are predisposed to attacks of intestinal
indigestion; these children are delicate in health and have weak digestive
ability. The slightest irregularity or error in diet will cause an attack in these
children.
Symptoms.—The attack may come on suddenly or it may develop slowly.
The important constitutional symptoms are fever, prostration, and a general
nervous irritability. The child is seized with pain in the abdomen. The pain
is referred to the region around the navel. It is sharp, colicky, and severe,
causing the child to cry out and draw up its legs in an effort to lessen its
severity. The child is exceedingly restless and acts as if it were on the verge
of a dangerous illness. Gas in the bowel is not present as a rule as
frequently as it is in infants under the same circumstances. In a few hours
diarrhea sets in, the stools may number from four to twelve or more in
twenty-four hours. The stools are acid, sour, and the odor may be very foul.
They are thinner than usual and frothy from the presence of gas.
In very young infants suffering from a sudden attack of intestinal
indigestion, the stomach, as well as the bowels, is invariably upset. If the
indigestion is the result of a slower process, the stomach does not
participate in the process. The color of the stools in infancy is yellow, then
yellowish-green, and later grass-green. Undigested food is always present
and in infants the curdled casein of the milk appears as white specks or
lumps in the movements.
The fever is high in the sudden cases and lower in the cases of gradual
onset. The prostration is more severe when the onset is sudden and in
infants may be very marked.
The termination of the disease depends upon the cause, the treatment, and
the previous health of the child. In healthy children promptly and properly
treated it may be all over in a week. In delicate, poorly nourished children,
and especially in the summer time, it may be the beginning of trouble that
may eventuate in death.
Treatment.—There is no condition in the whole realm of diseases of
childhood where the knowledge of the mother may have such important
Page 50
results as this condition. The most effective time to treat these cases of
intestinal indigestion is before the physician is called. There are few
diseases in which time is so valuable, so far as final results are concerned,
as it is here. Every mother should know the significance of a loose, green
stool. She should be taught that it means danger and consequently demands
prompt treatment. The first indication is to empty, thoroughly, the bowel.
The best means for this purpose, if it is immediately procurable, is calomel.
If calomel is not procurable at once give castor oil, two teaspoonfuls to an
infant, one tablespoonful to an older child. Calomel should be given in one-
eighth-grain doses, repeated every three-quarters of an hour for eight or
twelve doses, until the bowel is thoroughly cleaned out. Don't be afraid of a
few extra movements at the beginning. Better clean out thoroughly at the
start than to be compelled to do it all over again after the child is weak and
suffering from the poison of the disease. The next important thing to do is
to stop milk at once. The thirst is usually intense and if vomiting is not
present it can be moderately relieved by giving small quantities frequently
of cool boiled water or mineral water or strained albumen or barley water.
We quite often have to stop all food and liquids by the mouth for twenty-
four hours.
If the prostration is very great and the child looks as though it might
collapse, it can be given brandy in cracked ice from time to time.
After the bowels have been thoroughly cleaned out, never before, some
medicinal agent may be given to stop the unnecessary diarrhea. In a very
large number of promptly and properly treated cases this is not needed. If it
is thought best to use it the physician will select the agent according to the
conditions present and prescribe it.
Breast-fed infants rarely have intestinal diseases of a severe type. If they
should develop diarrhea they must be taken off the mother's milk for
twenty-four hours. They should be given a dose of castor oil or calomel and
fed on barley water in the interval. The feedings should be reduced in
quantity and the interval doubled. The two-hour interval will become a
four-hour feeding: the three or four ounces at each feeding can be reduced
to two ounces. The intention is to simply give as little as possible while the
diarrhea is under way.
intestinal indigestion is before the physician is called. There are few
diseases in which time is so valuable, so far as final results are concerned,
as it is here. Every mother should know the significance of a loose, green
stool. She should be taught that it means danger and consequently demands
prompt treatment. The first indication is to empty, thoroughly, the bowel.
The best means for this purpose, if it is immediately procurable, is calomel.
If calomel is not procurable at once give castor oil, two teaspoonfuls to an
infant, one tablespoonful to an older child. Calomel should be given in one-
eighth-grain doses, repeated every three-quarters of an hour for eight or
twelve doses, until the bowel is thoroughly cleaned out. Don't be afraid of a
few extra movements at the beginning. Better clean out thoroughly at the
start than to be compelled to do it all over again after the child is weak and
suffering from the poison of the disease. The next important thing to do is
to stop milk at once. The thirst is usually intense and if vomiting is not
present it can be moderately relieved by giving small quantities frequently
of cool boiled water or mineral water or strained albumen or barley water.
We quite often have to stop all food and liquids by the mouth for twenty-
four hours.
If the prostration is very great and the child looks as though it might
collapse, it can be given brandy in cracked ice from time to time.
After the bowels have been thoroughly cleaned out, never before, some
medicinal agent may be given to stop the unnecessary diarrhea. In a very
large number of promptly and properly treated cases this is not needed. If it
is thought best to use it the physician will select the agent according to the
conditions present and prescribe it.
Breast-fed infants rarely have intestinal diseases of a severe type. If they
should develop diarrhea they must be taken off the mother's milk for
twenty-four hours. They should be given a dose of castor oil or calomel and
fed on barley water in the interval. The feedings should be reduced in
quantity and the interval doubled. The two-hour interval will become a
four-hour feeding: the three or four ounces at each feeding can be reduced
to two ounces. The intention is to simply give as little as possible while the
diarrhea is under way.
Page 51
The mother's breasts must be pumped at the regular feeding time in order to
preserve the flow, release the pressure, and keep the milk fresh.
It is sometimes a problem to renew feedings of milk without exciting a
relapse of the diarrhea. It should not be tried until the stools are normal in
color and consistency. This may not be for three or four days. In resuming
the milk it should be given in smaller amounts and diluted with lime water
or barley water for the first day. Gruels may be given to which skimmed
milk may be added: later add the ordinary milk. If it is well digested and
does not cause any return of the diarrhea, the quantity of milk can be slowly
increased until the former feedings are resumed. It is often of very great
advantage to boil the milk for some time. Peptonized milk is safe and can
be used in bottle-fed infants after diarrhea. In older children, meat, broths,
eggs, boiled milk, and dry toast bread may be used sparingly for some time.
Cereals, vegetables, fruits, should be withheld for a considerable time and
watched carefully when resumed. Kumyss, buttermilk, matzoon, bacillac,
and other fermented milks are better borne than plain milk. All of these
children need rest, fresh air, change of air, frequent bathing, and tonics, as
an attack of this kind leaves them depressed, weak, languid, and anemic.
SUMMARY:—
1st. When a child complains of sharp, colicky, severe pains in the
abdomen, around navel, which are shortly followed by foul, sour,
frothy diarrhea,—greenish in color, it has acute intestinal
indigestion.
2nd. Every mother should know that a green stool means danger.
She should know to give at once a cathartic,—castor oil is good,
but give a good large dose—then stop all food for twenty-four
hours. If she learns this lesson she will have time to wait for the
doctor; meantime, she may have saved her child's life.
CHILDREN WITH WHOM MILK DOES NOT AGREE
Contrary to the general belief, there are quite a large number of children in
whom milk seems to act as a poison. These children are not necessarily
constipated. They suffer, however, from a slow, continuous intestinal
preserve the flow, release the pressure, and keep the milk fresh.
It is sometimes a problem to renew feedings of milk without exciting a
relapse of the diarrhea. It should not be tried until the stools are normal in
color and consistency. This may not be for three or four days. In resuming
the milk it should be given in smaller amounts and diluted with lime water
or barley water for the first day. Gruels may be given to which skimmed
milk may be added: later add the ordinary milk. If it is well digested and
does not cause any return of the diarrhea, the quantity of milk can be slowly
increased until the former feedings are resumed. It is often of very great
advantage to boil the milk for some time. Peptonized milk is safe and can
be used in bottle-fed infants after diarrhea. In older children, meat, broths,
eggs, boiled milk, and dry toast bread may be used sparingly for some time.
Cereals, vegetables, fruits, should be withheld for a considerable time and
watched carefully when resumed. Kumyss, buttermilk, matzoon, bacillac,
and other fermented milks are better borne than plain milk. All of these
children need rest, fresh air, change of air, frequent bathing, and tonics, as
an attack of this kind leaves them depressed, weak, languid, and anemic.
SUMMARY:—
1st. When a child complains of sharp, colicky, severe pains in the
abdomen, around navel, which are shortly followed by foul, sour,
frothy diarrhea,—greenish in color, it has acute intestinal
indigestion.
2nd. Every mother should know that a green stool means danger.
She should know to give at once a cathartic,—castor oil is good,
but give a good large dose—then stop all food for twenty-four
hours. If she learns this lesson she will have time to wait for the
doctor; meantime, she may have saved her child's life.
CHILDREN WITH WHOM MILK DOES NOT AGREE
Contrary to the general belief, there are quite a large number of children in
whom milk seems to act as a poison. These children are not necessarily
constipated. They suffer, however, from a slow, continuous intestinal
Page 52
toxemia or poison. The symptoms of this condition are headache, disorders
of speech, habitual sleep-talking, sleep-walking, and general nervous
irritability without cause: they are listless, languid, and constantly tired.
They may be bright in the morning and sleepy in the afternoon. They are
irritable and cross and touchy.
Treatment.—Milk must be wholly discontinued. Eggs must be restricted to
one every second day, and meat but once daily. The use of green vegetables
is particularly suitable and should be given daily. Cereals and fruit also are
good. Malted milk, kumyss, or matzoon may be given in place of milk. If
constipation is present, rhubarb and soda mixture is an excellent laxative in
these cases. A tonic should be prescribed for all these children.
DYSENTERY—ENTERITIS—ENTERO-COLITIS—
INFLAMMATORY DIARRHEA
Cause.—Any cause which has been mentioned as a cause of ordinary
diarrhea may result in this disease. It may occur at any time of the year and
at any age. It may follow the infectious diseases. It may follow any other
disease of the intestines.
Symptoms.—It may begin like an ordinary attack of acute intestinal
indigestion. There is usually vomiting, fever, pain, and frequent yellow or
green stools. The passages may be blood-stained and there may be little or
much mucus. The stools at the beginning have no odor as a rule. The
bowels move very frequently, often with little or nothing to pass. There may
be pain with each movement. The blood may disappear in a few days, but
the mucus remains, often in large quantity in each stool.
At the beginning the fever is high, but it soon falls and remains low during
the attack. The child loses weight, is irritable, has no appetite, and looks and
acts sick. When the attack is over these children do not gain their strength
as readily as we would like; recovery is slow.
The acute symptoms usually last about one week, after this time the child
begins to recover, but the process is a tedious one and one in which much
care has to be exercised. It is an encouraging sign to note the disappearance
of the blood in the stools and the return of the movements to the normal
of speech, habitual sleep-talking, sleep-walking, and general nervous
irritability without cause: they are listless, languid, and constantly tired.
They may be bright in the morning and sleepy in the afternoon. They are
irritable and cross and touchy.
Treatment.—Milk must be wholly discontinued. Eggs must be restricted to
one every second day, and meat but once daily. The use of green vegetables
is particularly suitable and should be given daily. Cereals and fruit also are
good. Malted milk, kumyss, or matzoon may be given in place of milk. If
constipation is present, rhubarb and soda mixture is an excellent laxative in
these cases. A tonic should be prescribed for all these children.
DYSENTERY—ENTERITIS—ENTERO-COLITIS—
INFLAMMATORY DIARRHEA
Cause.—Any cause which has been mentioned as a cause of ordinary
diarrhea may result in this disease. It may occur at any time of the year and
at any age. It may follow the infectious diseases. It may follow any other
disease of the intestines.
Symptoms.—It may begin like an ordinary attack of acute intestinal
indigestion. There is usually vomiting, fever, pain, and frequent yellow or
green stools. The passages may be blood-stained and there may be little or
much mucus. The stools at the beginning have no odor as a rule. The
bowels move very frequently, often with little or nothing to pass. There may
be pain with each movement. The blood may disappear in a few days, but
the mucus remains, often in large quantity in each stool.
At the beginning the fever is high, but it soon falls and remains low during
the attack. The child loses weight, is irritable, has no appetite, and looks and
acts sick. When the attack is over these children do not gain their strength
as readily as we would like; recovery is slow.
The acute symptoms usually last about one week, after this time the child
begins to recover, but the process is a tedious one and one in which much
care has to be exercised. It is an encouraging sign to note the disappearance
of the blood in the stools and the return of the movements to the normal
Page 53
brown color. When these favorable signs are wanting the bowel is probably
ulcerated and it will take a much longer time to return to normal and to be
free from blood and mucus.
The above is the ordinary form of this disease and it ends in recovery as a
rule. There is a more severe form, however, which differs from the above in
the following way:
The fever is high and remains high; the stools are more frequent and there is
more blood and more mucus in them; the child is much more irritable and is
more profoundly sick. Death may occur at any time from the second day. If
the little patient survives, the return to health is a very slow process; it often
takes months and frequently years before a reasonable degree of strength is
regained. Relapses are common, and they are very difficult to treat and care
for. In some cases the child never wholly regains its former strength.
There are children who have been the victims of other intestinal diseases or
conditions who develop colitis. The colitis in these cases may come on
suddenly with vomiting and high fever, or it begins slowly, with no
vomiting and with little fever. Their appetite is poor, their digestion is
feeble, their prostration is pronounced. They lose flesh rapidly and may be
emaciated to a remarkable degree. Very few of these cases recover
completely. Serious and sometimes fatal relapses may take place. The
feeding of these children is a difficult task and the greatest care must be
constantly taken; a very little mistake may cost the life of the child.
Treatment.—All diseases of the intestine in childhood should be promptly
and efficiently treated. If any form of diarrhea is neglected, it may result in
the development of ileo-colitis with all its risks and uncertainty. When a
child is seized with sudden bowel trouble, no matter what variety it is, it
should be treated with the greatest care because "sudden" bowel trouble
usually means plenty of trouble if it is neglected.
Fresh air is essential in all these cases. A change of air is of decided value as
soon as the immediate symptoms have abated. The diet is the same as for
children who have gastro-enteric intoxication. Later, much difficulty will be
met because these patients have absolutely no appetite,—peptonized
skimmed milk is always good, beef broths are often well borne, liquid beef
peptonoids may be tried. The food should be given every three hours.
ulcerated and it will take a much longer time to return to normal and to be
free from blood and mucus.
The above is the ordinary form of this disease and it ends in recovery as a
rule. There is a more severe form, however, which differs from the above in
the following way:
The fever is high and remains high; the stools are more frequent and there is
more blood and more mucus in them; the child is much more irritable and is
more profoundly sick. Death may occur at any time from the second day. If
the little patient survives, the return to health is a very slow process; it often
takes months and frequently years before a reasonable degree of strength is
regained. Relapses are common, and they are very difficult to treat and care
for. In some cases the child never wholly regains its former strength.
There are children who have been the victims of other intestinal diseases or
conditions who develop colitis. The colitis in these cases may come on
suddenly with vomiting and high fever, or it begins slowly, with no
vomiting and with little fever. Their appetite is poor, their digestion is
feeble, their prostration is pronounced. They lose flesh rapidly and may be
emaciated to a remarkable degree. Very few of these cases recover
completely. Serious and sometimes fatal relapses may take place. The
feeding of these children is a difficult task and the greatest care must be
constantly taken; a very little mistake may cost the life of the child.
Treatment.—All diseases of the intestine in childhood should be promptly
and efficiently treated. If any form of diarrhea is neglected, it may result in
the development of ileo-colitis with all its risks and uncertainty. When a
child is seized with sudden bowel trouble, no matter what variety it is, it
should be treated with the greatest care because "sudden" bowel trouble
usually means plenty of trouble if it is neglected.
Fresh air is essential in all these cases. A change of air is of decided value as
soon as the immediate symptoms have abated. The diet is the same as for
children who have gastro-enteric intoxication. Later, much difficulty will be
met because these patients have absolutely no appetite,—peptonized
skimmed milk is always good, beef broths are often well borne, liquid beef
peptonoids may be tried. The food should be given every three hours.
Page 54
Boiled water and stimulants may be given between the feedings. Later in
older children, raw beef, eggs, boiled milk, kumyss, or matzoon and gruels
may be given. Great care has to be taken for months after an attack; relapses
may be caused by changes of temperature, by fatigue, and, of course, by
improper feeding. These children should avoid potatoes, tomatoes, fruits,
corn, oatmeal, and a great many other things which an intelligent mother
would not give any sick child, as candy, cakes, pastries, etc.
Cases which begin with free vomiting, thin stools; and fever should be
treated at once. The bowels must be thoroughly cleaned out, the colon
should be thoroughly irrigated, and all food should be stopped. When there
are bloody stools with mucus and pain we must depend upon castor oil,
irrigations of the colon, and opium and bismuth by the mouth. A good big
dose of oil at the beginning is always necessary. If, however, the stomach is
irritable and will not tolerate castor oil, we may substitute calomel in one-
fourth-grain doses every hour for six doses, to be followed by citrate of
magnesium. Irrigation of the colon in these cases is one of the essential
means of successful treatment; it should be done twice a day during the first
few days of the disease.
Stimulants are needed in all the cases. They help the heart, act as a food,
and tend to quiet the general nervousness by favoring sleep. Good brandy
given in boiled cool water is the best stimulant.
After the child is over the worst of the acute symptoms all medicine should
be withdrawn and the proper kind of food given. Tonics will aid in restoring
the strength. Cod Liver Oil during the following winter is a very good plan
to aid in building up the vitality of the weakened bowel, but it must not be
given too soon.
CHRONIC ILEO-COLITIS—CHRONIC COLITIS
Chronic Ileo-colitis fellows the acute variety. Cases which are unusually
severe or which have been badly managed are likely to become chronic. A
child suffering from this disease presents the following picture: The patient
is emaciated, the abdomen is usually enlarged with gas, the feet are cold,
the circulation of the blood is poor, the fever is low or absent altogether
except when the child is having a relapse, when it jumps up suddenly. The
older children, raw beef, eggs, boiled milk, kumyss, or matzoon and gruels
may be given. Great care has to be taken for months after an attack; relapses
may be caused by changes of temperature, by fatigue, and, of course, by
improper feeding. These children should avoid potatoes, tomatoes, fruits,
corn, oatmeal, and a great many other things which an intelligent mother
would not give any sick child, as candy, cakes, pastries, etc.
Cases which begin with free vomiting, thin stools; and fever should be
treated at once. The bowels must be thoroughly cleaned out, the colon
should be thoroughly irrigated, and all food should be stopped. When there
are bloody stools with mucus and pain we must depend upon castor oil,
irrigations of the colon, and opium and bismuth by the mouth. A good big
dose of oil at the beginning is always necessary. If, however, the stomach is
irritable and will not tolerate castor oil, we may substitute calomel in one-
fourth-grain doses every hour for six doses, to be followed by citrate of
magnesium. Irrigation of the colon in these cases is one of the essential
means of successful treatment; it should be done twice a day during the first
few days of the disease.
Stimulants are needed in all the cases. They help the heart, act as a food,
and tend to quiet the general nervousness by favoring sleep. Good brandy
given in boiled cool water is the best stimulant.
After the child is over the worst of the acute symptoms all medicine should
be withdrawn and the proper kind of food given. Tonics will aid in restoring
the strength. Cod Liver Oil during the following winter is a very good plan
to aid in building up the vitality of the weakened bowel, but it must not be
given too soon.
CHRONIC ILEO-COLITIS—CHRONIC COLITIS
Chronic Ileo-colitis fellows the acute variety. Cases which are unusually
severe or which have been badly managed are likely to become chronic. A
child suffering from this disease presents the following picture: The patient
is emaciated, the abdomen is usually enlarged with gas, the feet are cold,
the circulation of the blood is poor, the fever is low or absent altogether
except when the child is having a relapse, when it jumps up suddenly. The
Page 55
bowels are loose and contain mucus, frequently in large quantities. The
mucus may stop for a few days; then it appears again with a rise of
temperature accompanied with loose stools with foul odor. These children
are exceedingly nervous and irritable and are very poor sleepers.
Parents should be told it will be impossible to effect a rapid cure of these
cases. It often takes months to get them started on the safe road. The
slightest mistake or change in the weather will upset the progress of the
cure and it will be necessary to begin all over again. The entire hope of cure
rests with the mother. She must be faithful, patient, and must carry out the
physician's instructions implicitly. The management consists in diet, change
of climate, and such other treatment as the physician finds necessary in each
individual case.
Treatment.—In children under one year of age the only hope is breast
milk, which must be given in small quantities. They do not do well on any
starch food for a considerable period.
Where breast milk is not available the whites of two or three eggs may be
given daily. They may be beaten up and given in skimmed milk, or in plain
water with a little salt added. Zwieback or bread crumbs may be given in
small quantities. They should be fed at four-hour intervals.
Older children may take skimmed milk, raw scraped beef, junket, and
coddled white of egg or raw egg, bread crumbs, toasted, or zwieback.
A rectal enema must be given every twenty-four hours if the bowels have
not moved. If constipation is the habit a laxative should be given; the
aromatic fluid extract of cascara sagrada or magnesia are suitable. At least
one free movement every day is essential to success.
Colon irrigations are only to be used when there is a rise of temperature,
irrespective of whether the bowels have moved or not.
When convalescence is established these children should be given a
maximum of fresh air and should be treated as recommended in cases of
malnutrition.
SUMMER DIARRHEA
mucus may stop for a few days; then it appears again with a rise of
temperature accompanied with loose stools with foul odor. These children
are exceedingly nervous and irritable and are very poor sleepers.
Parents should be told it will be impossible to effect a rapid cure of these
cases. It often takes months to get them started on the safe road. The
slightest mistake or change in the weather will upset the progress of the
cure and it will be necessary to begin all over again. The entire hope of cure
rests with the mother. She must be faithful, patient, and must carry out the
physician's instructions implicitly. The management consists in diet, change
of climate, and such other treatment as the physician finds necessary in each
individual case.
Treatment.—In children under one year of age the only hope is breast
milk, which must be given in small quantities. They do not do well on any
starch food for a considerable period.
Where breast milk is not available the whites of two or three eggs may be
given daily. They may be beaten up and given in skimmed milk, or in plain
water with a little salt added. Zwieback or bread crumbs may be given in
small quantities. They should be fed at four-hour intervals.
Older children may take skimmed milk, raw scraped beef, junket, and
coddled white of egg or raw egg, bread crumbs, toasted, or zwieback.
A rectal enema must be given every twenty-four hours if the bowels have
not moved. If constipation is the habit a laxative should be given; the
aromatic fluid extract of cascara sagrada or magnesia are suitable. At least
one free movement every day is essential to success.
Colon irrigations are only to be used when there is a rise of temperature,
irrespective of whether the bowels have moved or not.
When convalescence is established these children should be given a
maximum of fresh air and should be treated as recommended in cases of
malnutrition.
SUMMER DIARRHEA
Page 56
As the name implies, this is the form of diarrhea that is so common,
especially in cities, in summer. It is always preceded by some milder
condition which paves the way for the more serious diarrhea. Acute
indigestion is, as a general rule, the forerunner of cholera infantum. The
influence of hot weather must always be kept in mind as the underlying
factor which no doubt conduces to gastro-intestinal disease of infancy and
childhood. The depression incident to a spell of hot and possibly humid
weather tends to interfere with the digestive process of babies and children.
When this function is carried on imperfectly, the strength and vitality of the
child fails, and if immediate steps are not taken to check the process,
diarrhea makes its appearance. If these children are improperly fed, or if
their surroundings are not sanitary; if they are not getting fresh air enough,
or if they suffer because of lack of attention, and have at the same time a
little indigestion, it is only a step further to develop a full-fledged cholera
infantum.
The outcome of any case of summer diarrhea is questionable. It is not safe
to make any promise. An apparently mild attack may prove quickly fatal.
Much depends upon the previous history of the child. If it has been a strong,
healthy child it has a very good chance if treated energetically and correctly.
If it has previously suffered from bad nutrition, is not robust, has had
trouble with its stomach, etc., the chances are against it.
The one lesson to be learned by all mothers is, as stated above, to act
quickly; to be on the watch all through the summer months for any trouble
with the baby's stomach or bowels. It is much easier to treat and cure a little
trouble than to battle against an established gastro-enteric intoxication.
Overfeeding and indiscriminate feeding must be religiously avoided,—they
are the two most prolific causes of stomach and intestinal troubles in
childhood.
Symptoms.—The onset is sudden and pronounced. The child begins to
vomit and continues vomiting and retching persistently. The bowels are
loose, and large, watery, greenish stools are frequent. The prostration is very
marked, the child looks seriously sick, respiration is quick and shallow, the
eyes sunken, the skin becomes ashen gray in color, and the pulse is soft and
very rapid. The fever may be very high or it may remain low. The low
febrile cases are the worst.
especially in cities, in summer. It is always preceded by some milder
condition which paves the way for the more serious diarrhea. Acute
indigestion is, as a general rule, the forerunner of cholera infantum. The
influence of hot weather must always be kept in mind as the underlying
factor which no doubt conduces to gastro-intestinal disease of infancy and
childhood. The depression incident to a spell of hot and possibly humid
weather tends to interfere with the digestive process of babies and children.
When this function is carried on imperfectly, the strength and vitality of the
child fails, and if immediate steps are not taken to check the process,
diarrhea makes its appearance. If these children are improperly fed, or if
their surroundings are not sanitary; if they are not getting fresh air enough,
or if they suffer because of lack of attention, and have at the same time a
little indigestion, it is only a step further to develop a full-fledged cholera
infantum.
The outcome of any case of summer diarrhea is questionable. It is not safe
to make any promise. An apparently mild attack may prove quickly fatal.
Much depends upon the previous history of the child. If it has been a strong,
healthy child it has a very good chance if treated energetically and correctly.
If it has previously suffered from bad nutrition, is not robust, has had
trouble with its stomach, etc., the chances are against it.
The one lesson to be learned by all mothers is, as stated above, to act
quickly; to be on the watch all through the summer months for any trouble
with the baby's stomach or bowels. It is much easier to treat and cure a little
trouble than to battle against an established gastro-enteric intoxication.
Overfeeding and indiscriminate feeding must be religiously avoided,—they
are the two most prolific causes of stomach and intestinal troubles in
childhood.
Symptoms.—The onset is sudden and pronounced. The child begins to
vomit and continues vomiting and retching persistently. The bowels are
loose, and large, watery, greenish stools are frequent. The prostration is very
marked, the child looks seriously sick, respiration is quick and shallow, the
eyes sunken, the skin becomes ashen gray in color, and the pulse is soft and
very rapid. The fever may be very high or it may remain low. The low
febrile cases are the worst.
Page 57
If taken in hand quickly and if the treatment is energetic and if the child
reacts, the case may go rapidly on to recovery and the child be wholly well
in a few days; or it may not react, but be overwhelmed by the poison and
sink and die in twenty-four hours.
Treatment.—In the treatment of cholera infantum it must not be forgotten
that the dangerous element is the poisoning of the system that is constantly
going on. It is difficult for the non-medical mind to estimate the importance
of this element. It is, of course, caused by the bacteria present in the gastro-
intestinal canal. There are numberless millions of bacteria in the normal
healthy bowel. A very large percentage of those germs are good for us, are
there for a beneficent purpose, and can and do protect us from other germs
which occasionally find their way into the bowel and whose purpose is not
a peaceful one. When the bowel condition changes, as during an attack of
summer diarrhea, it is invaded by multitudes of evil-intentioned germs.
These germs find conditions in the diseased bowel exceedingly favorable to
them, so they begin work in an active, energetic way. The result of their
activity is highly poisonous, and, as the good germs are virtually out of
business and are consequently not working in our interest, we are absolutely
in the hands of the enemy. There is soon manufactured, by these invading
germs, enough poison to poison the entire system of the child. It is this
feature that we must combat in summer diarrhea.
It is absolutely essential to keep these cases as much in the open fresh air as
possible. No matter how sick they may be, this rule must be observed. Light
clothing is advisable.
If it is a city child that is affected and it does not show decided
improvement in three or four days, it should, if possible, be sent to the
country. There is always distinct danger of a relapse in every case, so the
little victim should be given a change of air as soon as convalescence
permits. The seashore is preferable to the mountains in all intestinal cases.
In the care of these patients cleanliness is an important factor and counts
much in the ultimate cure. The child, as well as the clothing, should be kept
scrupulously clean. Napkins as soon as soiled should be removed and put
into a disinfecting solution. The buttocks should be well powdered after
each movement to prevent sores developing.
reacts, the case may go rapidly on to recovery and the child be wholly well
in a few days; or it may not react, but be overwhelmed by the poison and
sink and die in twenty-four hours.
Treatment.—In the treatment of cholera infantum it must not be forgotten
that the dangerous element is the poisoning of the system that is constantly
going on. It is difficult for the non-medical mind to estimate the importance
of this element. It is, of course, caused by the bacteria present in the gastro-
intestinal canal. There are numberless millions of bacteria in the normal
healthy bowel. A very large percentage of those germs are good for us, are
there for a beneficent purpose, and can and do protect us from other germs
which occasionally find their way into the bowel and whose purpose is not
a peaceful one. When the bowel condition changes, as during an attack of
summer diarrhea, it is invaded by multitudes of evil-intentioned germs.
These germs find conditions in the diseased bowel exceedingly favorable to
them, so they begin work in an active, energetic way. The result of their
activity is highly poisonous, and, as the good germs are virtually out of
business and are consequently not working in our interest, we are absolutely
in the hands of the enemy. There is soon manufactured, by these invading
germs, enough poison to poison the entire system of the child. It is this
feature that we must combat in summer diarrhea.
It is absolutely essential to keep these cases as much in the open fresh air as
possible. No matter how sick they may be, this rule must be observed. Light
clothing is advisable.
If it is a city child that is affected and it does not show decided
improvement in three or four days, it should, if possible, be sent to the
country. There is always distinct danger of a relapse in every case, so the
little victim should be given a change of air as soon as convalescence
permits. The seashore is preferable to the mountains in all intestinal cases.
In the care of these patients cleanliness is an important factor and counts
much in the ultimate cure. The child, as well as the clothing, should be kept
scrupulously clean. Napkins as soon as soiled should be removed and put
into a disinfecting solution. The buttocks should be well powdered after
each movement to prevent sores developing.
Page 58
Feeding must be stopped at once. No food of any kind should be given for
at least twenty-four hours, or until the tendency to vomit subsides. The
thirst must be allayed, however, so we give frequently small quantities of
thin barley water or albumen water or cold boiled water. If these are
vomited we must stop giving them altogether for twenty-four hours. If the
fever is high and the skin dry, the child should be given a cool pack, 85° to
90° F., which can be moistened every half hour with water at this
temperature; this will often control the fever satisfactorily. Hot-water
bottles should be placed at the feet if they are cold.
If, on the other hand, the fever is very low (below normal), the child's
circulation poor, the skin blue and cold, a hot-water bath at 108° F., for five
minutes (rubbing the surface of the body while in the bath), will be of very
great service. The bath may be repeated at half-hour intervals.
If the patient is a breast-fed infant it can be allowed to nurse after the
twenty-four-hour rest. The length of time it is permitted to stay at the breast
should be about one-quarter of the time it was allowed before the attack
began. If it does not vomit, the nursing can be repeated every four hours. As
the case progresses toward recovery the interval between feedings can be
shortened. Care, however, must be taken not to shorten the interval too
rapidly.
If the patient is artificially fed and is not over four months old, a substitute
for the milk must be found. The best substitutes are rice or barley water,
either plain or dextrinized, the malted foods, chicken or beef broths, liquid
peptonoids or bovinine. Water (boiled and cooled) may be allowed at all
times if not vomited.
Older children are treated in the same way. All food is withheld while there
is any vomiting. When vomiting stops begin with small quantities of beef
broth, or chicken, or veal broth. Later kumyss or matzoon can be tried, and
finally thin gruels made with milk.
If vomiting persists the stomach must be washed out; this can be done by
giving the infant or child a large drink of cool boiled water. This will be
immediately vomited and it will clean the stomach at the same time. The
stomach-pump may be used to better advantage. One washing is usually
sufficient. The vomiting will stop after the stomach has been washed out
at least twenty-four hours, or until the tendency to vomit subsides. The
thirst must be allayed, however, so we give frequently small quantities of
thin barley water or albumen water or cold boiled water. If these are
vomited we must stop giving them altogether for twenty-four hours. If the
fever is high and the skin dry, the child should be given a cool pack, 85° to
90° F., which can be moistened every half hour with water at this
temperature; this will often control the fever satisfactorily. Hot-water
bottles should be placed at the feet if they are cold.
If, on the other hand, the fever is very low (below normal), the child's
circulation poor, the skin blue and cold, a hot-water bath at 108° F., for five
minutes (rubbing the surface of the body while in the bath), will be of very
great service. The bath may be repeated at half-hour intervals.
If the patient is a breast-fed infant it can be allowed to nurse after the
twenty-four-hour rest. The length of time it is permitted to stay at the breast
should be about one-quarter of the time it was allowed before the attack
began. If it does not vomit, the nursing can be repeated every four hours. As
the case progresses toward recovery the interval between feedings can be
shortened. Care, however, must be taken not to shorten the interval too
rapidly.
If the patient is artificially fed and is not over four months old, a substitute
for the milk must be found. The best substitutes are rice or barley water,
either plain or dextrinized, the malted foods, chicken or beef broths, liquid
peptonoids or bovinine. Water (boiled and cooled) may be allowed at all
times if not vomited.
Older children are treated in the same way. All food is withheld while there
is any vomiting. When vomiting stops begin with small quantities of beef
broth, or chicken, or veal broth. Later kumyss or matzoon can be tried, and
finally thin gruels made with milk.
If vomiting persists the stomach must be washed out; this can be done by
giving the infant or child a large drink of cool boiled water. This will be
immediately vomited and it will clean the stomach at the same time. The
stomach-pump may be used to better advantage. One washing is usually
sufficient. The vomiting will stop after the stomach has been washed out
Page 59
and the patient may then be given, frequently, small quantities of cold
albumen water or barley water.
The bowel should be thoroughly cleaned out at the beginning of every
summer diarrhea. Castor oil or calomel are the two best cathartics for this
purpose. If the stomach is not upset use castor oil. If the stomach is upset
use calomel; one-fourth of a grain every hour for eight doses will be
sufficient. Give enough, however,—there is no danger at the beginning of
the attack of too free movements of the bowel. Whatever cathartic is given,
it should produce green, watery stools.
Irrigation of the bowel is an exceedingly effective way of cleaning out the
poison-laden large intestine. It should be done in every instance unless the
movements are watery and of such frequency as to render irrigation
unnecessary. Once or twice daily will be sufficient in even the worst cases.
The irrigation should be given at the temperature of 100° F, and should be
the normal saline solution; a long rectal tube is used to give the irrigation.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Cholera infantum is one of the most dangerous, one of the
most treacherous, and one of the quickest acting diseases of
childhood.
2nd. Don't temporize, don't delay, don't regard lightly any
diarrhea during the summer time.
3rd. Give a large dose of castor oil and withhold all nourishment
until the doctor sees the little patient in every case of diarrhea
during the warm weather.
4th. Keep the child in a cool, quiet place and don't handle or
annoy it.
5th. Follow, your doctor's directions implicitly. The fight may be
short, sharp, and decisive. Don't pave the way for regrets
afterward. Do everything while you have the chance.
COLIC
albumen water or barley water.
The bowel should be thoroughly cleaned out at the beginning of every
summer diarrhea. Castor oil or calomel are the two best cathartics for this
purpose. If the stomach is not upset use castor oil. If the stomach is upset
use calomel; one-fourth of a grain every hour for eight doses will be
sufficient. Give enough, however,—there is no danger at the beginning of
the attack of too free movements of the bowel. Whatever cathartic is given,
it should produce green, watery stools.
Irrigation of the bowel is an exceedingly effective way of cleaning out the
poison-laden large intestine. It should be done in every instance unless the
movements are watery and of such frequency as to render irrigation
unnecessary. Once or twice daily will be sufficient in even the worst cases.
The irrigation should be given at the temperature of 100° F, and should be
the normal saline solution; a long rectal tube is used to give the irrigation.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Cholera infantum is one of the most dangerous, one of the
most treacherous, and one of the quickest acting diseases of
childhood.
2nd. Don't temporize, don't delay, don't regard lightly any
diarrhea during the summer time.
3rd. Give a large dose of castor oil and withhold all nourishment
until the doctor sees the little patient in every case of diarrhea
during the warm weather.
4th. Keep the child in a cool, quiet place and don't handle or
annoy it.
5th. Follow, your doctor's directions implicitly. The fight may be
short, sharp, and decisive. Don't pave the way for regrets
afterward. Do everything while you have the chance.
COLIC
Page 60
Colic is a common condition in infancy. Very few children escape more or
less colic during the first few months of life. It does not seem to injure
permanently some infants; they go on growing according to standard, eat
and sleep, and seem contented and happy despite occasional severe attacks
of colic. Other children suffer seriously; the degree of indigestion is
considerable, and the nutrition of the child is interfered with.
Colic is much more frequent in bottle-fed infants than in those fed on breast
milk. Cow's milk, no matter how skillfully it is prepared for their use, is at
best an unsuitable diet and taxes the digestive ability of robust children. It is
quite natural for an infant whose digestive organs are not strong to develop
colic and intestinal indigestion if put on artificial food. Any condition that
causes indigestion may likewise cause colic. Those children who are always
overfeeding,—taking too much milk, too strong milk, or who are fed
irregularly,—are the colicky babies.
Constipation is frequently associated with colic and may be the actual
cause. A daily movement of the bowel does not necessarily mean that the
bowels are emptying themselves satisfactorily. Despite the daily movement,
there may be considerable fecal matter left in the bowel which undergoes
decomposition. This results in the evolution of large quantities of gas and
severe attacks of colic. Indigestion is very often caused by conditions which
effect the stability of the child's nervous organism; such conditions are
fright, anger, fatigue, exhaustion, excitement.
The origin of the colic in breast-fed children is very often caused by some
nervous condition of the mother that affects her milk. Constipation in the
mother may cause colic in the child.
Symptoms.—A baby having an attack of colic will cry loudly from time to
time and whine during the interval; it will pull up its legs and bear down. Its
abdomen is tense and hard and distended with gas. With the expulsion of
the gas the pain ceases and the child falls asleep. If the attack is very severe
the prostration and exhaustion is marked; the feet are cold and the body is
bathed in perspiration.
If the colic is constant the child may be fretful and restless most of the time,
being seemingly comfortable for only an hour or two in the twenty-four.
less colic during the first few months of life. It does not seem to injure
permanently some infants; they go on growing according to standard, eat
and sleep, and seem contented and happy despite occasional severe attacks
of colic. Other children suffer seriously; the degree of indigestion is
considerable, and the nutrition of the child is interfered with.
Colic is much more frequent in bottle-fed infants than in those fed on breast
milk. Cow's milk, no matter how skillfully it is prepared for their use, is at
best an unsuitable diet and taxes the digestive ability of robust children. It is
quite natural for an infant whose digestive organs are not strong to develop
colic and intestinal indigestion if put on artificial food. Any condition that
causes indigestion may likewise cause colic. Those children who are always
overfeeding,—taking too much milk, too strong milk, or who are fed
irregularly,—are the colicky babies.
Constipation is frequently associated with colic and may be the actual
cause. A daily movement of the bowel does not necessarily mean that the
bowels are emptying themselves satisfactorily. Despite the daily movement,
there may be considerable fecal matter left in the bowel which undergoes
decomposition. This results in the evolution of large quantities of gas and
severe attacks of colic. Indigestion is very often caused by conditions which
effect the stability of the child's nervous organism; such conditions are
fright, anger, fatigue, exhaustion, excitement.
The origin of the colic in breast-fed children is very often caused by some
nervous condition of the mother that affects her milk. Constipation in the
mother may cause colic in the child.
Symptoms.—A baby having an attack of colic will cry loudly from time to
time and whine during the interval; it will pull up its legs and bear down. Its
abdomen is tense and hard and distended with gas. With the expulsion of
the gas the pain ceases and the child falls asleep. If the attack is very severe
the prostration and exhaustion is marked; the feet are cold and the body is
bathed in perspiration.
If the colic is constant the child may be fretful and restless most of the time,
being seemingly comfortable for only an hour or two in the twenty-four.
Page 61
In older children who cry because of severe pain in the abdomen the
possibility of appendicitis must not be forgotten.
Treatment.—Find out the cause of the colic if possible. If the cause is
located in the mother, the remedy naturally must affect her. Regulation of
her bowel, restriction of her diet, and proper exercise, may be sufficient to
effect a cure of the colic in the infant.
The object of treatment is to help the child get rid of the gas. The best and
quickest means to effect this is to apply massage or give a rectal injection.
An injection of two ounces of cold water in which a half or one teaspoonful
of glycerine has been put, will act quickly. Dry heat applied to the abdomen
in the form of the hot-water bottle or woolen cloths will aid in the expulsion
of the gas. The feet should be kept warm.
In cases of habitual colic in breast-fed babies the cause may be in the
quality of the mother's milk. It should be examined and if found too strong
should be diluted. This can be done by giving the child an ounce of plain
boiled water or barley water before each feeding. If the child gets an ounce
of liquid before each feeding he will not want as much of the breast milk; so
we shall have the same total quantity, but a reduced quality, which may cure
the colic at once.
It is necessary, in order to cure colic, that the bowels move every day in a
satisfactory manner. If any aid is needed, milk of magnesia is the best
laxative. It may be given in teaspoonful doses in water previous to a
feeding. Aromatic cascara sagrada in from ten to thirty-drop doses is a very
good laxative, if a stronger remedy is needed.
To relieve the acute attack, three drops of Hoffman's anodyne may be given
in two teaspoonfuls of warm water and repeated in ten-minute intervals
until relieved, to a baby under one year of age. From five to ten drops of
gin, given in three teaspoonfuls of warm water, and repeated in fifteen
minutes, is also satisfactory and harmless. A very good remedy which may
be used with the above for quick relief, and to stop the child from crying, is
the following: Fold a piece of flannel cloth (two thicknesses) the size of the
baby's abdomen; wring out of very hot water and drop ten drops of
turpentine over the surface,—at different spots,—of the flannel and lay on
abdomen,—turpentine side next skin. Cover this with another piece of
possibility of appendicitis must not be forgotten.
Treatment.—Find out the cause of the colic if possible. If the cause is
located in the mother, the remedy naturally must affect her. Regulation of
her bowel, restriction of her diet, and proper exercise, may be sufficient to
effect a cure of the colic in the infant.
The object of treatment is to help the child get rid of the gas. The best and
quickest means to effect this is to apply massage or give a rectal injection.
An injection of two ounces of cold water in which a half or one teaspoonful
of glycerine has been put, will act quickly. Dry heat applied to the abdomen
in the form of the hot-water bottle or woolen cloths will aid in the expulsion
of the gas. The feet should be kept warm.
In cases of habitual colic in breast-fed babies the cause may be in the
quality of the mother's milk. It should be examined and if found too strong
should be diluted. This can be done by giving the child an ounce of plain
boiled water or barley water before each feeding. If the child gets an ounce
of liquid before each feeding he will not want as much of the breast milk; so
we shall have the same total quantity, but a reduced quality, which may cure
the colic at once.
It is necessary, in order to cure colic, that the bowels move every day in a
satisfactory manner. If any aid is needed, milk of magnesia is the best
laxative. It may be given in teaspoonful doses in water previous to a
feeding. Aromatic cascara sagrada in from ten to thirty-drop doses is a very
good laxative, if a stronger remedy is needed.
To relieve the acute attack, three drops of Hoffman's anodyne may be given
in two teaspoonfuls of warm water and repeated in ten-minute intervals
until relieved, to a baby under one year of age. From five to ten drops of
gin, given in three teaspoonfuls of warm water, and repeated in fifteen
minutes, is also satisfactory and harmless. A very good remedy which may
be used with the above for quick relief, and to stop the child from crying, is
the following: Fold a piece of flannel cloth (two thicknesses) the size of the
baby's abdomen; wring out of very hot water and drop ten drops of
turpentine over the surface,—at different spots,—of the flannel and lay on
abdomen,—turpentine side next skin. Cover this with another piece of
Page 62
flannel,—two or three thicknesses, that has been dry-heated and allow to
remain in place for about ten minutes.
Colic, as a rule, disappears completely about the third month.
APPENDICITIS
Appendicitis is mentioned here merely to acquaint mothers with its
prominent symptoms.
When a child has what seems to be an attack of indigestion, but complains
of pain and tenderness in the abdomen, vomits, and develops a fever, and is
constipated, appendicitis may be suspected.
The pain and tenderness are not referred to the region of the appendix but
are more centrally located. If, however, the finger point is pressed over the
appendix, distinct tenderness will be elicited in inflammation of that region.
Constipation is the rule in appendicitis, but diarrhea occasionally
accompanies it.
The abdominal muscles may be rigid, that is, the abdomen does not feel soft
as is usual; there is a feeling if they are pressed, as if they were hard and
unyielding.
Treatment.—Put the child in bed and send for the family physician at once.
The condition is too serious and too uncertain to delay, or for a parent to
make any effort at treatment. Appendicitis is a much more serious condition
in infancy and childhood than it is in an adult.
JAUNDICE IN INFANTS
There are two types of jaundice in infants that deserve brief consideration.
1st. There is a form of jaundice caused by a defect in the development of
the bile or gall tubes. These infants develop jaundice a day or two after birth
and become intensely jaundiced within a very brief time. They lose flesh
and strength to a marked degree and die in a few weeks. It is not possible to
affect this condition favorably by any method of treatment. This type of
jaundice is not very common.
remain in place for about ten minutes.
Colic, as a rule, disappears completely about the third month.
APPENDICITIS
Appendicitis is mentioned here merely to acquaint mothers with its
prominent symptoms.
When a child has what seems to be an attack of indigestion, but complains
of pain and tenderness in the abdomen, vomits, and develops a fever, and is
constipated, appendicitis may be suspected.
The pain and tenderness are not referred to the region of the appendix but
are more centrally located. If, however, the finger point is pressed over the
appendix, distinct tenderness will be elicited in inflammation of that region.
Constipation is the rule in appendicitis, but diarrhea occasionally
accompanies it.
The abdominal muscles may be rigid, that is, the abdomen does not feel soft
as is usual; there is a feeling if they are pressed, as if they were hard and
unyielding.
Treatment.—Put the child in bed and send for the family physician at once.
The condition is too serious and too uncertain to delay, or for a parent to
make any effort at treatment. Appendicitis is a much more serious condition
in infancy and childhood than it is in an adult.
JAUNDICE IN INFANTS
There are two types of jaundice in infants that deserve brief consideration.
1st. There is a form of jaundice caused by a defect in the development of
the bile or gall tubes. These infants develop jaundice a day or two after birth
and become intensely jaundiced within a very brief time. They lose flesh
and strength to a marked degree and die in a few weeks. It is not possible to
affect this condition favorably by any method of treatment. This type of
jaundice is not very common.
Page 63
2nd. There is a type of jaundice that appears between the second and fifth
day of life that is very common. It lasts from one to two weeks and then
disappears. It is never fatal and is not serious. It requires no treatment.
JAUNDICE IN OLDER CHILDREN—CATARRHAL JAUNDICE—
GASTRO DUODENITIS
Symptoms.—This form of jaundice begins like an attack of ordinary
indigestion. There are, as a rule, pain, fever, vomiting, and prostration. The
pain is located in the upper part of the abdomen and may be quite severe.
The vomiting may continue for a number of days. The bowels are usually
constipated. After a few days the jaundice sets in and may be quite intense.
After the jaundice is established the stools are gray or white in color and
there is much gas in the bowel. The urine is very dark and may be yellow or
yellowish-green in color. The child complains of headache, is dull and
listless, and appears sick and weak. The condition lasts about two weeks,
but the jaundice may last much longer. It is not a serious disease.
Treatment.—The diet should be cut down in quantity and should consist of
rare meat, fruit, and a small quantity of milk. If vomiting continues the milk
may diluted with lime water or vichy water. The child should drink water or
vichy water freely. No starchy foods, or fats, or sugars should be allowed.
The bowels should be kept open with calomel, one-tenth of a grain every
hour until ten are taken, to be followed by citrate of magnesia every
morning. If the pain is severe it may be relieved by a mustard paste or a
turpentine poultice. The child should be given acid hydrochloric diluted,
eight drops in one-half glass of water, ten minutes before each meal—and
kept on it for at least one month.
INTESTINAL WORMS
There are three types of intestinal worms; they are known as the round-
worm, the thread-worm, and the tape worm.
Round-Worm.—The round-worm is usually found in children of the run-
about age. It is never seen in infancy. It occupies the small or upper
day of life that is very common. It lasts from one to two weeks and then
disappears. It is never fatal and is not serious. It requires no treatment.
JAUNDICE IN OLDER CHILDREN—CATARRHAL JAUNDICE—
GASTRO DUODENITIS
Symptoms.—This form of jaundice begins like an attack of ordinary
indigestion. There are, as a rule, pain, fever, vomiting, and prostration. The
pain is located in the upper part of the abdomen and may be quite severe.
The vomiting may continue for a number of days. The bowels are usually
constipated. After a few days the jaundice sets in and may be quite intense.
After the jaundice is established the stools are gray or white in color and
there is much gas in the bowel. The urine is very dark and may be yellow or
yellowish-green in color. The child complains of headache, is dull and
listless, and appears sick and weak. The condition lasts about two weeks,
but the jaundice may last much longer. It is not a serious disease.
Treatment.—The diet should be cut down in quantity and should consist of
rare meat, fruit, and a small quantity of milk. If vomiting continues the milk
may diluted with lime water or vichy water. The child should drink water or
vichy water freely. No starchy foods, or fats, or sugars should be allowed.
The bowels should be kept open with calomel, one-tenth of a grain every
hour until ten are taken, to be followed by citrate of magnesia every
morning. If the pain is severe it may be relieved by a mustard paste or a
turpentine poultice. The child should be given acid hydrochloric diluted,
eight drops in one-half glass of water, ten minutes before each meal—and
kept on it for at least one month.
INTESTINAL WORMS
There are three types of intestinal worms; they are known as the round-
worm, the thread-worm, and the tape worm.
Round-Worm.—The round-worm is usually found in children of the run-
about age. It is never seen in infancy. It occupies the small or upper
Page 64
intestine, and is from four to ten inches long. If there are round-worms in
the bowel, there are usually a number of them and there may be hundreds.
Symptoms.—Round-worms give no definite symptoms. The only possible
way to tell if they are present is actually to see them in the stools of the
child. They are of a light gray color.
It is reasonable to expect that a child suffering from worms will have
symptoms of abdominal distress from time to time; indigestion with colic
and much gas may be present; children lose their appetites and are nervous
and restless; sleep is disturbed; they may grind their teeth and talk in their
sleep, and they may pick their noses unnecessarily during the day. These
symptoms may, however, accompany other conditions when no worms are
present in the bowel. My observation has been that in children in whom
worms were present the nervous symptoms were distinctly accentuated.
They are unreliable children; they seem well to-day and peevish to-morrow;
they complain of headaches, dizziness, and chilly feelings. They are
hysterical, noisy, uncontrollable. A child with these symptoms should be
suspected of having worms and if no cause can be found to explain his
temperamental vagaries he should be treated for worms. I have cured a
number of children of excessive nervousness by giving them medicine for
worms when no worms were present. Such results can only be explained on
the assumption that these children were suffering from intestinal auto-
toxemia or self-poisoning, and the thorough disinfection of the bowel
apparently stopped the process by ridding the child's system of a mass of
bacteria, which were undoubtedly causing the auto-toxemia and consequent
nervousness.
Treatment.—The most efficient remedy for removing round-worms is
Santonin. The quantity necessary for the various ages is as follows:
Two to four years 2 grains.
Four to six years 3 grains.
Six to ten years 3-1/2 grains.
The best way to give it is in divided doses, with an equal quantity of sugar
of milk. For a child of six years the formula would therefore be, 3-1/2
grains of Santonin, mixed with the same quantity of sugar of milk divided
the bowel, there are usually a number of them and there may be hundreds.
Symptoms.—Round-worms give no definite symptoms. The only possible
way to tell if they are present is actually to see them in the stools of the
child. They are of a light gray color.
It is reasonable to expect that a child suffering from worms will have
symptoms of abdominal distress from time to time; indigestion with colic
and much gas may be present; children lose their appetites and are nervous
and restless; sleep is disturbed; they may grind their teeth and talk in their
sleep, and they may pick their noses unnecessarily during the day. These
symptoms may, however, accompany other conditions when no worms are
present in the bowel. My observation has been that in children in whom
worms were present the nervous symptoms were distinctly accentuated.
They are unreliable children; they seem well to-day and peevish to-morrow;
they complain of headaches, dizziness, and chilly feelings. They are
hysterical, noisy, uncontrollable. A child with these symptoms should be
suspected of having worms and if no cause can be found to explain his
temperamental vagaries he should be treated for worms. I have cured a
number of children of excessive nervousness by giving them medicine for
worms when no worms were present. Such results can only be explained on
the assumption that these children were suffering from intestinal auto-
toxemia or self-poisoning, and the thorough disinfection of the bowel
apparently stopped the process by ridding the child's system of a mass of
bacteria, which were undoubtedly causing the auto-toxemia and consequent
nervousness.
Treatment.—The most efficient remedy for removing round-worms is
Santonin. The quantity necessary for the various ages is as follows:
Two to four years 2 grains.
Four to six years 3 grains.
Six to ten years 3-1/2 grains.
The best way to give it is in divided doses, with an equal quantity of sugar
of milk. For a child of six years the formula would therefore be, 3-1/2
grains of Santonin, mixed with the same quantity of sugar of milk divided
Page 65
into three powders. These powders are given four hours apart in the
following way. The child is given a light supper the evening before and one-
half glass citrate of magnesia the following morning and the first powder
one-half hour later; no breakfast being given. A light lunch, of milk and
crackers, may be taken about noon. The second powder is given four hours
after the first, and the third four hours after the second. Half an hour after
the last powder, a dose of castor oil (one tablespoonful) is given. In a few
moments the bowels will move; usually there are no worms in this
movement. A little later they will move freely again and if worms are
present they will be discharged in this movement.
Thread-Worm, or Pin-Worm.—A thread-worm looks just like a little
piece of white thread. They are found in the lower part of the bowel and in
the rectum. They are usually present, if present at all, in large numbers.
Symptoms.—The chief symptom is itching. It may be limited to the anus or
it may involve the neighboring parts. Thread-worms may find their way out
of the anus and in female children may find their way into the vagina. In
these instances the child is tormented with itching of the privates and may
establish the habit of self-abuse as a result of the constant itching and
scratching. The itching is more intense at night soon after the child goes to
bed. As a result of the local irritation in the lower part of the bowel and
rectum there is set up a catarrh of the bowel which produces large quantities
of mucus.
Treatment.—The only medication by the mouth that is of any use is
turpentine in one drop doses after meals, given in a teaspoonful of sugar.
The best treatment, and in most cases the only treatment that is effective, is
the use of rectal injections. The procedure is as follows:—The child first
gets a cleaning injection of two quarts of warm water into which a
teaspoonful of borax has been put. This will wash away any mucus or fecal
matter that may have collected. This injection is best given with a No. 18
rectal catheter which is pushed into the rectum for about 10 inches, the
water being allowed to run away as it enters. From six to eight ounces of
the infusion of quassia is then passed, as high up as the catheter will reach.
It is intended that the quassia will remain in as long as possible, for at least
half an hour. In order to assure this there are two features that should be
kept in mind: first, the water should be allowed to flow in slowly,
following way. The child is given a light supper the evening before and one-
half glass citrate of magnesia the following morning and the first powder
one-half hour later; no breakfast being given. A light lunch, of milk and
crackers, may be taken about noon. The second powder is given four hours
after the first, and the third four hours after the second. Half an hour after
the last powder, a dose of castor oil (one tablespoonful) is given. In a few
moments the bowels will move; usually there are no worms in this
movement. A little later they will move freely again and if worms are
present they will be discharged in this movement.
Thread-Worm, or Pin-Worm.—A thread-worm looks just like a little
piece of white thread. They are found in the lower part of the bowel and in
the rectum. They are usually present, if present at all, in large numbers.
Symptoms.—The chief symptom is itching. It may be limited to the anus or
it may involve the neighboring parts. Thread-worms may find their way out
of the anus and in female children may find their way into the vagina. In
these instances the child is tormented with itching of the privates and may
establish the habit of self-abuse as a result of the constant itching and
scratching. The itching is more intense at night soon after the child goes to
bed. As a result of the local irritation in the lower part of the bowel and
rectum there is set up a catarrh of the bowel which produces large quantities
of mucus.
Treatment.—The only medication by the mouth that is of any use is
turpentine in one drop doses after meals, given in a teaspoonful of sugar.
The best treatment, and in most cases the only treatment that is effective, is
the use of rectal injections. The procedure is as follows:—The child first
gets a cleaning injection of two quarts of warm water into which a
teaspoonful of borax has been put. This will wash away any mucus or fecal
matter that may have collected. This injection is best given with a No. 18
rectal catheter which is pushed into the rectum for about 10 inches, the
water being allowed to run away as it enters. From six to eight ounces of
the infusion of quassia is then passed, as high up as the catheter will reach.
It is intended that the quassia will remain in as long as possible, for at least
half an hour. In order to assure this there are two features that should be
kept in mind: first, the water should be allowed to flow in slowly,
Page 66
consequently hold the bag low, not higher than two feet above the level of
the bed on which the patient lies; second, after the water is all in remove the
catheter very slowly and keep the child absolutely quiet. This treatment is
repeated every second night for a week, then twice a week for four weeks.
A solution of garlic is a very effective remedy and may be tried if the
quassia fails, which is not likely if the treatment is carried out effectively
and if the parts are kept scrupulously clean.
Tape Worms.—Tape worms are obtained from eating raw meat, pork or
sausage, rarely from fish, and from playing with cats and dogs.
Symptoms.—No definite symptoms accompany the presence of tape worm.
The children may have pains in the abdomen, diarrhea, a capricious
appetite, foul breath, and they may suffer from anemia, sometimes quite
severely. The only positive symptoms is the presence of links of the worm
in the stools.
Treatment.—Give a dose of castor oil at bed time. Two hours after
breakfast next morning give one-half dram of the oleoresin of male-fern in
emulsion or capsule. Very light nourishment should be taken during the day,
composed of gruels and soups. When the worm is passed it should be
examined to find if the head is present; if not, the treatment should be
repeated in twenty-four hours.
RUPTURE
Rupture of any description is not a condition that any mother should
attempt to treat. A physician should be called in every case. Any
misdirected effort at manipulation or pressure may result in irreparable
injury to the parts. External applications are useless and may be injurious.
All ordinary forms of rupture in infancy and early childhood are curable if
properly treated.
the bed on which the patient lies; second, after the water is all in remove the
catheter very slowly and keep the child absolutely quiet. This treatment is
repeated every second night for a week, then twice a week for four weeks.
A solution of garlic is a very effective remedy and may be tried if the
quassia fails, which is not likely if the treatment is carried out effectively
and if the parts are kept scrupulously clean.
Tape Worms.—Tape worms are obtained from eating raw meat, pork or
sausage, rarely from fish, and from playing with cats and dogs.
Symptoms.—No definite symptoms accompany the presence of tape worm.
The children may have pains in the abdomen, diarrhea, a capricious
appetite, foul breath, and they may suffer from anemia, sometimes quite
severely. The only positive symptoms is the presence of links of the worm
in the stools.
Treatment.—Give a dose of castor oil at bed time. Two hours after
breakfast next morning give one-half dram of the oleoresin of male-fern in
emulsion or capsule. Very light nourishment should be taken during the day,
composed of gruels and soups. When the worm is passed it should be
examined to find if the head is present; if not, the treatment should be
repeated in twenty-four hours.
RUPTURE
Rupture of any description is not a condition that any mother should
attempt to treat. A physician should be called in every case. Any
misdirected effort at manipulation or pressure may result in irreparable
injury to the parts. External applications are useless and may be injurious.
All ordinary forms of rupture in infancy and early childhood are curable if
properly treated.
Page 67
CHAPTER XXXVI
DISEASES OF CHILDREN, CONTINUED
Mastitis or Inflammation of the Breasts in Infancy—Mastitis in Young Girls
—Let Your Ears Alone— Never Box a Child's Ears—Do Not Pick the Ears
—Earache—Inflammation of the Ear—Acute Otitis—Swollen Glands—
Acute Adenitis—Swollen Glands in the Groin—Boils—Hives— Nettle
Rash—Prickly Heat—Ringworm in the Scalp— Eczema—Poor Blood—
Simple Anemia—Chlorosis—Severe Anemia—Pernicious Anemia
MASTITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE BREASTS IN INFANCY
There are a few drops of a milky secretion in the breasts of infants when
born. Occasionally the amount will be in excess of the normal quantity, and
the breasts, around the nipple, may be swollen and slightly inflamed.
Should this condition persist, it may be relieved by painting the parts with
the tincture of belladonna. Under no circumstances should the breasts be
manipulated or rubbed, as this is very apt to cause an inflammatory
condition, and to result in mastitis.
Mastitis begins, as a rule, during the second week of life. The breast
becomes red, swollen, painful, and shows inflammatory changes. It may
terminate without the formation of an abscess, or it may go on to
suppuration. The child becomes extremely restless and irritable, it is
disinclined to nurse, and suffers from loss of sleep and nourishment. It is
possible for such a condition, in the female, to injure the breast to the extent
of arresting its development and to render it useless in the future. If the
suppuration is extensive the process may terminate fatally.
Mastitis in infants is caused by unnecessary interference and manipulation
and by want of cleanliness. When it occurs the parts should be kept
absolutely clean and should not be handled in any way. Ichthyol 25 per
cent., Zinc Oxide Ointment, enough to make one ounce, spread upon old,
clean, soft linen, and laid over the parts and changed every six hours, is an
DISEASES OF CHILDREN, CONTINUED
Mastitis or Inflammation of the Breasts in Infancy—Mastitis in Young Girls
—Let Your Ears Alone— Never Box a Child's Ears—Do Not Pick the Ears
—Earache—Inflammation of the Ear—Acute Otitis—Swollen Glands—
Acute Adenitis—Swollen Glands in the Groin—Boils—Hives— Nettle
Rash—Prickly Heat—Ringworm in the Scalp— Eczema—Poor Blood—
Simple Anemia—Chlorosis—Severe Anemia—Pernicious Anemia
MASTITIS, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE BREASTS IN INFANCY
There are a few drops of a milky secretion in the breasts of infants when
born. Occasionally the amount will be in excess of the normal quantity, and
the breasts, around the nipple, may be swollen and slightly inflamed.
Should this condition persist, it may be relieved by painting the parts with
the tincture of belladonna. Under no circumstances should the breasts be
manipulated or rubbed, as this is very apt to cause an inflammatory
condition, and to result in mastitis.
Mastitis begins, as a rule, during the second week of life. The breast
becomes red, swollen, painful, and shows inflammatory changes. It may
terminate without the formation of an abscess, or it may go on to
suppuration. The child becomes extremely restless and irritable, it is
disinclined to nurse, and suffers from loss of sleep and nourishment. It is
possible for such a condition, in the female, to injure the breast to the extent
of arresting its development and to render it useless in the future. If the
suppuration is extensive the process may terminate fatally.
Mastitis in infants is caused by unnecessary interference and manipulation
and by want of cleanliness. When it occurs the parts should be kept
absolutely clean and should not be handled in any way. Ichthyol 25 per
cent., Zinc Oxide Ointment, enough to make one ounce, spread upon old,
clean, soft linen, and laid over the parts and changed every six hours, is an
Page 68
excellent healing application. A piece of oiled silk may be put outside the
linen to prevent the ointment staining the clothing, and over this a layer of
absorbent cotton and a binder, applied without pressure.
If an abscess develops in spite of treatment, it must be freely opened and
freely drained, and the general health of the patient supported by regular
nourishment and tonics.
Mastitis in Young Girls.—Pain and swelling of the breasts are sometimes
complained of by girls between the twelfth and fifteenth years, though it
may occur at an earlier or later date. If left alone the condition will
invariably subside without treatment. Should bacteria find an entrance
through the nipple at this time, an abscess may result. The whole breast is
involved and it will be exceedingly painful and much swollen. There may
be moderate fever, headache, and a pronounced feeling of indisposition.
These patients should be given a laxative,—citrate of magnesia, or Pluto
Water, and kept on a very light diet. An ice-bag should be kept constantly at
the breast during the day, and a moist dressing of 1:5000 bichloride of
mercury during the night.
It may take a week before recovery takes place.
LET YOUR EARS ALONE
Never Box a Child's Ears.—A single blow may make a child deaf;
repeated blows on their ears will certainly injure children's hearing.
Thomas A. Edison, our greatest inventor, was made deaf when a lad by a
surly brakeman, who soundly boxed his ears for some trivial or fancied
offense.
Boxing a child's ears is but one of a great many things you should never do
to the ears. In fact, there are far more things you should not do to safeguard
the hearing, than there are things you can do to benefit your ears.
Do Not Pick the Ears.—Do not put cotton in the ears unless ordered to do
so by a reputable physician. Do not syringe the ears without the doctor's
orders. Put no poultices in the ears. Do not put drops of any kind in the ears
unless prescribed by a doctor. Above all, do not use the advertised ear cures,
linen to prevent the ointment staining the clothing, and over this a layer of
absorbent cotton and a binder, applied without pressure.
If an abscess develops in spite of treatment, it must be freely opened and
freely drained, and the general health of the patient supported by regular
nourishment and tonics.
Mastitis in Young Girls.—Pain and swelling of the breasts are sometimes
complained of by girls between the twelfth and fifteenth years, though it
may occur at an earlier or later date. If left alone the condition will
invariably subside without treatment. Should bacteria find an entrance
through the nipple at this time, an abscess may result. The whole breast is
involved and it will be exceedingly painful and much swollen. There may
be moderate fever, headache, and a pronounced feeling of indisposition.
These patients should be given a laxative,—citrate of magnesia, or Pluto
Water, and kept on a very light diet. An ice-bag should be kept constantly at
the breast during the day, and a moist dressing of 1:5000 bichloride of
mercury during the night.
It may take a week before recovery takes place.
LET YOUR EARS ALONE
Never Box a Child's Ears.—A single blow may make a child deaf;
repeated blows on their ears will certainly injure children's hearing.
Thomas A. Edison, our greatest inventor, was made deaf when a lad by a
surly brakeman, who soundly boxed his ears for some trivial or fancied
offense.
Boxing a child's ears is but one of a great many things you should never do
to the ears. In fact, there are far more things you should not do to safeguard
the hearing, than there are things you can do to benefit your ears.
Do Not Pick the Ears.—Do not put cotton in the ears unless ordered to do
so by a reputable physician. Do not syringe the ears without the doctor's
orders. Put no poultices in the ears. Do not put drops of any kind in the ears
unless prescribed by a doctor. Above all, do not use the advertised ear cures,
Page 69
as most of them are harmful. Never blow into a child's ear, never douche the
nose without the doctor's orders, as this may wash germs into the tubes
leading to the ears and bring about a serious condition.
Riding in tunnels, especially in tunnels under water where the air pressure
varies, has, through some recent investigation, been found to be injurious to
the ears of a great many people.
Conductors and other trainmen who run through many tunnels are apt to
have ear trouble, as are the men who work underground a great depth where
they are in motion, such as miners running underground trains.
If you have an earache that continues for any length of time, take no
chances, but consult a physician. And remember to care for the throat and
nose, as ill conditions in those places result in ear troubles. Do not blow
your nose too hard; it merely injures the inner sides of the ear drums.
Adenoids in children frequently bring about a bad ear trouble. Even
seasickness is due in a great measure to ear disturbances.
If you have a running ear, attend to it at once by visiting a doctor. So serious
is this that life insurance companies will not insure people in that condition.
Earache.—When a child complains of earache its ear should be examined.
In nearly every case of earache it is necessary to treat the throat, as this is,
as a rule, the seat of the trouble. An antiseptic gargle of equal parts of
Borolyptol and warm water is an excellent mixture. It should be used freely
every two hours. Children suffering from earache should be kept indoors. If
the examination should show that it is not necessary to lance the ear drum,
some local measure may be adopted to allay the pain. Putting the child in
bed with the head resting on a hot-water bottle may be all that will be
necessary. The following procedure may be carried out, but only after a
physician has made an examination and according to his directions: A hot
water douche, given by means of a douche bag, is quite effective. The water
should be 110° F.; the bag should be held about two feet above the level of
the child's head, and the irrigating point should not be pushed into the ear,
but held so that the water will find its own way into the ear.
When the earache does not respond to the above methods the ear should be
closely watched and examined at intervals so that it may be opened at the
nose without the doctor's orders, as this may wash germs into the tubes
leading to the ears and bring about a serious condition.
Riding in tunnels, especially in tunnels under water where the air pressure
varies, has, through some recent investigation, been found to be injurious to
the ears of a great many people.
Conductors and other trainmen who run through many tunnels are apt to
have ear trouble, as are the men who work underground a great depth where
they are in motion, such as miners running underground trains.
If you have an earache that continues for any length of time, take no
chances, but consult a physician. And remember to care for the throat and
nose, as ill conditions in those places result in ear troubles. Do not blow
your nose too hard; it merely injures the inner sides of the ear drums.
Adenoids in children frequently bring about a bad ear trouble. Even
seasickness is due in a great measure to ear disturbances.
If you have a running ear, attend to it at once by visiting a doctor. So serious
is this that life insurance companies will not insure people in that condition.
Earache.—When a child complains of earache its ear should be examined.
In nearly every case of earache it is necessary to treat the throat, as this is,
as a rule, the seat of the trouble. An antiseptic gargle of equal parts of
Borolyptol and warm water is an excellent mixture. It should be used freely
every two hours. Children suffering from earache should be kept indoors. If
the examination should show that it is not necessary to lance the ear drum,
some local measure may be adopted to allay the pain. Putting the child in
bed with the head resting on a hot-water bottle may be all that will be
necessary. The following procedure may be carried out, but only after a
physician has made an examination and according to his directions: A hot
water douche, given by means of a douche bag, is quite effective. The water
should be 110° F.; the bag should be held about two feet above the level of
the child's head, and the irrigating point should not be pushed into the ear,
but held so that the water will find its own way into the ear.
When the earache does not respond to the above methods the ear should be
closely watched and examined at intervals so that it may be opened at the
Page 70
right moment. This is very essential because, if it is neglected, the pus may
find its way into the mastoid cells and set up the dangerous disease,
mastoiditis. This disease may cause abscess of the brain and death. The
moment a child develops fever in the course of an earache the ear should be
examined and opened at once, if found necessary.
Inflammation of the Ear. Acute Otitis.—Inflammation of the ear seldom
occurs in childhood, unless as a complication, or as a result of some
infectious disease. Any disease which affects the throat in any way may be
the cause of the inflammation of the ear. Such diseases are, "cold in the
head," tonsilitis, grippe, "sore throat," or pharyngitis, measles, scarlet fever.
It is much more common in children than in adults. The younger the child,
the more liable it is to develop ear trouble when suffering from any of the
above diseases. The presence of adenoids favors the development of ear
complications.
Symptoms.—There is one symptom present in all cases of inflammation of
the ear; that is, fever. Pain may or may not be present; it is present in a
majority of the cases. Children with inflammation of the ear are
exceedingly restless and do not sleep long at a time nor do they sleep
soundly.
Treatment.—The treatment is to open the drum membrane, at the right
time, which of course will always be done by a physician who has had some
experience in this work.
After Treatment.—The after treatment consists of washing or syringing the
ear every three hours with eight or twelve ounces of a 1:10,000 solution of
corrosive sublimate. This will be kept up for four days; then the intervals
between the washing will be extended to five hours, and kept up until the
drum membrane closes. If the corrosive sublimate solution should cause
any eruption around the ear, a normal salt solution (see page 627) may be
used in the same way, and in the same quantity as above. A running ear will
run for from three to six weeks. It may heal up at any time after ten days. If
the discharge should suddenly stop and the fever rise, it indicates that the
opening has become plugged or healed too quickly. In either case it will
have to be opened again. As soon as the ear begins running again the
find its way into the mastoid cells and set up the dangerous disease,
mastoiditis. This disease may cause abscess of the brain and death. The
moment a child develops fever in the course of an earache the ear should be
examined and opened at once, if found necessary.
Inflammation of the Ear. Acute Otitis.—Inflammation of the ear seldom
occurs in childhood, unless as a complication, or as a result of some
infectious disease. Any disease which affects the throat in any way may be
the cause of the inflammation of the ear. Such diseases are, "cold in the
head," tonsilitis, grippe, "sore throat," or pharyngitis, measles, scarlet fever.
It is much more common in children than in adults. The younger the child,
the more liable it is to develop ear trouble when suffering from any of the
above diseases. The presence of adenoids favors the development of ear
complications.
Symptoms.—There is one symptom present in all cases of inflammation of
the ear; that is, fever. Pain may or may not be present; it is present in a
majority of the cases. Children with inflammation of the ear are
exceedingly restless and do not sleep long at a time nor do they sleep
soundly.
Treatment.—The treatment is to open the drum membrane, at the right
time, which of course will always be done by a physician who has had some
experience in this work.
After Treatment.—The after treatment consists of washing or syringing the
ear every three hours with eight or twelve ounces of a 1:10,000 solution of
corrosive sublimate. This will be kept up for four days; then the intervals
between the washing will be extended to five hours, and kept up until the
drum membrane closes. If the corrosive sublimate solution should cause
any eruption around the ear, a normal salt solution (see page 627) may be
used in the same way, and in the same quantity as above. A running ear will
run for from three to six weeks. It may heal up at any time after ten days. If
the discharge should suddenly stop and the fever rise, it indicates that the
opening has become plugged or healed too quickly. In either case it will
have to be opened again. As soon as the ear begins running again the
Page 71
symptoms will disappear. After syringing the ear it should be dried
thoroughly with pieces of sterile absorbent cotton.
The best syringe to use for washing out the ear is a one-ounce hard-rubber
ear syringe with a soft rubber tip. An ordinary douche bag will do if a
syringe of the above character cannot be obtained. The douche bag should
not be held higher than two feet above the patient's head. The double-
current ear irrigator is an excellent device for this purpose. The child should
be on its back on a table. Its arms should be fastened down by its side. A
basin can be placed under its ear and the irrigating done without causing
any pain or discomfort.
Any child addicted to disease of the ear should be closely watched and
examined for tuberculosis. Scrofula may accompany this condition. These
children need careful attention in every little detail, they need good
nourishment, fresh air night and day, and they should not be pushed at
school. During the winter they should be protected from "catching colds;" it
is a good plan to put them on a cod-liver-oil mixture for the entire cold
season. During the summer they should have a radical change of climate.
SUMMARY:
1st. Inflammation of the ear is frequently a complication of or
follows some other disease which affects the throat.
2nd. If a child with one of these diseases becomes restless,
sleepless and feverish, be on the look-out for ear trouble.
3rd. The ear must be lanced immediately when necessary.
4th. The after treatment is very important, because the hearing of
the child depends upon it.
SWOLLEN GLANDS. ACUTE ADENITIS
Swollen glands in infancy and childhood are usually seen below and behind
the ear, less frequently in the groin. Their cause is, as a rule, local
disturbance in the mouth or throat, as decayed teeth, enlarged tonsils, cold
in the head, catarrh, adenoids, or some form of infection of the mouth, or
thoroughly with pieces of sterile absorbent cotton.
The best syringe to use for washing out the ear is a one-ounce hard-rubber
ear syringe with a soft rubber tip. An ordinary douche bag will do if a
syringe of the above character cannot be obtained. The douche bag should
not be held higher than two feet above the patient's head. The double-
current ear irrigator is an excellent device for this purpose. The child should
be on its back on a table. Its arms should be fastened down by its side. A
basin can be placed under its ear and the irrigating done without causing
any pain or discomfort.
Any child addicted to disease of the ear should be closely watched and
examined for tuberculosis. Scrofula may accompany this condition. These
children need careful attention in every little detail, they need good
nourishment, fresh air night and day, and they should not be pushed at
school. During the winter they should be protected from "catching colds;" it
is a good plan to put them on a cod-liver-oil mixture for the entire cold
season. During the summer they should have a radical change of climate.
SUMMARY:
1st. Inflammation of the ear is frequently a complication of or
follows some other disease which affects the throat.
2nd. If a child with one of these diseases becomes restless,
sleepless and feverish, be on the look-out for ear trouble.
3rd. The ear must be lanced immediately when necessary.
4th. The after treatment is very important, because the hearing of
the child depends upon it.
SWOLLEN GLANDS. ACUTE ADENITIS
Swollen glands in infancy and childhood are usually seen below and behind
the ear, less frequently in the groin. Their cause is, as a rule, local
disturbance in the mouth or throat, as decayed teeth, enlarged tonsils, cold
in the head, catarrh, adenoids, or some form of infection of the mouth, or
Page 72
throat, or scalp. They occasionally accompany scarlet fever, diphtheria,
measles, and influenza. They seldom suppurate.
Symptoms.—A swelling is noticed just below the angle of the jaw; it does
not grow rapidly. There is a slight temperature and the child is more or less
irritable. If the patient is an infant, the fever may be quite high and there
may be considerable prostration. The trouble lasts from four to eight weeks.
Treatment.—An ice-bag constantly applied is the best treatment. This not
only relieves pain, but it prevents the possibility of the gland breaking down
and suppurating. It is sometimes difficult to keep an ice-bag on an infant, in
which case cold compresses should be applied. These are made by taking
several layers of old linen or cheese cloth and laying them on ice. They
should be applied frequently to the swollen gland. The following ointment
may be applied, though the ice-bag is the better and more certain treatment:
Ichthyol 25 per cent., Adeps Lanae one ounce. This is applied on cloth and
renewed every six hours.
This ointment is black and stains the clothing. For that reason it is advised
to use oiled silk over the cloth to avoid staining the pillow or clothing.
Children suffering from adenitis should use a spray of Dobell's solution in
the nose and throat three or four times daily. If the cause of the swollen
glands is known, treatment for its cure should be promptly instituted.
In the event of pus forming the gland must be opened and drained.
Swollen glands in the groin of a child are caused most frequently by some
inflammatory condition of the privates, which should be discovered and
treated.
BOILS
In some delicate children and in some children who do not seem to be
delicate, repeated crops of boils may appear from time to time.
It is necessary to open them as soon as pus is present. They should be
pressed out and a gauze dressing, wet with a saturated solution of boric
acid, bound over them. The dressing should be kept moist.
measles, and influenza. They seldom suppurate.
Symptoms.—A swelling is noticed just below the angle of the jaw; it does
not grow rapidly. There is a slight temperature and the child is more or less
irritable. If the patient is an infant, the fever may be quite high and there
may be considerable prostration. The trouble lasts from four to eight weeks.
Treatment.—An ice-bag constantly applied is the best treatment. This not
only relieves pain, but it prevents the possibility of the gland breaking down
and suppurating. It is sometimes difficult to keep an ice-bag on an infant, in
which case cold compresses should be applied. These are made by taking
several layers of old linen or cheese cloth and laying them on ice. They
should be applied frequently to the swollen gland. The following ointment
may be applied, though the ice-bag is the better and more certain treatment:
Ichthyol 25 per cent., Adeps Lanae one ounce. This is applied on cloth and
renewed every six hours.
This ointment is black and stains the clothing. For that reason it is advised
to use oiled silk over the cloth to avoid staining the pillow or clothing.
Children suffering from adenitis should use a spray of Dobell's solution in
the nose and throat three or four times daily. If the cause of the swollen
glands is known, treatment for its cure should be promptly instituted.
In the event of pus forming the gland must be opened and drained.
Swollen glands in the groin of a child are caused most frequently by some
inflammatory condition of the privates, which should be discovered and
treated.
BOILS
In some delicate children and in some children who do not seem to be
delicate, repeated crops of boils may appear from time to time.
It is necessary to open them as soon as pus is present. They should be
pressed out and a gauze dressing, wet with a saturated solution of boric
acid, bound over them. The dressing should be kept moist.
Page 73
I have in a number of instances successfully rid a child of the tendency to
boils by the use of the following formula, which I can recommend highly as
one of the best tonics I have ever used in the treatment of delicate and
poorly nourished children: Tinct. Nux Vomica 4 drops, Acid Phosphoric
Dilute 8 drops, Syrup Hypophosphites, 1 teaspoonful. Make a two-ounce
mixture and give to children over four years of age one teaspoonful after
each meal; to younger children, one-half teaspoonful after each meal.
It is necessary in these cases to keep the bowels open daily.
HIVES. NETTLE-RASH
Cause.—Contact with different plants, bites of insects, irritation from
clothing, use of certain drugs. Certain articles of food, such as tomatoes,
strawberries, oatmeal, buckwheat, have all been said to cause hives.
Dentition during warm weather and the presence of worms and chronic
malarial poisoning have been known to cause hives.
It is most frequently caused, however, in childhood by some disturbance in
the stomach or bowels.
It causes severe itching and loss of sleep and as a result of these the general
health suffers.
Treatment.—If caused by any external irritant, remove it. If it is caused by
any special article of diet, prohibit its use. If no cause is apparent, give the
child one tablespoonful of castor oil, and put it on the mildest diet possible
of soups, broths, and dried stale bread. Give no milk. Use the following
treatment on the erupted parts: Menthol, ten grains in one ounce of cold
cream. Keep the bowels open.
It is sometimes necessary to advise a change of air before complete cure
results.
PRICKLY HEAT
This is a very common complaint in children during the summer months. It
is so common that it is well known and easily recognized. It consists of a
boils by the use of the following formula, which I can recommend highly as
one of the best tonics I have ever used in the treatment of delicate and
poorly nourished children: Tinct. Nux Vomica 4 drops, Acid Phosphoric
Dilute 8 drops, Syrup Hypophosphites, 1 teaspoonful. Make a two-ounce
mixture and give to children over four years of age one teaspoonful after
each meal; to younger children, one-half teaspoonful after each meal.
It is necessary in these cases to keep the bowels open daily.
HIVES. NETTLE-RASH
Cause.—Contact with different plants, bites of insects, irritation from
clothing, use of certain drugs. Certain articles of food, such as tomatoes,
strawberries, oatmeal, buckwheat, have all been said to cause hives.
Dentition during warm weather and the presence of worms and chronic
malarial poisoning have been known to cause hives.
It is most frequently caused, however, in childhood by some disturbance in
the stomach or bowels.
It causes severe itching and loss of sleep and as a result of these the general
health suffers.
Treatment.—If caused by any external irritant, remove it. If it is caused by
any special article of diet, prohibit its use. If no cause is apparent, give the
child one tablespoonful of castor oil, and put it on the mildest diet possible
of soups, broths, and dried stale bread. Give no milk. Use the following
treatment on the erupted parts: Menthol, ten grains in one ounce of cold
cream. Keep the bowels open.
It is sometimes necessary to advise a change of air before complete cure
results.
PRICKLY HEAT
This is a very common complaint in children during the summer months. It
is so common that it is well known and easily recognized. It consists of a
Page 74
bright red eruption, composed of little papules, close together.
The rash comes out quickly, so much so that mothers may be surprised and
frightened by observing an angry looking rash on their baby some morning
when none was there the night before. It most frequently appears upon the
neck, back, chest, and forehead. It is exceedingly itchy and a child may
scratch itself and cause extensive harm. Eczema, of a very obstinate type,
frequently results from scratching.
The rash of prickly heat is easily diagnosed from other rashes because it is
accompanied by no other symptom, such as fever, which would suggest a
more serious disease. The rash of prickly heat resembles the rash of scarlet
fever more than any other rash, but it is quickly noted that when a child has
scarlet fever it has every symptom of being profoundly sick, while prickly
heat has no symptom other than the itch and discomfort. It is caused by
overfeeding, being overclothed, and sweating in hot weather.
Treatment.—Steps should be taken to prevent prickly heat in an infant.
Use light, seasonable clothing, bathe frequently, and use plenty of good
toilet powder. When the child actually has an attack, open its bowels freely
with citrate of magnesia, and give some sweet spirits of niter, according to
age. Protect the skin from the irritating underwear by interposing a soft
piece of linen. In order to reduce the inflammation and cure the condition
apply equal parts of starch and boric acid powder freely. Keep the patient on
a light fluid diet. The bran bath is advisable if the little patient is addicted to
these skin eruptions.
RINGWORM OF THE SCALP
Children of all ages are liable to "catch" ringworm of the scalp. It
particularly affects those who are untidy, dirty, and badly cared for, though
any child is apt to get it while attending the public schools.
If a mother discovers scaly patches in the scalp, with loss of hair, ringworm
should be immediately suspected. It is not, however, always easy to
diagnose the condition, especially if the case is a mild one. If it is a severe
attack, there is, as a rule, quite a little inflammation, and this may render the
condition obscure for some time. The disease may be mistaken for dandruff,
The rash comes out quickly, so much so that mothers may be surprised and
frightened by observing an angry looking rash on their baby some morning
when none was there the night before. It most frequently appears upon the
neck, back, chest, and forehead. It is exceedingly itchy and a child may
scratch itself and cause extensive harm. Eczema, of a very obstinate type,
frequently results from scratching.
The rash of prickly heat is easily diagnosed from other rashes because it is
accompanied by no other symptom, such as fever, which would suggest a
more serious disease. The rash of prickly heat resembles the rash of scarlet
fever more than any other rash, but it is quickly noted that when a child has
scarlet fever it has every symptom of being profoundly sick, while prickly
heat has no symptom other than the itch and discomfort. It is caused by
overfeeding, being overclothed, and sweating in hot weather.
Treatment.—Steps should be taken to prevent prickly heat in an infant.
Use light, seasonable clothing, bathe frequently, and use plenty of good
toilet powder. When the child actually has an attack, open its bowels freely
with citrate of magnesia, and give some sweet spirits of niter, according to
age. Protect the skin from the irritating underwear by interposing a soft
piece of linen. In order to reduce the inflammation and cure the condition
apply equal parts of starch and boric acid powder freely. Keep the patient on
a light fluid diet. The bran bath is advisable if the little patient is addicted to
these skin eruptions.
RINGWORM OF THE SCALP
Children of all ages are liable to "catch" ringworm of the scalp. It
particularly affects those who are untidy, dirty, and badly cared for, though
any child is apt to get it while attending the public schools.
If a mother discovers scaly patches in the scalp, with loss of hair, ringworm
should be immediately suspected. It is not, however, always easy to
diagnose the condition, especially if the case is a mild one. If it is a severe
attack, there is, as a rule, quite a little inflammation, and this may render the
condition obscure for some time. The disease may be mistaken for dandruff,
Page 75
but dandruff covers a large area of the scalp, while ringworm is limited and
sharply defined. Dandruff may cause a loss of hair; if it does, the hairs come
out clean, while in ringworm they break off near the scalp.
Treatment.—Ringworm is always curable, provided the patient is watched
and treatment carried out thoroughly. It is always absolutely necessary to
treat the condition, because it will not get better of itself, and the longer it is
permitted to last, the worse it gets, and the more difficult it is to cure. If
treatment is begun at once, it may take two months to cure it. If the case has
lasted for some time, or if it has been neglected and not treated thoroughly,
it will take from six months to one year to cure it. These facts are stated so
that parents may not become discouraged.
The first thing to do is to cut the hair as close to the scalp as possible,
wherever the ringworm is, and for about an inch outside, and all around it.
The entire scalp should be thoroughly washed three times a week. The
scales should be kept soft by the use of carbolic soap.
The hair should not be brushed at all, because brushing the hair may spread
the disease to other parts of the scalp. Every child with ringworm of the
scalp should wear a cap of muslin or one lined with paper, so that others
may not be infected. These caps can be burned when dirty and new ones
made. One of the best remedies to apply to the affected area is the
following: Bichloride of mercury, 2 grains; olive oil, 2 teaspoonfuls;
kerosene, 2 teaspoonfuls. This is rubbed in every day until the parts are sore
and tender. It is a good plan to apply this mixture to the entire scalp every
fourth day, to guard against other parts becoming infected. It is not
necessary to rub it in when using it where there is no ringworm.
When the scalp becomes sore from the application it can be stopped for a
day or two, or until better; then begin again and repeat the treatment right
along. If the kerosene in the above mixture is objected to, a very good
mixture is bichloride of mercury, 2 grains, and tincture of iodine, 1 ounce.
This may be rubbed vigorously enough to produce a rash. If the disease
shows a tendency to spread under this treatment it is best to apply the latter
mixture to the entire scalp.
Ringworm on any other part of the body is effectually treated by applying
tincture of iodine. It should be painted on every day until the skin begins to
sharply defined. Dandruff may cause a loss of hair; if it does, the hairs come
out clean, while in ringworm they break off near the scalp.
Treatment.—Ringworm is always curable, provided the patient is watched
and treatment carried out thoroughly. It is always absolutely necessary to
treat the condition, because it will not get better of itself, and the longer it is
permitted to last, the worse it gets, and the more difficult it is to cure. If
treatment is begun at once, it may take two months to cure it. If the case has
lasted for some time, or if it has been neglected and not treated thoroughly,
it will take from six months to one year to cure it. These facts are stated so
that parents may not become discouraged.
The first thing to do is to cut the hair as close to the scalp as possible,
wherever the ringworm is, and for about an inch outside, and all around it.
The entire scalp should be thoroughly washed three times a week. The
scales should be kept soft by the use of carbolic soap.
The hair should not be brushed at all, because brushing the hair may spread
the disease to other parts of the scalp. Every child with ringworm of the
scalp should wear a cap of muslin or one lined with paper, so that others
may not be infected. These caps can be burned when dirty and new ones
made. One of the best remedies to apply to the affected area is the
following: Bichloride of mercury, 2 grains; olive oil, 2 teaspoonfuls;
kerosene, 2 teaspoonfuls. This is rubbed in every day until the parts are sore
and tender. It is a good plan to apply this mixture to the entire scalp every
fourth day, to guard against other parts becoming infected. It is not
necessary to rub it in when using it where there is no ringworm.
When the scalp becomes sore from the application it can be stopped for a
day or two, or until better; then begin again and repeat the treatment right
along. If the kerosene in the above mixture is objected to, a very good
mixture is bichloride of mercury, 2 grains, and tincture of iodine, 1 ounce.
This may be rubbed vigorously enough to produce a rash. If the disease
shows a tendency to spread under this treatment it is best to apply the latter
mixture to the entire scalp.
Ringworm on any other part of the body is effectually treated by applying
tincture of iodine. It should be painted on every day until the skin begins to
Page 76
peel, when the ringworm will disappear with the skin.
ECZEMA
Eczema is the most important skin disease of babyhood. It is probably the
most frequent skin disease of infancy. Any baby may develop eczema.
There are, however, some babies who seem to be very susceptible to it. The
reason of this susceptibility seems to be due to the natural tenderness, or
delicacy, of the skin. These children, because of the extreme sensitiveness
of the skin, develop an eczema from a very slight degree of external
irritation, or a trifling disturbance of digestion. Children of rheumatic or
gouty parents are more liable to be victims of eczema than are others.
Eczema of the face is quite common in children who are apparently healthy
and fat. It does not seem to matter whether they are breast-fed or bottle-fed.
The following conditions may be regarded as contributory to eczema:
Exposure to winds; cold, dry air; heat; the use of hard water or strong soaps;
lack of cleanliness, and the irritation of clothing. It frequently accompanies
chronic constipation, indigestion, and other conditions of the intestinal
canal; overfeeding; too early or too excessive use of starchy foods.
Eczema of the Face:—Eczema Rubrum.—This is the most frequent form.
It affects the cheeks, scalp, forehead, and sometimes the ears and the neck.
It begins on the cheeks as small red papules. These join together and form a
mass of moist, exuding crusts. They dry in time and may be so thick as to
form a mask on the face. The skin may be much swollen. When the crusts
are removed the face looks red and angry and bleeds easily. It is
exceedingly itchy. It causes restlessness, loss of sleep, and it may affect the
appetite, though, as a rule, the health remains good. Eczema of the face is
exceedingly chronic; it improves from time to time, but it is cured with
great difficulty only.
Infants suffering with eczema of the face begin to improve about the middle
of the second year and may be entirely cured about this time. The reason of
this is the greater amount of exercise the child is getting at this period. If the
disease continues longer it is because of the unnecessary amount of fat that
the child has.
ECZEMA
Eczema is the most important skin disease of babyhood. It is probably the
most frequent skin disease of infancy. Any baby may develop eczema.
There are, however, some babies who seem to be very susceptible to it. The
reason of this susceptibility seems to be due to the natural tenderness, or
delicacy, of the skin. These children, because of the extreme sensitiveness
of the skin, develop an eczema from a very slight degree of external
irritation, or a trifling disturbance of digestion. Children of rheumatic or
gouty parents are more liable to be victims of eczema than are others.
Eczema of the face is quite common in children who are apparently healthy
and fat. It does not seem to matter whether they are breast-fed or bottle-fed.
The following conditions may be regarded as contributory to eczema:
Exposure to winds; cold, dry air; heat; the use of hard water or strong soaps;
lack of cleanliness, and the irritation of clothing. It frequently accompanies
chronic constipation, indigestion, and other conditions of the intestinal
canal; overfeeding; too early or too excessive use of starchy foods.
Eczema of the Face:—Eczema Rubrum.—This is the most frequent form.
It affects the cheeks, scalp, forehead, and sometimes the ears and the neck.
It begins on the cheeks as small red papules. These join together and form a
mass of moist, exuding crusts. They dry in time and may be so thick as to
form a mask on the face. The skin may be much swollen. When the crusts
are removed the face looks red and angry and bleeds easily. It is
exceedingly itchy. It causes restlessness, loss of sleep, and it may affect the
appetite, though, as a rule, the health remains good. Eczema of the face is
exceedingly chronic; it improves from time to time, but it is cured with
great difficulty only.
Infants suffering with eczema of the face begin to improve about the middle
of the second year and may be entirely cured about this time. The reason of
this is the greater amount of exercise the child is getting at this period. If the
disease continues longer it is because of the unnecessary amount of fat that
the child has.
Page 77
Treatment.—Eczema is a notoriously tedious disease. There is very little
tendency for it to improve, if left to itself. The age, the severity, and just
how much you can rely upon the mother, or nurse, faithfully to carry out
directions—upon these its cure depends. At best, the treatment may have to
be carried out for months. If the eczema is accompanied with constipation
and indigestion in infancy, very little can be done with the eczema until
these conditions are removed.
There exists in the minds of the laity, and in some physicians also, an idea
that it is wrong, or dangerous, to cure, or "dry up," an eczema. It is never
dangerous, but highly desirable, to cure an eczema, whenever possible. It is
always wise, because it is always necessary, to get the child in perfect
condition before you treat the eczema. Cure the constipation, or indigestion,
or cold, or whatever is the matter with the child; then treat the eczema. This
is the only plan that offers any success. It is not a simple matter to find out
why a nursing child is having indigestion. The most minute care must be
exercised to find out the element in the milk that is causing the eczema. It
would, however, be foolish, and a waste of time, to apply pastes, etc., to an
eczema of the face, while the real cause that produced it was still in
existence. It will frequently be found necessary to change the food entirely.
Strict attention to the bowels is essential, both in infants and in older
children. Sometimes to cure the constipation means an immediate cure of
the eczema.
If the child is anemic, poorly nourished, and flabby, tonics are advisable.
Cod liver oil is of use in quite a number of these cases. Eczematous children
should not be taken out when the weather is very cold or when there are
high winds. They should not be washed with plain water, or with castile
soap and water. When washing is necessary, do it with milk and water, to
which one teaspoonful of borax is added. The clothing must not be too
heavy.
In eczema of the face, the child must either wear a mask or heavy woolen
gloves, so that he will not scratch the parts. Frequently these fail, and it will
be necessary to restrain the child from scratching the face by the use of
some mechanical device. A piece of strong pasteboard bandaged on the
elbows, so as to prevent the child from bending them, is all that is
tendency for it to improve, if left to itself. The age, the severity, and just
how much you can rely upon the mother, or nurse, faithfully to carry out
directions—upon these its cure depends. At best, the treatment may have to
be carried out for months. If the eczema is accompanied with constipation
and indigestion in infancy, very little can be done with the eczema until
these conditions are removed.
There exists in the minds of the laity, and in some physicians also, an idea
that it is wrong, or dangerous, to cure, or "dry up," an eczema. It is never
dangerous, but highly desirable, to cure an eczema, whenever possible. It is
always wise, because it is always necessary, to get the child in perfect
condition before you treat the eczema. Cure the constipation, or indigestion,
or cold, or whatever is the matter with the child; then treat the eczema. This
is the only plan that offers any success. It is not a simple matter to find out
why a nursing child is having indigestion. The most minute care must be
exercised to find out the element in the milk that is causing the eczema. It
would, however, be foolish, and a waste of time, to apply pastes, etc., to an
eczema of the face, while the real cause that produced it was still in
existence. It will frequently be found necessary to change the food entirely.
Strict attention to the bowels is essential, both in infants and in older
children. Sometimes to cure the constipation means an immediate cure of
the eczema.
If the child is anemic, poorly nourished, and flabby, tonics are advisable.
Cod liver oil is of use in quite a number of these cases. Eczematous children
should not be taken out when the weather is very cold or when there are
high winds. They should not be washed with plain water, or with castile
soap and water. When washing is necessary, do it with milk and water, to
which one teaspoonful of borax is added. The clothing must not be too
heavy.
In eczema of the face, the child must either wear a mask or heavy woolen
gloves, so that he will not scratch the parts. Frequently these fail, and it will
be necessary to restrain the child from scratching the face by the use of
some mechanical device. A piece of strong pasteboard bandaged on the
elbows, so as to prevent the child from bending them, is all that is
Page 78
necessary. If the child cannot bend the elbows he cannot scratch his face,
yet he has the free use of his hands.
The use of external remedies is imperative, as frequently the cause is mostly
external, and in other cases it must be used in addition to the general
treatment. Before external treatment is instituted, the crusts should be
softened by applying olive oil to them for twenty-four hours, after which
they can be removed with soap and water. If there is much inflammation, or
if the face looks angry, a very good application is Lassar's paste.
Later, when the inflammation has subsided and the itching is severe, a
mixture of tar ointment, 3 teaspoonfuls; zinc oxide, 1-1/2 teaspoonfuls; rose
water ointment, 6 teaspoonfuls has proved to be one of the very best.
When the eczema on the face is of the weeping, or moist, variety, the
application of bassorin paste gives splendid results.
When an external remedy is applied to any eczematous surface it is
necessary to apply it on a cloth. Simply to smear it on will do no good.
In the treatment of eczema, when the children are breast-fed, it is well to
remember that the real cause of the eczema may be in the mother. If the
mother is constipated, or if her diet is too liberal, if she is drinking beer, or
an excess of coffee, or is not taking exercise, the eczema may be caused by
one or other or all of these.
For eczema of the scalp the remedy to use is white-precipitate ointment, 1
part; vaseline, 4 parts. Mix together and apply.
POOR BLOOD. SIMPLE ANEMIA
Causes.—There is what may be termed an unnatural tendency toward poor
blood during infancy and childhood. The explanation of this anomalous
condition is, that the tax or strain put upon the blood to provide for the
growth of the child is severe, and is in addition to the great demands made
upon it in the exercise of its regular duties. We must, therefore, always take
this special duty into consideration, when the question of recuperation,
convalescence, feeding, and the administration of blood foods and tonics
comes up.
yet he has the free use of his hands.
The use of external remedies is imperative, as frequently the cause is mostly
external, and in other cases it must be used in addition to the general
treatment. Before external treatment is instituted, the crusts should be
softened by applying olive oil to them for twenty-four hours, after which
they can be removed with soap and water. If there is much inflammation, or
if the face looks angry, a very good application is Lassar's paste.
Later, when the inflammation has subsided and the itching is severe, a
mixture of tar ointment, 3 teaspoonfuls; zinc oxide, 1-1/2 teaspoonfuls; rose
water ointment, 6 teaspoonfuls has proved to be one of the very best.
When the eczema on the face is of the weeping, or moist, variety, the
application of bassorin paste gives splendid results.
When an external remedy is applied to any eczematous surface it is
necessary to apply it on a cloth. Simply to smear it on will do no good.
In the treatment of eczema, when the children are breast-fed, it is well to
remember that the real cause of the eczema may be in the mother. If the
mother is constipated, or if her diet is too liberal, if she is drinking beer, or
an excess of coffee, or is not taking exercise, the eczema may be caused by
one or other or all of these.
For eczema of the scalp the remedy to use is white-precipitate ointment, 1
part; vaseline, 4 parts. Mix together and apply.
POOR BLOOD. SIMPLE ANEMIA
Causes.—There is what may be termed an unnatural tendency toward poor
blood during infancy and childhood. The explanation of this anomalous
condition is, that the tax or strain put upon the blood to provide for the
growth of the child is severe, and is in addition to the great demands made
upon it in the exercise of its regular duties. We must, therefore, always take
this special duty into consideration, when the question of recuperation,
convalescence, feeding, and the administration of blood foods and tonics
comes up.
Page 79
It is not necessary to specify the diseases from which a child may suffer and
recover, in an anemic condition. Any disease may leave a child with
temporarily poor blood. The conditions which most frequently produce
anemia in childhood are improper feeding and unhealthy surroundings. It is
not fully appreciated how seriously these conditions can affect the health of
growing children. There is one condition that every mother should be
warned against, namely, the possibility of unduly prolonging breast-feeding.
Children should be weaned at the end of the tenth month. By prolonging the
breast-feeding a mother can undermine the vitality and strength of her baby
and so impoverish its blood as to invite disease. A bottle-fed baby should be
put upon a mixed diet at the same time. To continue feeding a child
exclusively on milk for a year or two after weaning, simply because "it will
not take anything else," is criminal. Any woman guilty of such stupidity
should never have become a mother. Once again it must be emphasized that
every child must have an abundance of fresh air, must not be confined in
close, hot, unsanitary rooms, and must have a daily, satisfactory movement
of the bowels to be a healthy child with good blood in its body.
Symptoms.—Children suffering from poor blood are flabby, constipated,
hungry, weak specimens of childhood. They are under weight, complain of
headache, pains, disturbed sleep, are nervous and irritable. They tire
quickly, are short of breath, and may have a tendency to faint easily. The
hands and feet are cold, the pulse is small and irregular. They may have
attacks of nose-bleeding and of bed-wetting.
Chlorosis.—Chlorosis is that form of anemia, of poor blood, which occurs
in young girls about the time their sickness begins. It is most frequently
seen between the fourteenth and seventeenth years, and more often in
blondes than in brunettes. The cause is not known. It is thought to be due to
constipation. Any occupation which is deleterious to health has a distinct
influence on the condition. Employment in factories, confinement in badly
ventilated rooms, bad or insufficient food, great grief, care, or a bad fright,
mental strain, overstudy, may all produce, or contribute to the production of
chlorosis.
Symptoms.—The symptoms of chlorosis resemble those of simple anemia.
Children suffering from anemia are pale; girls with chlorosis have a
peculiar greenish yellow tint in the skin. They are short of breath, they have
recover, in an anemic condition. Any disease may leave a child with
temporarily poor blood. The conditions which most frequently produce
anemia in childhood are improper feeding and unhealthy surroundings. It is
not fully appreciated how seriously these conditions can affect the health of
growing children. There is one condition that every mother should be
warned against, namely, the possibility of unduly prolonging breast-feeding.
Children should be weaned at the end of the tenth month. By prolonging the
breast-feeding a mother can undermine the vitality and strength of her baby
and so impoverish its blood as to invite disease. A bottle-fed baby should be
put upon a mixed diet at the same time. To continue feeding a child
exclusively on milk for a year or two after weaning, simply because "it will
not take anything else," is criminal. Any woman guilty of such stupidity
should never have become a mother. Once again it must be emphasized that
every child must have an abundance of fresh air, must not be confined in
close, hot, unsanitary rooms, and must have a daily, satisfactory movement
of the bowels to be a healthy child with good blood in its body.
Symptoms.—Children suffering from poor blood are flabby, constipated,
hungry, weak specimens of childhood. They are under weight, complain of
headache, pains, disturbed sleep, are nervous and irritable. They tire
quickly, are short of breath, and may have a tendency to faint easily. The
hands and feet are cold, the pulse is small and irregular. They may have
attacks of nose-bleeding and of bed-wetting.
Chlorosis.—Chlorosis is that form of anemia, of poor blood, which occurs
in young girls about the time their sickness begins. It is most frequently
seen between the fourteenth and seventeenth years, and more often in
blondes than in brunettes. The cause is not known. It is thought to be due to
constipation. Any occupation which is deleterious to health has a distinct
influence on the condition. Employment in factories, confinement in badly
ventilated rooms, bad or insufficient food, great grief, care, or a bad fright,
mental strain, overstudy, may all produce, or contribute to the production of
chlorosis.
Symptoms.—The symptoms of chlorosis resemble those of simple anemia.
Children suffering from anemia are pale; girls with chlorosis have a
peculiar greenish yellow tint in the skin. They are short of breath, they have
Page 80
vertigo, palpitation, disturbances of digestion, constipation, cold hands and
feet, and scanty or arrested monthly periods. They have various nervous
disturbances, such as headache, pains in various parts of the body,
neuralgia, especially over the eyes, hysterical attacks, and sometimes
cholera. Ulcer of the stomach is sometimes seen in this condition.
The disease lasts for a year or longer; it frequently lasts a number of years.
Relapses are frequent.
feet, and scanty or arrested monthly periods. They have various nervous
disturbances, such as headache, pains in various parts of the body,
neuralgia, especially over the eyes, hysterical attacks, and sometimes
cholera. Ulcer of the stomach is sometimes seen in this condition.
The disease lasts for a year or longer; it frequently lasts a number of years.
Relapses are frequent.
Page 81
By permission of Henry H. Goddard
"A Misfortune at Birth"
Warren is feeble-minded. His family said it was due to "a serious fall of the
mother."
[A] "The family history is, however, exceedingly interesting.
"The paternal grandfather, whom we have called Nick, was of good family,
although he himself was totally different from the rest. He was weak in
every way, and to be considered feeble-minded. He married into a family
that was much lower socially than his own, although we have no proof that
it was a defective family. The children of this couple were all mentally
defective and low-grade, morally as well as intellectually.
"A Misfortune at Birth"
Warren is feeble-minded. His family said it was due to "a serious fall of the
mother."
[A] "The family history is, however, exceedingly interesting.
"The paternal grandfather, whom we have called Nick, was of good family,
although he himself was totally different from the rest. He was weak in
every way, and to be considered feeble-minded. He married into a family
that was much lower socially than his own, although we have no proof that
it was a defective family. The children of this couple were all mentally
defective and low-grade, morally as well as intellectually.
Page 82
"Warren's father, Jake, a thoroughly disgraceful character, married Sal, a
woman somewhat older than he.
"The immorality of this family beggars description. A girl named Moll was
fifteen years old when Jake brought her into his home: his wife, Sal, was so
feeble-minded that she allowed the illicit relations between these two.
Moll's child was born in the hospital after the mother had been sent away
from one Home because of her horrible syphilitic condition—from which
she finally died.
"Our boy Warren's sister Liz with whom the father lived in incestuous
relations, was also allowed to live illicitly with a man who worked for her
father. She was so simple that she talked openly about her relations with her
father and with this man. When a child was to be born the man married her.
"This is not all, but enough: and sufficient to show what feeble-mindedness
leads to when it takes the direction of sexual abuses."
[A],"Feeble-mindedness: Its Causes and Consequences," Goddard, The
Macmillan Company.
Severe Anemia: Pernicious Anemia.—This is the most severe form of
anemia, or the condition in which we have the poorest blood. While this
condition frequently results in death the others rarely ever do. This
condition is not common in childhood.
Symptoms.—There is intense weakness and prostration. The skin is very
pale, the mucous membranes are bluish white. The breath is markedly short
and there is often dropsy of the limbs and feet. Fever is often present and
quite high. The disease lasts a number of months; the patient often feels
better for a time, then relapses into a more serious condition than before.
TREATMENT OF THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ANEMIA
Simple Anemia.—Find the cause and stop it. In infancy special attention
should be given to diet and hygiene, giving the child plenty of fresh air, and
a change of air to the country or seashore if necessary. The general
treatment is more important than any benefit that may be derived from
woman somewhat older than he.
"The immorality of this family beggars description. A girl named Moll was
fifteen years old when Jake brought her into his home: his wife, Sal, was so
feeble-minded that she allowed the illicit relations between these two.
Moll's child was born in the hospital after the mother had been sent away
from one Home because of her horrible syphilitic condition—from which
she finally died.
"Our boy Warren's sister Liz with whom the father lived in incestuous
relations, was also allowed to live illicitly with a man who worked for her
father. She was so simple that she talked openly about her relations with her
father and with this man. When a child was to be born the man married her.
"This is not all, but enough: and sufficient to show what feeble-mindedness
leads to when it takes the direction of sexual abuses."
[A],"Feeble-mindedness: Its Causes and Consequences," Goddard, The
Macmillan Company.
Severe Anemia: Pernicious Anemia.—This is the most severe form of
anemia, or the condition in which we have the poorest blood. While this
condition frequently results in death the others rarely ever do. This
condition is not common in childhood.
Symptoms.—There is intense weakness and prostration. The skin is very
pale, the mucous membranes are bluish white. The breath is markedly short
and there is often dropsy of the limbs and feet. Fever is often present and
quite high. The disease lasts a number of months; the patient often feels
better for a time, then relapses into a more serious condition than before.
TREATMENT OF THE VARIOUS FORMS OF ANEMIA
Simple Anemia.—Find the cause and stop it. In infancy special attention
should be given to diet and hygiene, giving the child plenty of fresh air, and
a change of air to the country or seashore if necessary. The general
treatment is more important than any benefit that may be derived from
Page 83
drugs. The rules laid down in the articles on "Malnutrition" must be closely
followed in these children.
Chlorosis.—In this form of anemia, or poor blood, it is best to give iron.
Change of air and change of scene are of special importance in these cases
and will frequently cure. The general condition of course must not be
overlooked. The diet, exercise, bowels, habits, should receive careful
attention. Iron should be continued for a number of months after all traces
of the anemia have disappeared.
Pernicious Anemia.—For this condition arsenic is the one remedy needful.
In all conditions of poor blood the most careful attention should be given to
the general health. Colds must be guarded against. The patients should
never get their feet or their clothes wet. Muscular exercise, because of the
weak condition of the heart, should be moderate, and only given on the
advice of a physician. It is frequently necessary to stop all forms of exercise
and in many instances we get the best results by directing complete rest in
bed for a considerable part of the day or for all day if the case demands it.
followed in these children.
Chlorosis.—In this form of anemia, or poor blood, it is best to give iron.
Change of air and change of scene are of special importance in these cases
and will frequently cure. The general condition of course must not be
overlooked. The diet, exercise, bowels, habits, should receive careful
attention. Iron should be continued for a number of months after all traces
of the anemia have disappeared.
Pernicious Anemia.—For this condition arsenic is the one remedy needful.
In all conditions of poor blood the most careful attention should be given to
the general health. Colds must be guarded against. The patients should
never get their feet or their clothes wet. Muscular exercise, because of the
weak condition of the heart, should be moderate, and only given on the
advice of a physician. It is frequently necessary to stop all forms of exercise
and in many instances we get the best results by directing complete rest in
bed for a considerable part of the day or for all day if the case demands it.
Page 84
CHAPTER XXXVII
DISEASES OF CHILDREN, CONTINUED
Rheumatism—Malaria—Rashes of Childhood—Pimples—Acne—
Blackheads— Convulsions—Fits—Spasms—Bed-wetting—Enuresis—
Incontinence—Sleeplessness—Disturbed Sleep—Nightmare— Night
Terrors—Headache—Thumb-sucking—Biting the Finger Nails—Colon
Irrigation—How to Wash Out the Bowels —A High Enema—Enema—
Methods of Reducing Fever —Ice Cap—Cold Sponging—Cold Pack—The
Cold Bath—Various Baths—Mustard Baths—Hot Pack —Hot Bath—Hot
Air, or Vapor Bath—Bran Bath —Tepid Bath—Cold Sponge—Shower Bath
—Poultices —Hot Fomentations—How to Make and How to Apply a
Mustard Paste—How to Prepare and Use the Mustard Pack—Turpentine
Stupes—Oiled Silk, What it is and Why it is Used.
RHEUMATISM
This is a rather common disease of childhood. It occurs most frequently
between the ages of nine and thirteen years. Children can have it, however,
at any age.
The symptoms of rheumatism in children are much the same, though
somewhat milder, as when the disease is present in an adult. Children are
not quite as sick, nor is the fever as high, nor is the pain as great as in a
grown person. In children the disease does not last as long, as a rule.
Sometimes it will jump from one joint to another, and may, as a
consequence, become chronic. When a child has once had rheumatism, it
has the same disposition to recur that it has in adults. The principal danger
of rheumatism in children is its tendency to attack the heart. Even mild
attacks of the disease can do serious damage to the heart.
DISEASES OF CHILDREN, CONTINUED
Rheumatism—Malaria—Rashes of Childhood—Pimples—Acne—
Blackheads— Convulsions—Fits—Spasms—Bed-wetting—Enuresis—
Incontinence—Sleeplessness—Disturbed Sleep—Nightmare— Night
Terrors—Headache—Thumb-sucking—Biting the Finger Nails—Colon
Irrigation—How to Wash Out the Bowels —A High Enema—Enema—
Methods of Reducing Fever —Ice Cap—Cold Sponging—Cold Pack—The
Cold Bath—Various Baths—Mustard Baths—Hot Pack —Hot Bath—Hot
Air, or Vapor Bath—Bran Bath —Tepid Bath—Cold Sponge—Shower Bath
—Poultices —Hot Fomentations—How to Make and How to Apply a
Mustard Paste—How to Prepare and Use the Mustard Pack—Turpentine
Stupes—Oiled Silk, What it is and Why it is Used.
RHEUMATISM
This is a rather common disease of childhood. It occurs most frequently
between the ages of nine and thirteen years. Children can have it, however,
at any age.
The symptoms of rheumatism in children are much the same, though
somewhat milder, as when the disease is present in an adult. Children are
not quite as sick, nor is the fever as high, nor is the pain as great as in a
grown person. In children the disease does not last as long, as a rule.
Sometimes it will jump from one joint to another, and may, as a
consequence, become chronic. When a child has once had rheumatism, it
has the same disposition to recur that it has in adults. The principal danger
of rheumatism in children is its tendency to attack the heart. Even mild
attacks of the disease can do serious damage to the heart.
Page 85
Children who have the rheumatic tendency invariably suffer from
inflammatory conditions of the upper respiratory tract. They are prone to
have recurring colds, tonsilitis, and sore throats. Treatment of conditions
without regard to the underlying rheumatism is never satisfactory. These
children complain of indefinite pains, now in one place, now in another.
These pains are commonly known as "growing-pains" and, inasmuch as
they are rheumatic and not "growing pains," they should be regarded
seriously because of the heart damage they might do if ignored, and
especially so since the mildest attacks of rheumatism, without any joint
symptoms even, frequently leave the heart in very bad shape. As a general
rule it will be found that when a child has had a number of attacks of
bronchitis or asthma it is rheumatic and should receive treatment for the
rheumatic tendency.
Children with the tendency to rheumatism invariably eat too much red
meats and sugar,—the latter in the form of candy or as an excess in the
food.
Treatment of an Acute Attack.—The child should be put in bed and kept
warm. The bowels should be freely opened with citrate of magnesia. The
diet should be very light: milk and lime water or milk and vichy water, with
a piece of dry toast or zwieback, is all the child needs until the fever is
relieved. When a single joint is affected local measures may be taken for its
relief. Wraping the joints up with flannel cloths which have been wrung out
of true oil of wintergreen, and outside of this oiled silk snugly bandaged on,
is an excellent external application. The flannel cloths should be kept moist
by adding a little of the wintergreen from time to time as it dries in. This
can be done without removing the bandage. This application is kept in place
for twenty-four hours and renewed if necessary. Such an external
application will aid in the actual cure of the disease and will quickly relieve
the patient of the pain. The oil of wintergreen used in this way should be the
"true" oil, and should be so specified when bought in the drug store.
Because of the great tendency to attack the heart a physician should take
charge of every case of acute rheumatism in a child.
To Treat the Tendency to Rheumatism.—Exclude red meats and sugar in
all forms as much as is possible. Give green vegetables freely, potatoes
inflammatory conditions of the upper respiratory tract. They are prone to
have recurring colds, tonsilitis, and sore throats. Treatment of conditions
without regard to the underlying rheumatism is never satisfactory. These
children complain of indefinite pains, now in one place, now in another.
These pains are commonly known as "growing-pains" and, inasmuch as
they are rheumatic and not "growing pains," they should be regarded
seriously because of the heart damage they might do if ignored, and
especially so since the mildest attacks of rheumatism, without any joint
symptoms even, frequently leave the heart in very bad shape. As a general
rule it will be found that when a child has had a number of attacks of
bronchitis or asthma it is rheumatic and should receive treatment for the
rheumatic tendency.
Children with the tendency to rheumatism invariably eat too much red
meats and sugar,—the latter in the form of candy or as an excess in the
food.
Treatment of an Acute Attack.—The child should be put in bed and kept
warm. The bowels should be freely opened with citrate of magnesia. The
diet should be very light: milk and lime water or milk and vichy water, with
a piece of dry toast or zwieback, is all the child needs until the fever is
relieved. When a single joint is affected local measures may be taken for its
relief. Wraping the joints up with flannel cloths which have been wrung out
of true oil of wintergreen, and outside of this oiled silk snugly bandaged on,
is an excellent external application. The flannel cloths should be kept moist
by adding a little of the wintergreen from time to time as it dries in. This
can be done without removing the bandage. This application is kept in place
for twenty-four hours and renewed if necessary. Such an external
application will aid in the actual cure of the disease and will quickly relieve
the patient of the pain. The oil of wintergreen used in this way should be the
"true" oil, and should be so specified when bought in the drug store.
Because of the great tendency to attack the heart a physician should take
charge of every case of acute rheumatism in a child.
To Treat the Tendency to Rheumatism.—Exclude red meats and sugar in
all forms as much as is possible. Give green vegetables freely, potatoes
Page 86
boiled with the skins on, fish, eggs, and poultry. Cereals with milk,
especially well cooked Scotch oatmeal, are exceedingly good for these
children. By keeping up this diet after the acute attack has passed for a
considerable time, it is possible to cure the various other complaints with
which the child is afflicted,—tonsilitis, sore-throats, winter coughs, head-
colds, bronchitis, asthma, etc.
These children should wear woolen underwear all the year round. They
should be encouraged to drink water or vichy freely between meals.
In the treatment of an acute attack as given above it will be observed that no
drugs are mentioned. This is intentional because it would be unjust to
encourage the home treatment of a disease that is so treacherous, even in its
mildest forms. Because of its tendency to recur and with each recurrence
the danger of the heart being affected, it is advisable to put these children
on cod liver oil or iron or some other good tonic. Every precaution should
be taken to prevent these children from getting their feet wet or being out in
the rain.
SUMMARY:—
Rheumatism is a dangerous disease in children.
In its mildest forms it can affect the heart badly.
It has a distinct tendency to recur.
Rheumatic children are afflicted with a number of diseased
conditions which do not respond to treatment unless the
rheumatism is treated.
Acute rheumatism should never be treated except by a physician
because of its treacherous character.
MALARIA. INTERMITTENT FEVER
Malaria occurs quite often in infants and children. As a rule the child gives
evidence of gastro-intestinal disturbance for a short period before the
malarial symptoms appear. The chilly stage is often absent. Sometimes the
especially well cooked Scotch oatmeal, are exceedingly good for these
children. By keeping up this diet after the acute attack has passed for a
considerable time, it is possible to cure the various other complaints with
which the child is afflicted,—tonsilitis, sore-throats, winter coughs, head-
colds, bronchitis, asthma, etc.
These children should wear woolen underwear all the year round. They
should be encouraged to drink water or vichy freely between meals.
In the treatment of an acute attack as given above it will be observed that no
drugs are mentioned. This is intentional because it would be unjust to
encourage the home treatment of a disease that is so treacherous, even in its
mildest forms. Because of its tendency to recur and with each recurrence
the danger of the heart being affected, it is advisable to put these children
on cod liver oil or iron or some other good tonic. Every precaution should
be taken to prevent these children from getting their feet wet or being out in
the rain.
SUMMARY:—
Rheumatism is a dangerous disease in children.
In its mildest forms it can affect the heart badly.
It has a distinct tendency to recur.
Rheumatic children are afflicted with a number of diseased
conditions which do not respond to treatment unless the
rheumatism is treated.
Acute rheumatism should never be treated except by a physician
because of its treacherous character.
MALARIA. INTERMITTENT FEVER
Malaria occurs quite often in infants and children. As a rule the child gives
evidence of gastro-intestinal disturbance for a short period before the
malarial symptoms appear. The chilly stage is often absent. Sometimes the
Page 87
hands and feet are cold and may be slightly blue and the child may appear
to be in collapse. This stage may last for an hour or longer. The chilly stage
may, however, be replaced by nervous symptoms,—restlessness, dizziness,
irritability, nausea, etc.,—or a convulsion may take place. In the second
stage the temperature may rise quite high, the pulse may be quite rapid; the
child is flushed, restless, and cries. This period may last from half an hour
to two hours. The sweating stage is not as a rule well marked in a child. It
may be very slight or not at all.
Between the attacks some children may be entirely well; others remain
restless, have little appetite and poor digestion. Malaria in children does not
always follow a typical course. We often see children suffering from
spasms, fainting spells, neuralgias, diarrhea, vomiting, and skin eruptions,
all due to the malarial condition. This often leads to a mistake in diagnosis.
Intermittent fever is often mistaken for pneumonia. Malaria is not a
favorable disease for an infant to have. It rapidly weakens the child and
great debility and anemia follows.
Treatment.—The treatment for malaria in children is by the administration
of quinine as in adults. It must, however, be given with care and
intelligence; for this reason no mother should begin dosing her child with it
without consulting a physician.
REGARDING MOSQUITOES
The following is an extract from a circular in relation to the causation and
prevention of malaria and the life history and extermination of mosquitoes
issued by the Department of Health, City of New York:
Extermination and Prevention of Mosquitoes .—Mosquitoes require for
their development standing water. They cannot arise in any other way. A
single crop soon dies and disappears unless the females find water on which
their eggs may be laid. In order to prevent mosquitoes, therefore, the
requirement is simple.
No Standing Water.—Pools of rain water, duck ponds, ice ponds, and
temporary accumulations due to building; marshes, both of salt and fresh
to be in collapse. This stage may last for an hour or longer. The chilly stage
may, however, be replaced by nervous symptoms,—restlessness, dizziness,
irritability, nausea, etc.,—or a convulsion may take place. In the second
stage the temperature may rise quite high, the pulse may be quite rapid; the
child is flushed, restless, and cries. This period may last from half an hour
to two hours. The sweating stage is not as a rule well marked in a child. It
may be very slight or not at all.
Between the attacks some children may be entirely well; others remain
restless, have little appetite and poor digestion. Malaria in children does not
always follow a typical course. We often see children suffering from
spasms, fainting spells, neuralgias, diarrhea, vomiting, and skin eruptions,
all due to the malarial condition. This often leads to a mistake in diagnosis.
Intermittent fever is often mistaken for pneumonia. Malaria is not a
favorable disease for an infant to have. It rapidly weakens the child and
great debility and anemia follows.
Treatment.—The treatment for malaria in children is by the administration
of quinine as in adults. It must, however, be given with care and
intelligence; for this reason no mother should begin dosing her child with it
without consulting a physician.
REGARDING MOSQUITOES
The following is an extract from a circular in relation to the causation and
prevention of malaria and the life history and extermination of mosquitoes
issued by the Department of Health, City of New York:
Extermination and Prevention of Mosquitoes .—Mosquitoes require for
their development standing water. They cannot arise in any other way. A
single crop soon dies and disappears unless the females find water on which
their eggs may be laid. In order to prevent mosquitoes, therefore, the
requirement is simple.
No Standing Water.—Pools of rain water, duck ponds, ice ponds, and
temporary accumulations due to building; marshes, both of salt and fresh
Page 88
water, and road-side drains; pots, kettles, tubs, springs, barrels of water, and
other back-yard collections, should be drained, filled with earth, or emptied.
Running streams should have their margins carefully cleaned and covered
with gravel to prevent weeds and grass at the water's edge.
Lily ponds and fountain pools should, if possible, be abolished; if not, the
margins should be cemented or carefully graveled, a good stock of minnows
put in the water, and green slime (Algæ) regularly cleaned out, as it collects.
Where tanks, cisterns, wells or springs are necessary to supply water, the
openings to them should be closely covered with wire gauze (galvanized to
prevent rusting), not the smallest aperture being left.
When neither drainage nor covering is practicable, the surface of the
standing water should be covered with a film of light fuel oil (or kerosene)
which chokes and kills the larvæ. The oil may be poured on from a can or
from a sprinkler. It will spread itself. One ounce of oil is sufficient to cover
15 square feet of water. The oil should be renewed once a week during
warm weather.
Particular attention should be paid to cess-pools. These pools when
uncovered breed mosquitoes in vast numbers; if not tightly closed by a
cemented top or by wire-gauze, they should be treated once a week with an
excess of kerosene or light fuel oil.
Certain simple precautions suffice to protect persons living in malarial
districts from infection:
First: Proper screening of the house to prevent the entrance of the
mosquitoes (after careful search for and destruction of all those already
present in the house), and screening of the bed at night. The chief danger of
infection is at night (the Anopheles bite mostly at this time).
Second: The screening of persons in malarial districts who are suffering
from malarial fever, so that mosquitoes may not bite them and thus become
infected.
Third: The administration of quinine in full doses to malarial patients to
destroy the malarial organisms in the blood.
other back-yard collections, should be drained, filled with earth, or emptied.
Running streams should have their margins carefully cleaned and covered
with gravel to prevent weeds and grass at the water's edge.
Lily ponds and fountain pools should, if possible, be abolished; if not, the
margins should be cemented or carefully graveled, a good stock of minnows
put in the water, and green slime (Algæ) regularly cleaned out, as it collects.
Where tanks, cisterns, wells or springs are necessary to supply water, the
openings to them should be closely covered with wire gauze (galvanized to
prevent rusting), not the smallest aperture being left.
When neither drainage nor covering is practicable, the surface of the
standing water should be covered with a film of light fuel oil (or kerosene)
which chokes and kills the larvæ. The oil may be poured on from a can or
from a sprinkler. It will spread itself. One ounce of oil is sufficient to cover
15 square feet of water. The oil should be renewed once a week during
warm weather.
Particular attention should be paid to cess-pools. These pools when
uncovered breed mosquitoes in vast numbers; if not tightly closed by a
cemented top or by wire-gauze, they should be treated once a week with an
excess of kerosene or light fuel oil.
Certain simple precautions suffice to protect persons living in malarial
districts from infection:
First: Proper screening of the house to prevent the entrance of the
mosquitoes (after careful search for and destruction of all those already
present in the house), and screening of the bed at night. The chief danger of
infection is at night (the Anopheles bite mostly at this time).
Second: The screening of persons in malarial districts who are suffering
from malarial fever, so that mosquitoes may not bite them and thus become
infected.
Third: The administration of quinine in full doses to malarial patients to
destroy the malarial organisms in the blood.
Page 89
Fourth: The destruction of mosquitoes by one or more of the methods
already described.
These measures, if properly carried out, will greatly restrict the prevalence
of the disease, and will prevent the occurrence of new malarial infections.
It must be remembered that when a person is once infected, the organisms
may remain in the body for many years, producing from time to time
relapses of the fever.
A case of malarial infection in a house (whether the person is actively ill or
the infection is latent) in a locality where Anophele mosquitoes are present,
is a constant source of danger, not only to the inmates of the house, but to
the immediate neighborhood, if proper precautions are not taken. It should
be noted in this connection that the mosquitoes may remain in a house
through an entire winter and probably infect the inmates in the spring upon
the return of the warm weather.
Malarial fever is prevalent in certain boroughs of New York City, and in
view of the presence of standing water resulting from the extensive
excavations taking place in various parts of these boroughs, is likely to
extend, if means are not taken for its prevention.
REGULATIONS OF THE BOARD OF HEALTH, NEW YORK CITY,
IN AID OF MOSQUITO EXTERMINATION AND THE
PREVENTION OF MALARIAL FEVER
(In Force from March 15 to October 15.)
1. No rain-water barrel, cistern, or other receptacle for rain-water,
shall be maintained without being tightly screened by netting, or
so absolutely covered that no mosquito can enter.
2. No cans, pails, or anything capable of holding water, shall be
thrown out or allowed to remain unburied on or about any
premises.
3. Every uncovered cesspool or tank shall be kept in such
condition that oil may be freely distributed so as to flow over the
already described.
These measures, if properly carried out, will greatly restrict the prevalence
of the disease, and will prevent the occurrence of new malarial infections.
It must be remembered that when a person is once infected, the organisms
may remain in the body for many years, producing from time to time
relapses of the fever.
A case of malarial infection in a house (whether the person is actively ill or
the infection is latent) in a locality where Anophele mosquitoes are present,
is a constant source of danger, not only to the inmates of the house, but to
the immediate neighborhood, if proper precautions are not taken. It should
be noted in this connection that the mosquitoes may remain in a house
through an entire winter and probably infect the inmates in the spring upon
the return of the warm weather.
Malarial fever is prevalent in certain boroughs of New York City, and in
view of the presence of standing water resulting from the extensive
excavations taking place in various parts of these boroughs, is likely to
extend, if means are not taken for its prevention.
REGULATIONS OF THE BOARD OF HEALTH, NEW YORK CITY,
IN AID OF MOSQUITO EXTERMINATION AND THE
PREVENTION OF MALARIAL FEVER
(In Force from March 15 to October 15.)
1. No rain-water barrel, cistern, or other receptacle for rain-water,
shall be maintained without being tightly screened by netting, or
so absolutely covered that no mosquito can enter.
2. No cans, pails, or anything capable of holding water, shall be
thrown out or allowed to remain unburied on or about any
premises.
3. Every uncovered cesspool or tank shall be kept in such
condition that oil may be freely distributed so as to flow over the
Page 90
surface of the water. Covered cess-pools must have perfectly tight
covers, and all openings must be screened.
4. No waste or other water shall be thrown out or allowed to stand
on or near premises.
Information is requested as to the presence of standing water
anywhere, so that the premises may be inspected and the legal
remedies against the same be applied.
The prompt coöperation of all persons in the enforcement of the
above regulations is earnestly desired, and they are assured that in
this way the breeding of mosquitoes on their premises may be
prevented.
Mosquitoes are, so far as known, the only means of conveying
malaria.
"RASHES" OF CHILDHOOD
The following table gives all the characteristics of the rashes that
accompany the eruptive fevers. The term "incubation" means the period of
time which elapses between the time when the child was exposed to, or
caught the disease, and the time when the child is taken sick. It is
sometimes interesting to know where a child could have caught a disease;
so if we know the incubation period we can tell exactly where the child was
on the day, or days, when it was infected.
Day of
Name Incubation Character of Rash Rash fades Duration
Rash
Measles 10-14 4th day Small red like On the 7th 6-10
days spots day of days
resembling flea fever
bites,
first appearing on
face
and forehead,
forming
covers, and all openings must be screened.
4. No waste or other water shall be thrown out or allowed to stand
on or near premises.
Information is requested as to the presence of standing water
anywhere, so that the premises may be inspected and the legal
remedies against the same be applied.
The prompt coöperation of all persons in the enforcement of the
above regulations is earnestly desired, and they are assured that in
this way the breeding of mosquitoes on their premises may be
prevented.
Mosquitoes are, so far as known, the only means of conveying
malaria.
"RASHES" OF CHILDHOOD
The following table gives all the characteristics of the rashes that
accompany the eruptive fevers. The term "incubation" means the period of
time which elapses between the time when the child was exposed to, or
caught the disease, and the time when the child is taken sick. It is
sometimes interesting to know where a child could have caught a disease;
so if we know the incubation period we can tell exactly where the child was
on the day, or days, when it was infected.
Day of
Name Incubation Character of Rash Rash fades Duration
Rash
Measles 10-14 4th day Small red like On the 7th 6-10
days spots day of days
resembling flea fever
bites,
first appearing on
face
and forehead,
forming
Page 91
blotches with
semi-lunar
borders.
Bright scarlet,
1-6 days 2d day rapidly
On 5th day
Scarlet occasionally of diffused, first on 8-9 days
of fever
longer fever chest and upper
extremities
Small rose
Slight scab
vesicles,
Chicken- of
4-12 days 2d day which do not 6-7 days
pox short
become
duration
pustular
Rose colored
papules
elevated, few in From
Typhoid 7-14
10-14 days number, 21-35
Fever days
limited to trunk, days
disappear on
pressure
Small, round, red
hard, papules
9th day
forming
3d day scabs form
Smallpox vescicles then 14-21
10-14 days of and about
(Variola) pustules, days
fever 14th day
first appearing on
fall off
face
and wrists
Other Rashes.—There are so-called "stomach" rashes which are a source
of much worry to mothers. These rashes may appear at any time and they
may be limited to certain parts or may cover most of the body. They may be
bright red, or they may be simply a general discoloration. They may appear
as blotches or they may spread all over, like the rash of scarlet fever when
at its height.
semi-lunar
borders.
Bright scarlet,
1-6 days 2d day rapidly
On 5th day
Scarlet occasionally of diffused, first on 8-9 days
of fever
longer fever chest and upper
extremities
Small rose
Slight scab
vesicles,
Chicken- of
4-12 days 2d day which do not 6-7 days
pox short
become
duration
pustular
Rose colored
papules
elevated, few in From
Typhoid 7-14
10-14 days number, 21-35
Fever days
limited to trunk, days
disappear on
pressure
Small, round, red
hard, papules
9th day
forming
3d day scabs form
Smallpox vescicles then 14-21
10-14 days of and about
(Variola) pustules, days
fever 14th day
first appearing on
fall off
face
and wrists
Other Rashes.—There are so-called "stomach" rashes which are a source
of much worry to mothers. These rashes may appear at any time and they
may be limited to certain parts or may cover most of the body. They may be
bright red, or they may be simply a general discoloration. They may appear
as blotches or they may spread all over, like the rash of scarlet fever when
at its height.
Page 92
These rashes are of no importance, except that they indicate some
derangement of the gastro-intestinal tract. As a rule they indicate
indiscriminate feeding or overfeeding. Children who have had too much
candy or pastries, or who have been fed things which are unsuited to their
age, frequently develop rashes. Such children should have a thorough
cleaning out; a dose of castor oil is probably the best cathartic to give them.
The mother may readily learn to know the difference between a rash that is
unimportant and one that indicates one of the eruptive diseases, if she gives
the matter a little careful thought. In the first place a child who is about to
become the victim of one of the eruptive diseases will be sick, and will have
a fever for two or three days before any rash appears; while on the other
hand a child may go to bed in good health and may next morning be
covered with a general rash, or with large blotches, without any fever and
without any evidence of ill-health, except the skin condition. In the second
place, if the mother gives the child a cathartic and restricts the diet for a day
the rash will disappear, and good spirits and good health will be maintained;
on the other hand, the giving of a cathartic to a child who is the victim of an
eruptive disease will not tend to diminish the rash, but may accentuate it.
Pimples: Blackheads (Acne).—This eruption is situated chiefly on the
face. It may appear, however, on the back, shoulders, and on the chest. It is
mostly seen in young men and women about the age of puberty. It appears
as conical elevations of the size of a pea; they are red and tender on
pressure, and have a tendency to form matter, or pus, in their center. In from
four to ten days the matter is discharged but the red spots continue for some
time longer.
"Blackheads" appear as slightly elevated spots of a black color out of
which a small worm-like substance may be pressed. Pimples and
blackheads are due to inflammation of the glands of the skin. The mouths of
these glands become filled with dust which acts as a plug causing the
retention of the oily matter of the gland which becomes inflamed and hence
the pimples and blackheads. Certain constitutional conditions favor the
development of these skin blemishes. Constipation, indigestion, bad blood
from unsanitary and bad hygienic surroundings, self-abuse and bad sexual
habits favor the appearance of these skin affections.
derangement of the gastro-intestinal tract. As a rule they indicate
indiscriminate feeding or overfeeding. Children who have had too much
candy or pastries, or who have been fed things which are unsuited to their
age, frequently develop rashes. Such children should have a thorough
cleaning out; a dose of castor oil is probably the best cathartic to give them.
The mother may readily learn to know the difference between a rash that is
unimportant and one that indicates one of the eruptive diseases, if she gives
the matter a little careful thought. In the first place a child who is about to
become the victim of one of the eruptive diseases will be sick, and will have
a fever for two or three days before any rash appears; while on the other
hand a child may go to bed in good health and may next morning be
covered with a general rash, or with large blotches, without any fever and
without any evidence of ill-health, except the skin condition. In the second
place, if the mother gives the child a cathartic and restricts the diet for a day
the rash will disappear, and good spirits and good health will be maintained;
on the other hand, the giving of a cathartic to a child who is the victim of an
eruptive disease will not tend to diminish the rash, but may accentuate it.
Pimples: Blackheads (Acne).—This eruption is situated chiefly on the
face. It may appear, however, on the back, shoulders, and on the chest. It is
mostly seen in young men and women about the age of puberty. It appears
as conical elevations of the size of a pea; they are red and tender on
pressure, and have a tendency to form matter, or pus, in their center. In from
four to ten days the matter is discharged but the red spots continue for some
time longer.
"Blackheads" appear as slightly elevated spots of a black color out of
which a small worm-like substance may be pressed. Pimples and
blackheads are due to inflammation of the glands of the skin. The mouths of
these glands become filled with dust which acts as a plug causing the
retention of the oily matter of the gland which becomes inflamed and hence
the pimples and blackheads. Certain constitutional conditions favor the
development of these skin blemishes. Constipation, indigestion, bad blood
from unsanitary and bad hygienic surroundings, self-abuse and bad sexual
habits favor the appearance of these skin affections.
Page 93
Treatment.—The patient must avoid tea, coffee, tobacco, alcohol, veal,
pork, fats, candy, pastries, cheese, and all edibles that are known to disagree
with the digestion of the patient. Constipation must be avoided; if
necessary, laxatives may be taken to keep the bowel open. The blackheads
must be squeezed out with an instrument made for the purpose, not with the
finger nails. Pimples must be opened with a sterile needle. The parts should
be washed three times a day with hot water and green soap, and the
following mixture applied at night:—
Zinc Oxide ounces 1/4
Powdered calamine ounces 1/4
Lime water ounce 6
Mix and shake before applying to the skin.
CONVULSIONS. FITS. SPASMS
Convulsions are quite common in children, especially those under three
years of age.
A convulsion in an infant immediately, or within three months, after its
birth is the result of injury, either at birth or later (a fall for example) which
seriously affects the brain itself. After the third month the cause of fits or
convulsions is, in a very large percentage of the cases, to be found in errors
of diet resulting in disturbances in the stomach or bowels—eating of articles
of food difficult to digest, as green or overripe fruit, salads, fresh bread,
pickles, cheese, etc. Children of a nervous temperament are more liable to
convulsions than are others. Females are more frequently victims of fits
than are male children.
In infants convulsions often result from changes in the mother's milk.
Mental excitement, deep emotion, anger, frights, severe affliction and
distress will so affect a woman's milk that it will cause convulsions in her
child if she nurses it while under the influence of any of these conditions.
Convulsions may result from any condition that disturbs the nutrition of the
child, as, for example,—exhaustion, anemia, intestinal indigestion, blood
pork, fats, candy, pastries, cheese, and all edibles that are known to disagree
with the digestion of the patient. Constipation must be avoided; if
necessary, laxatives may be taken to keep the bowel open. The blackheads
must be squeezed out with an instrument made for the purpose, not with the
finger nails. Pimples must be opened with a sterile needle. The parts should
be washed three times a day with hot water and green soap, and the
following mixture applied at night:—
Zinc Oxide ounces 1/4
Powdered calamine ounces 1/4
Lime water ounce 6
Mix and shake before applying to the skin.
CONVULSIONS. FITS. SPASMS
Convulsions are quite common in children, especially those under three
years of age.
A convulsion in an infant immediately, or within three months, after its
birth is the result of injury, either at birth or later (a fall for example) which
seriously affects the brain itself. After the third month the cause of fits or
convulsions is, in a very large percentage of the cases, to be found in errors
of diet resulting in disturbances in the stomach or bowels—eating of articles
of food difficult to digest, as green or overripe fruit, salads, fresh bread,
pickles, cheese, etc. Children of a nervous temperament are more liable to
convulsions than are others. Females are more frequently victims of fits
than are male children.
In infants convulsions often result from changes in the mother's milk.
Mental excitement, deep emotion, anger, frights, severe affliction and
distress will so affect a woman's milk that it will cause convulsions in her
child if she nurses it while under the influence of any of these conditions.
Convulsions may result from any condition that disturbs the nutrition of the
child, as, for example,—exhaustion, anemia, intestinal indigestion, blood
Page 94
poison, and general weakness resulting from some severe sickness,
especially those of the digestive organs.
Various forms of brain disease cause spasms and fits; the most common are
meningitis, tumors, hemorrhage, abscesses and injuries. Convulsions may
accompany certain conditions, as, the presence of worms, teething, severe
burns, foreign bodies in the ear, whooping cough, pneumonia scarlet fever,
malaria, sometimes measles, typhoid fever, and diphtheria. Children who
are badly nourished and who live constantly in unsanitary surroundings are
more apt to have convulsions than those who are well nourished and who
live hygienically. One attack renders the patient more liable to another, and
when the "habit" is established any trivial cause may incite a convulsion;
persistent and systematic efforts should therefore be taken to prevent the
attacks. The best preventives are:
1st. To regulate the diet and the bowels.
2nd. Remove adenoids and worms, if they exist.
3rd. Avoid the use of alcohol, coffee, tea, fresh bread, pastries,
candies and all improper foods.
4th. Guard the child against catching cold, infectious diseases and
all fevers. In other words, save the child from the cause and the
convulsion will not take place.
By regulating the bowels we mean that everything the child eats must be
seen by the mother, must be with the mother's permission, and must be
suited to the child's age. If there is any question about the latter it will be
advisable to have a physician write out a list of articles suitable to the child.
It is generally necessary to eliminate meats, pastries, candies, sugar to a
large extent, gravies, salads, sauces, and all the extras of the table, as
pickles, mustard, relish, etc., as well as coffee, tea, cocoa, and alcohol.
The child should live in the open air as much as possible; a daily warm
bath, followed by a quick, cold sponge, is a necessity.
Children subject to fits are possessed of a highly nervous temperament.
They are difficult to manage unless managed with firmness and tact. It is
especially those of the digestive organs.
Various forms of brain disease cause spasms and fits; the most common are
meningitis, tumors, hemorrhage, abscesses and injuries. Convulsions may
accompany certain conditions, as, the presence of worms, teething, severe
burns, foreign bodies in the ear, whooping cough, pneumonia scarlet fever,
malaria, sometimes measles, typhoid fever, and diphtheria. Children who
are badly nourished and who live constantly in unsanitary surroundings are
more apt to have convulsions than those who are well nourished and who
live hygienically. One attack renders the patient more liable to another, and
when the "habit" is established any trivial cause may incite a convulsion;
persistent and systematic efforts should therefore be taken to prevent the
attacks. The best preventives are:
1st. To regulate the diet and the bowels.
2nd. Remove adenoids and worms, if they exist.
3rd. Avoid the use of alcohol, coffee, tea, fresh bread, pastries,
candies and all improper foods.
4th. Guard the child against catching cold, infectious diseases and
all fevers. In other words, save the child from the cause and the
convulsion will not take place.
By regulating the bowels we mean that everything the child eats must be
seen by the mother, must be with the mother's permission, and must be
suited to the child's age. If there is any question about the latter it will be
advisable to have a physician write out a list of articles suitable to the child.
It is generally necessary to eliminate meats, pastries, candies, sugar to a
large extent, gravies, salads, sauces, and all the extras of the table, as
pickles, mustard, relish, etc., as well as coffee, tea, cocoa, and alcohol.
The child should live in the open air as much as possible; a daily warm
bath, followed by a quick, cold sponge, is a necessity.
Children subject to fits are possessed of a highly nervous temperament.
They are difficult to manage unless managed with firmness and tact. It is
Page 95
not necessary to be harsh, but it is imperative to be firm and decided. They
must be made to realize that they are not "the master," that their will is not
supreme, and the mother must exact this condition; otherwise these children
will become dictators and selfish despots—ruining the discipline of the
home, spoiling their own chance of physical health, and rendering unhappy
everyone around them. The parents, therefore, have a definite duty to
perform and it is not an easy one. The food should be so regulated that each
day a natural movement of the bowels will take place. (See article on
constipation, page 303.) If a day should pass without a movement the child
should be given a hot rectal enema as described on page586.
The adenoids can be easily demonstrated to either exist or be absent. (See
page 519.) If worms are known to be present in the child they should be at
once removed. If they are simply suspected, the child should receive
treatment for them, just the same. (See page 549.)
By going a long time without a convulsion the nervous system will
recuperate itself, and become so strong and healthy that what once would
cause a fit will make no impression in its new strengthened state; therefore,
if you "save the child from the cause," the convulsions will cure themselves,
as it were.
There are some cases of convulsions for which no satisfactory explanation
can be found.
Treatment.—When a child has a convulsion, remove its clothing and put it
into a mustard bath. The temperature of the bath should be 105° F. Every
part of the child should be under the water except the head, which is
supported in the palm of the hand. While it is in the bath its body, and
especially its arms and legs, should be briskly rubbed by the hands of an
assistant in order to keep the circulation active. A rectal injection of soap
suds or plain salt and water (see page 579) should be given while the child
is in the bath, because, as explained above, a large percentage of these cases
are caused by gastro-intestinal derangements. The rectal injection will likely
remove the cause. An ordinary convulsion lasts from five to ten minutes.
When the child is removed from the bath it should be placed in a warm,
comfortable bed and kept absolutely quiet. A hot-water bottle may be put
near its feet and an ice-bag or cold cloths should be kept on its head. It
must be made to realize that they are not "the master," that their will is not
supreme, and the mother must exact this condition; otherwise these children
will become dictators and selfish despots—ruining the discipline of the
home, spoiling their own chance of physical health, and rendering unhappy
everyone around them. The parents, therefore, have a definite duty to
perform and it is not an easy one. The food should be so regulated that each
day a natural movement of the bowels will take place. (See article on
constipation, page 303.) If a day should pass without a movement the child
should be given a hot rectal enema as described on page586.
The adenoids can be easily demonstrated to either exist or be absent. (See
page 519.) If worms are known to be present in the child they should be at
once removed. If they are simply suspected, the child should receive
treatment for them, just the same. (See page 549.)
By going a long time without a convulsion the nervous system will
recuperate itself, and become so strong and healthy that what once would
cause a fit will make no impression in its new strengthened state; therefore,
if you "save the child from the cause," the convulsions will cure themselves,
as it were.
There are some cases of convulsions for which no satisfactory explanation
can be found.
Treatment.—When a child has a convulsion, remove its clothing and put it
into a mustard bath. The temperature of the bath should be 105° F. Every
part of the child should be under the water except the head, which is
supported in the palm of the hand. While it is in the bath its body, and
especially its arms and legs, should be briskly rubbed by the hands of an
assistant in order to keep the circulation active. A rectal injection of soap
suds or plain salt and water (see page 579) should be given while the child
is in the bath, because, as explained above, a large percentage of these cases
are caused by gastro-intestinal derangements. The rectal injection will likely
remove the cause. An ordinary convulsion lasts from five to ten minutes.
When the child is removed from the bath it should be placed in a warm,
comfortable bed and kept absolutely quiet. A hot-water bottle may be put
near its feet and an ice-bag or cold cloths should be kept on its head. It
Page 96
should be given a full dose of castor oil and allowed to go to sleep. Its diet
should consist of light broths for two or three days and during this time it
should not be disturbed or annoyed by too much attention. This is as far as
it is wise or safe for any mother to go in the treatment of convulsions. A
physician should be called in every instance, because a convulsion should
never be regarded lightly. Many children have become idiots, others have
been afflicted with paralysis, because of inattention at the proper time.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Convulsions must always be regarded as serious.
2nd. Convulsions demand prompt treatment.
3rd. Every mother should know that an English mustard bath—
hot—is the first resort in convulsions.
4th. While this is being done she can read the home treatment in
this book and carry it out before the doctor comes.
5th. If the fit is not caused by some stomach or intestinal trouble,
have the physician find out the cause and tell you what to do, and
do it faithfully, because if you neglect the proper treatment the
child may become idiotic or paralyzed.
BED WETTING. ENURESIS—INCONTINENCE
Enuresis, or incontinence of urine, is customary in infancy. Just when
urination becomes a voluntary act depends upon the development and
training of the individual child. As a rule children can be taught to control
this function during the day, or while awake, about the tenth month. It is not
under control during sleep until a much later period, usually by the end of
the second year, but lack of control should not be regarded as abnormal
until the child has entered the fourth year. If the child fails to control the act
of urination during the day at the end of the second year, and is addicted to
habitual bed-wetting, some measures should be adopted to cure the
condition.
should consist of light broths for two or three days and during this time it
should not be disturbed or annoyed by too much attention. This is as far as
it is wise or safe for any mother to go in the treatment of convulsions. A
physician should be called in every instance, because a convulsion should
never be regarded lightly. Many children have become idiots, others have
been afflicted with paralysis, because of inattention at the proper time.
SUMMARY:—
1st. Convulsions must always be regarded as serious.
2nd. Convulsions demand prompt treatment.
3rd. Every mother should know that an English mustard bath—
hot—is the first resort in convulsions.
4th. While this is being done she can read the home treatment in
this book and carry it out before the doctor comes.
5th. If the fit is not caused by some stomach or intestinal trouble,
have the physician find out the cause and tell you what to do, and
do it faithfully, because if you neglect the proper treatment the
child may become idiotic or paralyzed.
BED WETTING. ENURESIS—INCONTINENCE
Enuresis, or incontinence of urine, is customary in infancy. Just when
urination becomes a voluntary act depends upon the development and
training of the individual child. As a rule children can be taught to control
this function during the day, or while awake, about the tenth month. It is not
under control during sleep until a much later period, usually by the end of
the second year, but lack of control should not be regarded as abnormal
until the child has entered the fourth year. If the child fails to control the act
of urination during the day at the end of the second year, and is addicted to
habitual bed-wetting, some measures should be adopted to cure the
condition.
Page 97
Boys under twelve years of age seem to be affected more frequently than
girls. It is wrong to assume that it is caused by negligence or laziness, as
some parents do. It has generally a special cause, and the cause usually can
be found if it is carefully sought for. It may be the result of bad habits:
exposure to cold in the night; lying on the back; drinking too much liquid in
the afternoon or at bedtime. It may be due to too much acid in the urine, and
if so it will be found necessary to reduce meats and eggs the child is eating.
Worms, stone in the bladder, some anatomical abnormality or deficiency,
may be responsible for it. The diet may be at fault; adenoids are supposed
by some physicians to be the cause. No matter what the actual cause may
be, it must be found and remedied before we can hope for a permanent cure.
A very large majority of these cases are due to nervousness. These children
are of a nervous temperament. They are not necessarily sickly children; they
are simply of a nervous type. They are well-nourished, active, and lively.
Incontinence of urine during the day and long-continued bed-wetting does
not at all affect the health of the child. If they are in poor health, it is
essential to treat their general condition before trying to cure the
incontinence.
It is absolutely wrong to punish or to crush the spirit of these children.
Constant nagging and taunting, even if done in the hope of shaming the
child into a cure, will simply make a coward of him and will not aid in
improving matters, but will be distinctly detrimental.
Scrupulous cleanliness must be constantly practiced or these children, if
neglected, may develop ulcers and sores of a very obstinate character. The
odor is also bad for the health of the child.
Treatment.—Find and remove the cause if possible. If due to general poor
health, give tonics, obtain a change of air, and build the child up. Reduce
the total quantity of liquids, if in excess, and be very careful not to give any
liquids near bedtime. Don't cover these children too much; they should
never be "too warm"; they should sleep in a well-aired room, and they
should receive a quick, cool sponge bath every morning. They should be
taught to sleep on their sides, never on their backs. Their diet should be
light but nourishing. When bed-wetting is established it will continue, if
untreated, until the child is eight or ten years of age, and it frequently lasts
much longer. When treatment is undertaken it should be distinctly
girls. It is wrong to assume that it is caused by negligence or laziness, as
some parents do. It has generally a special cause, and the cause usually can
be found if it is carefully sought for. It may be the result of bad habits:
exposure to cold in the night; lying on the back; drinking too much liquid in
the afternoon or at bedtime. It may be due to too much acid in the urine, and
if so it will be found necessary to reduce meats and eggs the child is eating.
Worms, stone in the bladder, some anatomical abnormality or deficiency,
may be responsible for it. The diet may be at fault; adenoids are supposed
by some physicians to be the cause. No matter what the actual cause may
be, it must be found and remedied before we can hope for a permanent cure.
A very large majority of these cases are due to nervousness. These children
are of a nervous temperament. They are not necessarily sickly children; they
are simply of a nervous type. They are well-nourished, active, and lively.
Incontinence of urine during the day and long-continued bed-wetting does
not at all affect the health of the child. If they are in poor health, it is
essential to treat their general condition before trying to cure the
incontinence.
It is absolutely wrong to punish or to crush the spirit of these children.
Constant nagging and taunting, even if done in the hope of shaming the
child into a cure, will simply make a coward of him and will not aid in
improving matters, but will be distinctly detrimental.
Scrupulous cleanliness must be constantly practiced or these children, if
neglected, may develop ulcers and sores of a very obstinate character. The
odor is also bad for the health of the child.
Treatment.—Find and remove the cause if possible. If due to general poor
health, give tonics, obtain a change of air, and build the child up. Reduce
the total quantity of liquids, if in excess, and be very careful not to give any
liquids near bedtime. Don't cover these children too much; they should
never be "too warm"; they should sleep in a well-aired room, and they
should receive a quick, cool sponge bath every morning. They should be
taught to sleep on their sides, never on their backs. Their diet should be
light but nourishing. When bed-wetting is established it will continue, if
untreated, until the child is eight or ten years of age, and it frequently lasts
much longer. When treatment is undertaken it should be distinctly
Page 98
understood by the mother that it will take many months to cure; and during
these months she must give her constant attention to the child. If she does
not undertake to do this, or if she fails to do it, the treatment should not be
begun at all, as it will not succeed. Various plans should be tried to keep the
child from sleeping on its back. The reason of this is because it has been
found that the child wets the bed only when sleeping on its back and never
when sleeping on its side. The simplest method, of tying a towel or cloth
around the child with a knot over the spinal column, so that it will hurt and
waken it, if it turns on its back, is a very good one and should be carefully
tried for some time. The nervous system of these children should never be
overtaxed at home or at school. Early hours and plenty of sleep are
desirable. Certain articles of diet of a stimulating character should be
entirely avoided,—for example, coffee, tea, beer, candies, sugars, and
pickles. The best diet for these children is one composed exclusively of
milk, vegetables, fruits, meats, and cereals. Meats, however, should be
given only once every two days. It is a good plan to teach the child to hold
his water during the day, as long as he can, to accustom the bladder to being
full. Adenoid growths, which contribute to the nervousness of a naturally
nervous child, should be removed. It is a good plan to take the child up
when the parents go in bed and let him urinate. This often cures the
condition in itself.
Sometimes moral measures, such as the promise of a reward, will
strengthen the will so that the child may overcome the tendency. Find out
what the child most desires in the way of a toy, and promise it if he goes so
long without wetting the bed. Aid and encourage him to make efforts to win
the reward.
If drugs have to be resorted to, it is necessary to call the family physician,
as the only drugs that are of any use are very powerful and have to be given
with great care and caution. It is the experience of most physicians and
specialists, however, that in a large majority of cases the treatment, along
the lines as given above, will be effective, without drugs, if faithfully
persisted in by the mother.
These children should be examined by a physician. The cause of the bed-
wetting is frequently discovered to be produced by anatomical
these months she must give her constant attention to the child. If she does
not undertake to do this, or if she fails to do it, the treatment should not be
begun at all, as it will not succeed. Various plans should be tried to keep the
child from sleeping on its back. The reason of this is because it has been
found that the child wets the bed only when sleeping on its back and never
when sleeping on its side. The simplest method, of tying a towel or cloth
around the child with a knot over the spinal column, so that it will hurt and
waken it, if it turns on its back, is a very good one and should be carefully
tried for some time. The nervous system of these children should never be
overtaxed at home or at school. Early hours and plenty of sleep are
desirable. Certain articles of diet of a stimulating character should be
entirely avoided,—for example, coffee, tea, beer, candies, sugars, and
pickles. The best diet for these children is one composed exclusively of
milk, vegetables, fruits, meats, and cereals. Meats, however, should be
given only once every two days. It is a good plan to teach the child to hold
his water during the day, as long as he can, to accustom the bladder to being
full. Adenoid growths, which contribute to the nervousness of a naturally
nervous child, should be removed. It is a good plan to take the child up
when the parents go in bed and let him urinate. This often cures the
condition in itself.
Sometimes moral measures, such as the promise of a reward, will
strengthen the will so that the child may overcome the tendency. Find out
what the child most desires in the way of a toy, and promise it if he goes so
long without wetting the bed. Aid and encourage him to make efforts to win
the reward.
If drugs have to be resorted to, it is necessary to call the family physician,
as the only drugs that are of any use are very powerful and have to be given
with great care and caution. It is the experience of most physicians and
specialists, however, that in a large majority of cases the treatment, along
the lines as given above, will be effective, without drugs, if faithfully
persisted in by the mother.
These children should be examined by a physician. The cause of the bed-
wetting is frequently discovered to be produced by anatomical
Page 99
abnormalities which render circumcision imperative. In these cases no
method of treatment will succeed until circumcision is performed.
SLEEPLESSNESS. DISTURBED SLEEP
Causes.—In babies, disturbed sleep is most frequently due to hunger or to
indigestion. The latter is the result of overfeeding or improper feeding.
Rocking the child to sleep, or feeding it during the night will cause
sleeplessness. Teething, colic, or any pain will result in disturbed sleep.
Nervous children are frequently poor sleepers.
In older children, some digestive disturbance is, as a rule, the cause.
Chronic intestinal indigestion, worms, adenoid growths, enlarged tonsils,
lack of fresh air in the bedroom, cold feet, may, however, be the cause.
Overstudy in school, poor blood, poor nourishment are always accompanied
by inability to sleep soundly. Too strenuous play, exciting stories read
before bedtime, may cause sleeplessness.
Treatment.—The removal of the cause is absolutely necessary. In order to
discover the cause it is sometimes essential to study the child's whole
routine in order to be able to tell exactly just what is causing the apparent
insomnia. It may be necessary to change the method of feeding, to regulate
the studies and the exercises, and to suggest changes regarding the sanitary
and hygienic environment of the child's life. Mothers must be warned
against using drugs in the form of soothing syrups or teething mixtures.
They are dangerous and absolutely forbidden under the above conditions.
The nervous disposition of the child must be taken into consideration and
treated if necessary. If bad habits exist they must be stopped. Poor blood
and poor nutrition must receive the treatment suggested under these
headings.
NIGHTMARE. NIGHT TERRORS
In a nightmare a child wakes suddenly in a state of fright and will inform
you that it has had a bad dream. His mind seems clear and he recognizes
those about him. He is not easily calmed and may cry for some time; finally
method of treatment will succeed until circumcision is performed.
SLEEPLESSNESS. DISTURBED SLEEP
Causes.—In babies, disturbed sleep is most frequently due to hunger or to
indigestion. The latter is the result of overfeeding or improper feeding.
Rocking the child to sleep, or feeding it during the night will cause
sleeplessness. Teething, colic, or any pain will result in disturbed sleep.
Nervous children are frequently poor sleepers.
In older children, some digestive disturbance is, as a rule, the cause.
Chronic intestinal indigestion, worms, adenoid growths, enlarged tonsils,
lack of fresh air in the bedroom, cold feet, may, however, be the cause.
Overstudy in school, poor blood, poor nourishment are always accompanied
by inability to sleep soundly. Too strenuous play, exciting stories read
before bedtime, may cause sleeplessness.
Treatment.—The removal of the cause is absolutely necessary. In order to
discover the cause it is sometimes essential to study the child's whole
routine in order to be able to tell exactly just what is causing the apparent
insomnia. It may be necessary to change the method of feeding, to regulate
the studies and the exercises, and to suggest changes regarding the sanitary
and hygienic environment of the child's life. Mothers must be warned
against using drugs in the form of soothing syrups or teething mixtures.
They are dangerous and absolutely forbidden under the above conditions.
The nervous disposition of the child must be taken into consideration and
treated if necessary. If bad habits exist they must be stopped. Poor blood
and poor nutrition must receive the treatment suggested under these
headings.
NIGHTMARE. NIGHT TERRORS
In a nightmare a child wakes suddenly in a state of fright and will inform
you that it has had a bad dream. His mind seems clear and he recognizes
those about him. He is not easily calmed and may cry for some time; finally
Page 100
he goes to sleep again. The next day he will remember the dream and most
of the incidents of the night before. Such cases are quite frequent. They are
to be treated in the same way as cases of disturbed sleep, as they really have
the same cause. They are mostly due to digestive disturbances and errors of
diet.
Night-Terrors.—Cases under this heading form a distinct group by
themselves. They are not frequent, but the condition is much more serious.
The cause seems to be wholly nervous and may indicate an important
nervous derangement. It seems to have some indefinite relation to such
conditions as migraine, hysteria, epilepsy, and even insanity. The child
wakes suddenly during the night and sits up, evidently in terror; he does not
apparently regain his full consciousness. He talks of being scared, calls for
his mother, trembles and shakes, cannot answer questions intelligently, and
after a time goes to sleep. Next day he remembers nothing of the attack and
does not seem to suffer in any way as a result of it.
I am disposed to believe that all of these attacks are not due to a nervous
condition. A number of them of exactly this type have been cured by
absolutely withdrawing milk from the diet.
It is a good plan to restrict the possibility of excessive play in these
children. They are of the type whose play is work, and too much of it is too
exhausting. Some person should sleep in the same room with these patients
or in an adjoining room with the door open.
If the condition occurs frequently the child should be subjected to a
thorough physical examination, because it may be one evidence of a serious
ailment.
Sometimes these little patients have to be taken out of school and sent to the
country, where they should remain for many months. It is far better to
regard the condition as indicating an abnormality,—even though it may not
have any deeper significance than that the digestive apparatus of the child is
not quite right,—and make every effort to cure it, than to permit the child to
go on under what really are unjust and unfavorable conditions.
HEADACHE
of the incidents of the night before. Such cases are quite frequent. They are
to be treated in the same way as cases of disturbed sleep, as they really have
the same cause. They are mostly due to digestive disturbances and errors of
diet.
Night-Terrors.—Cases under this heading form a distinct group by
themselves. They are not frequent, but the condition is much more serious.
The cause seems to be wholly nervous and may indicate an important
nervous derangement. It seems to have some indefinite relation to such
conditions as migraine, hysteria, epilepsy, and even insanity. The child
wakes suddenly during the night and sits up, evidently in terror; he does not
apparently regain his full consciousness. He talks of being scared, calls for
his mother, trembles and shakes, cannot answer questions intelligently, and
after a time goes to sleep. Next day he remembers nothing of the attack and
does not seem to suffer in any way as a result of it.
I am disposed to believe that all of these attacks are not due to a nervous
condition. A number of them of exactly this type have been cured by
absolutely withdrawing milk from the diet.
It is a good plan to restrict the possibility of excessive play in these
children. They are of the type whose play is work, and too much of it is too
exhausting. Some person should sleep in the same room with these patients
or in an adjoining room with the door open.
If the condition occurs frequently the child should be subjected to a
thorough physical examination, because it may be one evidence of a serious
ailment.
Sometimes these little patients have to be taken out of school and sent to the
country, where they should remain for many months. It is far better to
regard the condition as indicating an abnormality,—even though it may not
have any deeper significance than that the digestive apparatus of the child is
not quite right,—and make every effort to cure it, than to permit the child to
go on under what really are unjust and unfavorable conditions.
HEADACHE
Page 101
Headaches are not common in little children. The most frequent ones are
caused by:
1. Chronic indigestion and constipation.
2. Anemia and malnutrition.
3. Nervous disorders.
4. Diseases of the eye, nose, throat.
5. Rheumatism and gout.
6. Disturbances of the genital tract.
Those arising from anemia and poor nutrition are most frequently present in
girls from ten to fifteen years of age. They may result from overcrowding of
school work, which results in loss of appetite and poor sleep.
Nervous headaches may be hereditary or acquired through unhygienic
surroundings. Hysteria, epilepsy, disease of the brain, neuralgia from
carious teeth, may result in nervous headaches.
Headaches from disturbances of the genital tract may afflict girls about the
time of puberty.
Treatment.—To remove the cause is the only plan that promises any result.
Each one must be investigated by itself and dealt with accordingly. For the
headache itself a hot foot bath, cold to the head, and small doses of
phenacetine (one grain every hour for four doses) are perhaps the most
certain of all methods of treatment.
THUMB-SUCKING
The habit of sucking the thumb may be corrected by wearing a pair of white
mittens, or gloves tied at the wrist. Should children attempt to suck the
thumb with gloves on, as some do, it will be necessary to saturate the thumb
and fingers of the gloves with tincture of aloes, or a solution of the
bisulphate of quinine, one dram to two ounces of water.
BITING THE FINGER NAILS
caused by:
1. Chronic indigestion and constipation.
2. Anemia and malnutrition.
3. Nervous disorders.
4. Diseases of the eye, nose, throat.
5. Rheumatism and gout.
6. Disturbances of the genital tract.
Those arising from anemia and poor nutrition are most frequently present in
girls from ten to fifteen years of age. They may result from overcrowding of
school work, which results in loss of appetite and poor sleep.
Nervous headaches may be hereditary or acquired through unhygienic
surroundings. Hysteria, epilepsy, disease of the brain, neuralgia from
carious teeth, may result in nervous headaches.
Headaches from disturbances of the genital tract may afflict girls about the
time of puberty.
Treatment.—To remove the cause is the only plan that promises any result.
Each one must be investigated by itself and dealt with accordingly. For the
headache itself a hot foot bath, cold to the head, and small doses of
phenacetine (one grain every hour for four doses) are perhaps the most
certain of all methods of treatment.
THUMB-SUCKING
The habit of sucking the thumb may be corrected by wearing a pair of white
mittens, or gloves tied at the wrist. Should children attempt to suck the
thumb with gloves on, as some do, it will be necessary to saturate the thumb
and fingers of the gloves with tincture of aloes, or a solution of the
bisulphate of quinine, one dram to two ounces of water.
BITING THE FINGER NAILS
Page 102
Biting the finger nails may be stopped by the use of the same bitter
remedies as are used in thumb-sucking.
HOW TO WASH OUT THE BOWELS
COLON IRRIGATION. A HIGH ENEMA
Procure a soft rubber catheter,—No. 18 American is about right. It is not
advisable to get too soft rubber for the reason that it will buckle when the
child strains and it will be impossible to wash out the bowel. Fill half full an
ordinary two-quart douche bag with water that is warm, but not too hot.
Dissolve a heaping teaspoonful of table salt in a glass of hot water and add
this to the water in the bag. Hang the bag about two feet above the level of
the child, so that the water will not flow in with too strong a stream;
otherwise the child will immediately try to eject it. If the water flows in
gently, the child may not object to it to the extent of making strenuous
efforts to force the catheter out.
Use the small sized nozzle that comes with the douche bag. Place the rubber
catheter over this nozzle, lubricate the catheter, place the child on its back
over a douche pan, insert the catheter about two inches, let the water run
and as it runs in push the catheter up gently until it is all in the bowel except
the end on the douche tip. The object of letting the water run while pushing
in the catheter is because it floats up with the water as it distends the bowel;
there is no risk then of pushing the end into the intestinal wall or hurting the
child. While the water is flowing into the bowel it is a good plan to
compress the buttocks together to aid in holding the water, as the child is
very apt to let it run out as soon as it feels uncomfortable.
The temperature of the water for the ordinary rectal injection should be 95°
F. When the child is exhausted or very weak, or when the circulation is
poor, the temperature of the water may be as high as 110° F. When, on the
other hand, the fever is very high, the water may be much cooler; as low as
70° F. has been given with good results on the fever. If the irrigation is
given with the intention of reducing the fever, it is best to begin with water
around 90° F., and reduce it to 70° F., gradually.
remedies as are used in thumb-sucking.
HOW TO WASH OUT THE BOWELS
COLON IRRIGATION. A HIGH ENEMA
Procure a soft rubber catheter,—No. 18 American is about right. It is not
advisable to get too soft rubber for the reason that it will buckle when the
child strains and it will be impossible to wash out the bowel. Fill half full an
ordinary two-quart douche bag with water that is warm, but not too hot.
Dissolve a heaping teaspoonful of table salt in a glass of hot water and add
this to the water in the bag. Hang the bag about two feet above the level of
the child, so that the water will not flow in with too strong a stream;
otherwise the child will immediately try to eject it. If the water flows in
gently, the child may not object to it to the extent of making strenuous
efforts to force the catheter out.
Use the small sized nozzle that comes with the douche bag. Place the rubber
catheter over this nozzle, lubricate the catheter, place the child on its back
over a douche pan, insert the catheter about two inches, let the water run
and as it runs in push the catheter up gently until it is all in the bowel except
the end on the douche tip. The object of letting the water run while pushing
in the catheter is because it floats up with the water as it distends the bowel;
there is no risk then of pushing the end into the intestinal wall or hurting the
child. While the water is flowing into the bowel it is a good plan to
compress the buttocks together to aid in holding the water, as the child is
very apt to let it run out as soon as it feels uncomfortable.
The temperature of the water for the ordinary rectal injection should be 95°
F. When the child is exhausted or very weak, or when the circulation is
poor, the temperature of the water may be as high as 110° F. When, on the
other hand, the fever is very high, the water may be much cooler; as low as
70° F. has been given with good results on the fever. If the irrigation is
given with the intention of reducing the fever, it is best to begin with water
around 90° F., and reduce it to 70° F., gradually.
Page 103
Indications for Irrigation of the Colon.—When it is desired to cleanse the
bowel of any collection of matter a colon irrigation is indicated. This matter
may be mucus, fecal substance, undigested food, or the decomposing waste
products which may remain there as a result of disease or other conditions.
When it is desired to medicate by putting fluids into the bowel we adopt the
colon infusion.
Every diseased condition of the bowel does not, however, indicate
irrigation. If a child is having frequent loose movements every half-hour it
is safe to assume that the bowel is being cleaned out sufficiently without
any artificial aid. To irrigate in these cases would only irritate and would
not accomplish anything. The cases which are benefited are those in which
we have a fever with four or five green stools in the twenty-four hours, or
where we have a high fever with no movement at all. To irrigate in these
cases we not only get rid of the products of decomposition, but we prevent
further decomposition and we reduce the fever, thereby contributing to the
general welfare of the child.
When the child is convalescing and when there is only mucus in the stools,
with no fever—as in cases of chronic ileo-colitis—the colon irrigations
should be stopped, as they tend to keep up the discharge of mucus in these
cases. If, however, there is a relapse with fever, which would indicate a
fresh infection with more discharging mucus and possibly green stools, the
irrigation must be used until the fever subsides.
Colon irrigations should always be given in every case of convulsions in
infancy, first to clean out the bowel to prevent putrefaction, and second to
empty the bowel on general principles because an overloaded bowel is very
frequently the cause of convulsions in children.
When irrigation of the bowel is given at all it must be given thoroughly.
Enough water must pass into the bowel to wash it all out. For this reason it
is essential that the catheter should be all in and in the bowel—not doubled
on itself two or three inches in the bowel. If it is a serious case and the
mother nervous, someone else should give the washing—preferably the
physician himself. If the child objects strenuously, as often happens, it must
be done with greater care to be successful. Remember that a colon irrigation
is never given unless it is absolutely necessary and as a consequence it is
bowel of any collection of matter a colon irrigation is indicated. This matter
may be mucus, fecal substance, undigested food, or the decomposing waste
products which may remain there as a result of disease or other conditions.
When it is desired to medicate by putting fluids into the bowel we adopt the
colon infusion.
Every diseased condition of the bowel does not, however, indicate
irrigation. If a child is having frequent loose movements every half-hour it
is safe to assume that the bowel is being cleaned out sufficiently without
any artificial aid. To irrigate in these cases would only irritate and would
not accomplish anything. The cases which are benefited are those in which
we have a fever with four or five green stools in the twenty-four hours, or
where we have a high fever with no movement at all. To irrigate in these
cases we not only get rid of the products of decomposition, but we prevent
further decomposition and we reduce the fever, thereby contributing to the
general welfare of the child.
When the child is convalescing and when there is only mucus in the stools,
with no fever—as in cases of chronic ileo-colitis—the colon irrigations
should be stopped, as they tend to keep up the discharge of mucus in these
cases. If, however, there is a relapse with fever, which would indicate a
fresh infection with more discharging mucus and possibly green stools, the
irrigation must be used until the fever subsides.
Colon irrigations should always be given in every case of convulsions in
infancy, first to clean out the bowel to prevent putrefaction, and second to
empty the bowel on general principles because an overloaded bowel is very
frequently the cause of convulsions in children.
When irrigation of the bowel is given at all it must be given thoroughly.
Enough water must pass into the bowel to wash it all out. For this reason it
is essential that the catheter should be all in and in the bowel—not doubled
on itself two or three inches in the bowel. If it is a serious case and the
mother nervous, someone else should give the washing—preferably the
physician himself. If the child objects strenuously, as often happens, it must
be done with greater care to be successful. Remember that a colon irrigation
is never given unless it is absolutely necessary and as a consequence it is
Page 104
given to accomplish a certain purpose; it must, therefore, be done
thoroughly. If it is not, your child may miss the chance it has of getting over
some immediate difficulty and if the moment of the "chance" is wasted or
lost, that moment will not return. Be thorough, therefore.
Enema.—Some physicians talk about a high enema and a low enema. A
high enema is really an irrigation as described above. The following
remarks apply to low enemas only.
A so-called low enema is given to clean out the rectum of constipated
matter, or for the introduction of food or medicine by rectum, when for
various reasons it is necessary to spare the stomach.
It may be given with the fountain syringe or with the ordinary bulb (baby)
syringe. A catheter may be put on the tip of the syringe if it is thought best
to inject higher up than in the rectum.
When an enema is used in infants or older children for the relief of
constipation, the best medium to use is glycerine. For an infant, one
teaspoonful to an ounce of water is sufficient; for older children, one
tablespoonful to two ounces of water, given with the bulb syringe, will give
prompt results. If the constipation is pronounced, the fecal mass very hard,
an enema of sweet oil, allowed to remain in for ten minutes, will soften it
and permit a movement.
Soap suds are often used. They are good but not as reliable as the glycerine
or oil; if, however, neither of these two are at hand the soap suds may be
given.
Enemas should be carefully given and the liquid slowly injected. If the
fountain syringe is used care must be exercised in not having the bag too
high. If it is too high the liquid will flow in too strongly, either injuring the
bowel wall or causing the child to strain immediately and pass out the
injection before it has an opportunity of accomplishing its work.
The temperature of the enema should be warm—not hot, and not cold,
simply body heat.
METHODS OF REDUCING FEVER
thoroughly. If it is not, your child may miss the chance it has of getting over
some immediate difficulty and if the moment of the "chance" is wasted or
lost, that moment will not return. Be thorough, therefore.
Enema.—Some physicians talk about a high enema and a low enema. A
high enema is really an irrigation as described above. The following
remarks apply to low enemas only.
A so-called low enema is given to clean out the rectum of constipated
matter, or for the introduction of food or medicine by rectum, when for
various reasons it is necessary to spare the stomach.
It may be given with the fountain syringe or with the ordinary bulb (baby)
syringe. A catheter may be put on the tip of the syringe if it is thought best
to inject higher up than in the rectum.
When an enema is used in infants or older children for the relief of
constipation, the best medium to use is glycerine. For an infant, one
teaspoonful to an ounce of water is sufficient; for older children, one
tablespoonful to two ounces of water, given with the bulb syringe, will give
prompt results. If the constipation is pronounced, the fecal mass very hard,
an enema of sweet oil, allowed to remain in for ten minutes, will soften it
and permit a movement.
Soap suds are often used. They are good but not as reliable as the glycerine
or oil; if, however, neither of these two are at hand the soap suds may be
given.
Enemas should be carefully given and the liquid slowly injected. If the
fountain syringe is used care must be exercised in not having the bag too
high. If it is too high the liquid will flow in too strongly, either injuring the
bowel wall or causing the child to strain immediately and pass out the
injection before it has an opportunity of accomplishing its work.
The temperature of the enema should be warm—not hot, and not cold,
simply body heat.
METHODS OF REDUCING FEVER
Page 105
During the course of acute illness it is frequently necessary to reduce the
fever, if possible, without the use of drugs. The following means are often
adopted. It is desirable that the mother should know just how to carry out
these methods:
Ice-Cap.—An ice-cap is used to protect the brain when a child or adult is
running a very high fever. It is put on when the fever is above 103° F. It
may be used in other conditions—brain disease, or disease of the meninges
or cord—in which case the physician will be in attendance and will direct
what should be done.
Ice-bags are procured in the drug stores. The best one is the flat French ice-
bag. Fill it three-quarters full of finely chopped ice, put the ice-bag in a
towel, and place on the patient's head. There should be only one thickness
of the towel between the ice-bag and the head.
It will be necessary to keep a record of the fever so that the ice-bag may be
withdrawn when it falls below 103° F.
When the ice melts the bag must be at once refilled. This is often
overlooked by careless mothers.
Cold Sponging.—Cold sponging is used to reduce fever or to allay nervous
irritability. Equal parts of alcohol and water or vinegar and water are used.
The temperature of the water should be 80° to 85° F.
Infants to be sponged should be completely undressed and laid upon a
blanket. The sponging should be done for about fifteen or twenty minutes,
after which the child is wrapped in a dry blanket without further clothing
except the diaper. To be effective it must be done frequently.
Cold Pack.—The cold pack is used to reduce fever. It is one of the simplest
and one of the best means we have. The child is undressed completely, and
laid upon a blanket. It is completely covered with a small blanket (except its
head) wrung out of water at 100° F. Outside of this the child is rubbed with
a piece of ice, front and back, for a sufficiently long time to render the
surface cool, but not cold. Children take kindly to this means of reducing
fever; there is no shock and they are quieted by it.
fever, if possible, without the use of drugs. The following means are often
adopted. It is desirable that the mother should know just how to carry out
these methods:
Ice-Cap.—An ice-cap is used to protect the brain when a child or adult is
running a very high fever. It is put on when the fever is above 103° F. It
may be used in other conditions—brain disease, or disease of the meninges
or cord—in which case the physician will be in attendance and will direct
what should be done.
Ice-bags are procured in the drug stores. The best one is the flat French ice-
bag. Fill it three-quarters full of finely chopped ice, put the ice-bag in a
towel, and place on the patient's head. There should be only one thickness
of the towel between the ice-bag and the head.
It will be necessary to keep a record of the fever so that the ice-bag may be
withdrawn when it falls below 103° F.
When the ice melts the bag must be at once refilled. This is often
overlooked by careless mothers.
Cold Sponging.—Cold sponging is used to reduce fever or to allay nervous
irritability. Equal parts of alcohol and water or vinegar and water are used.
The temperature of the water should be 80° to 85° F.
Infants to be sponged should be completely undressed and laid upon a
blanket. The sponging should be done for about fifteen or twenty minutes,
after which the child is wrapped in a dry blanket without further clothing
except the diaper. To be effective it must be done frequently.
Cold Pack.—The cold pack is used to reduce fever. It is one of the simplest
and one of the best means we have. The child is undressed completely, and
laid upon a blanket. It is completely covered with a small blanket (except its
head) wrung out of water at 100° F. Outside of this the child is rubbed with
a piece of ice, front and back, for a sufficiently long time to render the
surface cool, but not cold. Children take kindly to this means of reducing
fever; there is no shock and they are quieted by it.
Page 106
Just how long one will rub with the ice depends upon circumstances. From
five to thirty minutes may be employed. The head should be sponged with
cold water while this is being done and it is a good plan to have a hot-water
bottle at the child's feet.
The Cold Bath.—To reduce fever the cold bath is used in the following
way: Water at a temperature of 100° F. is put into the bath and the child is
first put into this water, then the water is reduced by putting into it shaved
ice until it reaches 80° F. The child's body is well rubbed while it is in the
bath and cold water is applied to its head. The bath is continued for five
minutes, or sometimes with a robust child to ten minutes. On removal the
child should be put into a warm blanket after being thoroughly dried.
Rectal Irrigations.—These are sometimes given to reduce fever. They are
very useful and very successful if they are given properly and without
exciting the child too much. It is best to give water of an ordinary
temperature at first and gradually reduce it to 70° F. It should be continued
for ten minutes or longer. It may be repeated every three hours. (See page
586.)
VARIOUS BATHS
Every mother should know how to give any bath that may be directed by
the physician.
The Mustard Bath.—Take from three to four tablespoonfuls of English
mustard; mix thoroughly in about one gallon of warm water. Add to this
about five gallons of plain water at a temperature of 100° F. If it is
necessary to raise the temperature of the water higher it may be done by
adding water until the temperature reaches 105° or 110° F.
The mustard bath is exceedingly effective in cases of shock, great sudden
depression, collapse, heart failure, or in sudden congestion of the lungs or
brain. The special use of the mustard bath is in the treatment of convulsions;
it is also useful for nervous children who sleep badly. Two or three minutes
in the mustard bath, followed by a quick rubbing, will induce refreshing
sleep in these children. It is not necessary to have more than one
tablespoonful of mustard in these cases.
five to thirty minutes may be employed. The head should be sponged with
cold water while this is being done and it is a good plan to have a hot-water
bottle at the child's feet.
The Cold Bath.—To reduce fever the cold bath is used in the following
way: Water at a temperature of 100° F. is put into the bath and the child is
first put into this water, then the water is reduced by putting into it shaved
ice until it reaches 80° F. The child's body is well rubbed while it is in the
bath and cold water is applied to its head. The bath is continued for five
minutes, or sometimes with a robust child to ten minutes. On removal the
child should be put into a warm blanket after being thoroughly dried.
Rectal Irrigations.—These are sometimes given to reduce fever. They are
very useful and very successful if they are given properly and without
exciting the child too much. It is best to give water of an ordinary
temperature at first and gradually reduce it to 70° F. It should be continued
for ten minutes or longer. It may be repeated every three hours. (See page
586.)
VARIOUS BATHS
Every mother should know how to give any bath that may be directed by
the physician.
The Mustard Bath.—Take from three to four tablespoonfuls of English
mustard; mix thoroughly in about one gallon of warm water. Add to this
about five gallons of plain water at a temperature of 100° F. If it is
necessary to raise the temperature of the water higher it may be done by
adding water until the temperature reaches 105° or 110° F.
The mustard bath is exceedingly effective in cases of shock, great sudden
depression, collapse, heart failure, or in sudden congestion of the lungs or
brain. The special use of the mustard bath is in the treatment of convulsions;
it is also useful for nervous children who sleep badly. Two or three minutes
in the mustard bath, followed by a quick rubbing, will induce refreshing
sleep in these children. It is not necessary to have more than one
tablespoonful of mustard in these cases.
Page 107
The Hot Bath.—A bath is prepared of water at a temperature of 100° F.
After the child is in the bath the temperature of the water is raised to 105°,
or to 110° F. It is not safe to go above this point.
The body of the child should be well rubbed while it is in the bath. In most
cases it is advisable to apply cold water to the head while the child is in the
bath. A bath thermometer should be kept in the water to see that it does not
rise above the temperature desired.
The hot bath, like the mustard bath, is used to promote reaction in cases of
shock, collapse, etc., and in convulsions.
The Hot Pack.—Remove all clothing from the baby and envelop the body
in a sheet wrung out of water at a temperature of 100° F., to 105° F., after
which the body should be rolled in a thick blanket. Those hot applications
may be changed every twenty minutes until free perspiration is produced.
This condition may be kept up as long as is necessary.
The hot pack is used mainly in disease of the kidney.
The Hot-Air or Vapor Bath.—The child is put in bed wholly undressed
with the bedclothing raised about twelve inches, and held in that position by
a wicker support. The child's head is of course outside the bed clothing.
Beneath the bed clothing hot air or vapor from a croup kettle is introduced.
This will cause free perspiration in twenty minutes. It may be continued
from twenty to thirty minutes at a time.
The vapor bath is used in diseases of the kidney, as a rule.
The Bran Bath.—In five gallons of water place a bag in which is put one
quart of ordinary wheat bran. The bag is made of cheese cloth. Squeeze and
manipulate the bran bag until the water resembles a thin porridge. The
temperature of the water is usually about 95° F., though it may be given
with any temperature of water.
The bran bath is of great value in eczema, or in rashes about the buttocks, or
in delicate skin conditions when plain water would irritate.
The Tepid Bath.—This bath may be given at a temperature of 95°, or 100°
F. It is of distinct advantage in extremely nervous children. To induce sleep
After the child is in the bath the temperature of the water is raised to 105°,
or to 110° F. It is not safe to go above this point.
The body of the child should be well rubbed while it is in the bath. In most
cases it is advisable to apply cold water to the head while the child is in the
bath. A bath thermometer should be kept in the water to see that it does not
rise above the temperature desired.
The hot bath, like the mustard bath, is used to promote reaction in cases of
shock, collapse, etc., and in convulsions.
The Hot Pack.—Remove all clothing from the baby and envelop the body
in a sheet wrung out of water at a temperature of 100° F., to 105° F., after
which the body should be rolled in a thick blanket. Those hot applications
may be changed every twenty minutes until free perspiration is produced.
This condition may be kept up as long as is necessary.
The hot pack is used mainly in disease of the kidney.
The Hot-Air or Vapor Bath.—The child is put in bed wholly undressed
with the bedclothing raised about twelve inches, and held in that position by
a wicker support. The child's head is of course outside the bed clothing.
Beneath the bed clothing hot air or vapor from a croup kettle is introduced.
This will cause free perspiration in twenty minutes. It may be continued
from twenty to thirty minutes at a time.
The vapor bath is used in diseases of the kidney, as a rule.
The Bran Bath.—In five gallons of water place a bag in which is put one
quart of ordinary wheat bran. The bag is made of cheese cloth. Squeeze and
manipulate the bran bag until the water resembles a thin porridge. The
temperature of the water is usually about 95° F., though it may be given
with any temperature of water.
The bran bath is of great value in eczema, or in rashes about the buttocks, or
in delicate skin conditions when plain water would irritate.
The Tepid Bath.—This bath may be given at a temperature of 95°, or 100°
F. It is of distinct advantage in extremely nervous children. To induce sleep
Page 108
it is often better than drugs.
The Cold Sponge or Shower Bath.—This bath should be given in the
morning in a warm room. A tub should be provided with enough water in it
to cover the child's feet. This water should be warm because when the feet
are in warm water it prevents the shock which frequently comes when cold
water is applied to any other part of the body.
A large sponge is filled with water at a temperature of from 40° to 60° F.
This is squeezed a number of times over the child's chest, shoulders, and
back. While the cold water is being applied the body should be well rubbed
with the free hand of the mother. The bath should not last longer than half a
minute. When finished take the child out quickly and stand him on a bath
towel and give him a brisk rubbing with a bath towel until the skin reacts.
This is an exceedingly valuable tonic for a delicate child. It should not be
used on younger children than eighteen months of age. In younger children
a cold plunge is preferable.
For the cold plunge water at a temperature of 55° F. is prepared. The child
is lifted into this and given a single dip up to the neck. He is then briskly
rubbed off as above.
There are a very few children who do not take kindly to either the cold
sponge or plunge. These children do not react; they remain pale or blue and
pinched for some time after. It may be necessary to discontinue the
procedure or to use water of a higher temperature.
POULTICES
Poultices are useful in inflammation and for the relief of pain. To be of any
value they should be applied frequently—every ten or twenty minutes—and
they should be applied hot.
Ground flaxseed is the best material for poultices. It should be mixed with
boiling water until the proper thickness is reached. It may be kept
simmering on a fire. When one poultice is taken off it can be scraped into
the pot and heated over if there is no discharge. Each poultice should be put
The Cold Sponge or Shower Bath.—This bath should be given in the
morning in a warm room. A tub should be provided with enough water in it
to cover the child's feet. This water should be warm because when the feet
are in warm water it prevents the shock which frequently comes when cold
water is applied to any other part of the body.
A large sponge is filled with water at a temperature of from 40° to 60° F.
This is squeezed a number of times over the child's chest, shoulders, and
back. While the cold water is being applied the body should be well rubbed
with the free hand of the mother. The bath should not last longer than half a
minute. When finished take the child out quickly and stand him on a bath
towel and give him a brisk rubbing with a bath towel until the skin reacts.
This is an exceedingly valuable tonic for a delicate child. It should not be
used on younger children than eighteen months of age. In younger children
a cold plunge is preferable.
For the cold plunge water at a temperature of 55° F. is prepared. The child
is lifted into this and given a single dip up to the neck. He is then briskly
rubbed off as above.
There are a very few children who do not take kindly to either the cold
sponge or plunge. These children do not react; they remain pale or blue and
pinched for some time after. It may be necessary to discontinue the
procedure or to use water of a higher temperature.
POULTICES
Poultices are useful in inflammation and for the relief of pain. To be of any
value they should be applied frequently—every ten or twenty minutes—and
they should be applied hot.
Ground flaxseed is the best material for poultices. It should be mixed with
boiling water until the proper thickness is reached. It may be kept
simmering on a fire. When one poultice is taken off it can be scraped into
the pot and heated over if there is no discharge. Each poultice should be put
Page 109
into clean muslin, put on the part and covered with oiled silk. This will help
to retain the heat and prevent the clothing or bed sheet from becoming wet.
HOT FOMENTATIONS
A hot fomentation is simply a clean poultice. Several thicknesses of flannel
are taken, wrung out of very hot water, covered with cotton batting, and
then with oiled silk.
How to Make and How to Apply a Mustard Paste.—For infants: Take
one part English mustard to six parts flour, mix with lukewarm water, and
spread between two layers of cheesecloth.
For older children and adults: Take one tablespoonful English mustard to
three or four tablespoonfuls of flour, and mix as above.
Mustard pastes should be made big enough. You can accomplish a great
deal more by putting on a sufficiently large mustard paste than by simply
putting on one the size of the palm of your hand.
It should be left on until the skin is distinctly red. The length of time will
depend, of course, upon the strength of the mustard. Mustard pastes may be
put on every three hours, if necessary, and they may be used for a week at
this interval if the conditions demand it.
If they are used in pneumonia or other pulmonary diseases, they should be
used large enough to go around the whole chest. If they are used in heart
failure, they should be big enough to cover the whole trunk.
When made with the white of an egg they will not blister. Or if the part is
rubbed with white vaseline before applying, it will not blister and it will be
just as effective. When a mustard paste is removed the red area should be
rubbed with white vaseline and covered with a clean piece of flannel.
How to Prepare and Use the Mustard Pack.—The child is stripped and
laid upon a blanket, and the trunk is surrounded by a large towel or sheet
saturated with mustard water. This is prepared as follows: Take one
tablespoonful of English mustard and dissolve it in one quart of water,
slightly warmed. Saturate a towel in this mixture and apply to the body of
to retain the heat and prevent the clothing or bed sheet from becoming wet.
HOT FOMENTATIONS
A hot fomentation is simply a clean poultice. Several thicknesses of flannel
are taken, wrung out of very hot water, covered with cotton batting, and
then with oiled silk.
How to Make and How to Apply a Mustard Paste.—For infants: Take
one part English mustard to six parts flour, mix with lukewarm water, and
spread between two layers of cheesecloth.
For older children and adults: Take one tablespoonful English mustard to
three or four tablespoonfuls of flour, and mix as above.
Mustard pastes should be made big enough. You can accomplish a great
deal more by putting on a sufficiently large mustard paste than by simply
putting on one the size of the palm of your hand.
It should be left on until the skin is distinctly red. The length of time will
depend, of course, upon the strength of the mustard. Mustard pastes may be
put on every three hours, if necessary, and they may be used for a week at
this interval if the conditions demand it.
If they are used in pneumonia or other pulmonary diseases, they should be
used large enough to go around the whole chest. If they are used in heart
failure, they should be big enough to cover the whole trunk.
When made with the white of an egg they will not blister. Or if the part is
rubbed with white vaseline before applying, it will not blister and it will be
just as effective. When a mustard paste is removed the red area should be
rubbed with white vaseline and covered with a clean piece of flannel.
How to Prepare and Use the Mustard Pack.—The child is stripped and
laid upon a blanket, and the trunk is surrounded by a large towel or sheet
saturated with mustard water. This is prepared as follows: Take one
tablespoonful of English mustard and dissolve it in one quart of water,
slightly warmed. Saturate a towel in this mixture and apply to the body of
Page 110
the child while it is dripping. The patient is then rolled in a blanket. Keep
the child in this pack for ten or fifteen minutes. The mustard pack is not as
good as the mustard bath, but it is all that is necessary in a number of
various conditions. The physician will, of course, decide these matters. It is
simply the duty of the mother to know how to carry out the physician's
instructions.
The Turpentine Stupe.—Take a piece of flannel, big enough to cover the
area which it is desired to affect, wring it out of as hot water as it is
possible. Upon this sprinkle twenty drops of spirits of turpentine. Place the
stupe wherever it is desired and cover with a piece of oiled silk or dry
flannel. The turpentine stupe is mostly used in pain of the abdominal cavity.
In colic from acute indigestion it is a very convenient means of quieting the
child by allaying the pain.
Care should be taken not to allow this form of application to remain on too
long. Take it off when the skin is red. For continuous use it is not as good as
the mustard paste.
OILED SILK. WHAT IT IS, AND WHY IT IS USED
Oiled silk is sold in the drug stores by the yard. It is one yard wide. It is
used to cover any local application to prevent evaporation into the air or to
prevent the clothing from absorbing the medicament. If a liniment is
applied on cloth to effect a certain result, it may take some time to do its
work. If the wet cloth is covered with the clothing, the clothing will absorb
the medicine quicker than the body will and thereby defeat the object in
view, in addition to rendering the clothing wet and nasty. If the application
is covered with oiled silk it cannot escape into the clothing, because the
oiled silk is impervious. The body will be compelled to absorb the medicine
and consequently results will be quicker and more certain. Many liniments
are expensive; to permit them to be absorbed by the clothing is needless
waste It is therefore economical to apply the oiled silk.
the child in this pack for ten or fifteen minutes. The mustard pack is not as
good as the mustard bath, but it is all that is necessary in a number of
various conditions. The physician will, of course, decide these matters. It is
simply the duty of the mother to know how to carry out the physician's
instructions.
The Turpentine Stupe.—Take a piece of flannel, big enough to cover the
area which it is desired to affect, wring it out of as hot water as it is
possible. Upon this sprinkle twenty drops of spirits of turpentine. Place the
stupe wherever it is desired and cover with a piece of oiled silk or dry
flannel. The turpentine stupe is mostly used in pain of the abdominal cavity.
In colic from acute indigestion it is a very convenient means of quieting the
child by allaying the pain.
Care should be taken not to allow this form of application to remain on too
long. Take it off when the skin is red. For continuous use it is not as good as
the mustard paste.
OILED SILK. WHAT IT IS, AND WHY IT IS USED
Oiled silk is sold in the drug stores by the yard. It is one yard wide. It is
used to cover any local application to prevent evaporation into the air or to
prevent the clothing from absorbing the medicament. If a liniment is
applied on cloth to effect a certain result, it may take some time to do its
work. If the wet cloth is covered with the clothing, the clothing will absorb
the medicine quicker than the body will and thereby defeat the object in
view, in addition to rendering the clothing wet and nasty. If the application
is covered with oiled silk it cannot escape into the clothing, because the
oiled silk is impervious. The body will be compelled to absorb the medicine
and consequently results will be quicker and more certain. Many liniments
are expensive; to permit them to be absorbed by the clothing is needless
waste It is therefore economical to apply the oiled silk.
Page 111
DISEASES OF CHILDREN
By permission of Henry H. Goddard.
The First Blight
This is one of those truly unfortunate cases which, so far as present
knowledge goes, cannot be guarded against. Eunice, age 31, mentally 2, is a
low-grade imbecile. There is not in the whole family, for generations back,
a single case of feeble-mindedness, nor of disease that would undermine the
nervous organization. Close scrutiny does not reveal a single assignable
cause. She came, as an accident, to blight an otherwise normal family.
By permission of Henry H. Goddard.
The First Blight
This is one of those truly unfortunate cases which, so far as present
knowledge goes, cannot be guarded against. Eunice, age 31, mentally 2, is a
low-grade imbecile. There is not in the whole family, for generations back,
a single case of feeble-mindedness, nor of disease that would undermine the
nervous organization. Close scrutiny does not reveal a single assignable
cause. She came, as an accident, to blight an otherwise normal family.
Page 112
Such cases are few, but unfortunately they do occur. It is for Eugenics to
materially reduce the possibility of such occurrences.
materially reduce the possibility of such occurrences.
Page 113
CHAPTER XXXVIII
INFECTIOUS OR CONTAGIOUS DISEASES
Rules to be Observed in the Treatment of Contagious Diseases—What
Isolation Means—The Contagious Sick Room—Conduct and Dress of the
Nurse—Feeding the Patient and Nurse—How to Disinfect the Clothing and
Linen—How to Disinfect the Urine and Feces—How to Disinfect the
Hands—Disinfection of the Room Necessary—How to Disinfect the Mouth
and Nose—How to Disinfect the Throat— Receptacle for the Sputum—
Care of the Skin in Contagious Diseases—Convalescence After a
Contagious Disease—Disinfecting the Sick Chamber—The After Treatment
of a Disinfected Room— How to Disinfect the Bed Clothing and Clothes—
Mumps—Epidemic Parotitis—Chicken Pox—Varicella—La Grippe—
Influenza—Diphtheria—Whooping Cough—Pertussis— Measles—
Koplik's Spots—Department of Health Rules in Measles—Scarlet Fever—
Scarlatina—Typhoid Fever— Various Solutions—Boracic Acid Solution—
Normal Salt Solution—Carron Oil—Thiersch's Solution—Solution of
Bichloride of Mercury—How to Make Various Solutions.
RULES TO BE OBSERVED IN THE TREATMENT OF
CONTAGIOUS DISEASES
Every mother should know the elementary principles involved in the
treatment of contagious diseases. They are contagious because they may be
conveyed from one individual to another or because a person nursing a
victim of a contagious disease may carry that disease to another person
without having the disease herself. For this reason, certain rules have been
established by the medical profession, which experience has taught are
necessary in order to preserve the health of the community when such
diseases are prevalent.
The very first rule to which the physician will direct the mother's attention,
when there is a contagious disease, will be that the child must be "isolated."
INFECTIOUS OR CONTAGIOUS DISEASES
Rules to be Observed in the Treatment of Contagious Diseases—What
Isolation Means—The Contagious Sick Room—Conduct and Dress of the
Nurse—Feeding the Patient and Nurse—How to Disinfect the Clothing and
Linen—How to Disinfect the Urine and Feces—How to Disinfect the
Hands—Disinfection of the Room Necessary—How to Disinfect the Mouth
and Nose—How to Disinfect the Throat— Receptacle for the Sputum—
Care of the Skin in Contagious Diseases—Convalescence After a
Contagious Disease—Disinfecting the Sick Chamber—The After Treatment
of a Disinfected Room— How to Disinfect the Bed Clothing and Clothes—
Mumps—Epidemic Parotitis—Chicken Pox—Varicella—La Grippe—
Influenza—Diphtheria—Whooping Cough—Pertussis— Measles—
Koplik's Spots—Department of Health Rules in Measles—Scarlet Fever—
Scarlatina—Typhoid Fever— Various Solutions—Boracic Acid Solution—
Normal Salt Solution—Carron Oil—Thiersch's Solution—Solution of
Bichloride of Mercury—How to Make Various Solutions.
RULES TO BE OBSERVED IN THE TREATMENT OF
CONTAGIOUS DISEASES
Every mother should know the elementary principles involved in the
treatment of contagious diseases. They are contagious because they may be
conveyed from one individual to another or because a person nursing a
victim of a contagious disease may carry that disease to another person
without having the disease herself. For this reason, certain rules have been
established by the medical profession, which experience has taught are
necessary in order to preserve the health of the community when such
diseases are prevalent.
The very first rule to which the physician will direct the mother's attention,
when there is a contagious disease, will be that the child must be "isolated."
Page 114
What Isolation Means.—Isolation means the complete seclusion of the
patient in a room by himself, so that no one will see him or come in contact
with him except the physician and the nurse or mother who will tend him
during the entire course of the disease. Isolation implies more than it would
seem to mean. It implies that every article used during the sickness will be
thoroughly disinfected before it leaves the room in which the patient
himself is isolated. Mothers must always remember that every article used
by the patient may carry the germs of the disease to some other member of
the family or to some other individual. These articles are the clothing of the
child, the bedclothes, napkins, handkerchiefs, towels, dishes, knives and
spoons, rags, the various discharges—sputum, urine, and bowel passages—
and, we may add to this list, flies, insects, and domestic animals. Every
precaution must, therefore, be taken to safeguard any dissemination of the
disease by means of these articles.
Thorough isolation also implies that the nurse shall frequently bathe and
disinfect her person and her clothing, and that the sick-room itself shall be
carefully dusted with a moist cloth and disinfected from time to time.
The Contagious Sick-Room.—The contagious sick-room will be prepared
in exactly the same way as the ordinary sick-room which has been
previously described. In addition, however, it will be safeguarded in the
following manner. A wet sheet will be hung up outside the door. This sheet
will be kept constantly moistened with a solution of chloride of lime. One-
half pound to an ordinary house-pail of water is the strength of the solution
to use. Every window must be effectively screened to prevent the ingress
and egress of flies and other insects.
Conduct and Dress of the Nurse.—She will remain in the sick-room all
the time unless when she takes outdoor exercise. Her dress will consist of a
long gown which will entirely cover her person from the neck to the shoes
and will be of plain, white, easily washed material, without tucks or ruffles
or adornment of any kind. She should wear an ordinary pair of house
slippers made of light leather. Her cap will be large enough to cover and
include her hair and head. When she leaves the room, she will remove her
cap, gown, and slippers, disinfect her hands in a disinfecting solution and
wash her face, neck, and hands in soap and water. She should go directly
out and in, without coming in contact with any occupant of the home.
patient in a room by himself, so that no one will see him or come in contact
with him except the physician and the nurse or mother who will tend him
during the entire course of the disease. Isolation implies more than it would
seem to mean. It implies that every article used during the sickness will be
thoroughly disinfected before it leaves the room in which the patient
himself is isolated. Mothers must always remember that every article used
by the patient may carry the germs of the disease to some other member of
the family or to some other individual. These articles are the clothing of the
child, the bedclothes, napkins, handkerchiefs, towels, dishes, knives and
spoons, rags, the various discharges—sputum, urine, and bowel passages—
and, we may add to this list, flies, insects, and domestic animals. Every
precaution must, therefore, be taken to safeguard any dissemination of the
disease by means of these articles.
Thorough isolation also implies that the nurse shall frequently bathe and
disinfect her person and her clothing, and that the sick-room itself shall be
carefully dusted with a moist cloth and disinfected from time to time.
The Contagious Sick-Room.—The contagious sick-room will be prepared
in exactly the same way as the ordinary sick-room which has been
previously described. In addition, however, it will be safeguarded in the
following manner. A wet sheet will be hung up outside the door. This sheet
will be kept constantly moistened with a solution of chloride of lime. One-
half pound to an ordinary house-pail of water is the strength of the solution
to use. Every window must be effectively screened to prevent the ingress
and egress of flies and other insects.
Conduct and Dress of the Nurse.—She will remain in the sick-room all
the time unless when she takes outdoor exercise. Her dress will consist of a
long gown which will entirely cover her person from the neck to the shoes
and will be of plain, white, easily washed material, without tucks or ruffles
or adornment of any kind. She should wear an ordinary pair of house
slippers made of light leather. Her cap will be large enough to cover and
include her hair and head. When she leaves the room, she will remove her
cap, gown, and slippers, disinfect her hands in a disinfecting solution and
wash her face, neck, and hands in soap and water. She should go directly
out and in, without coming in contact with any occupant of the home.
Page 115
Feeding the Patient and Nurse.—The meals for the patient and nurse
should be left on a table outside the door of the sick-room, from which
place the nurse will then take them into the room. The utensils used for
these meals should not be used by other members of the family during the
entire sickness. After the patient and nurse have eaten, the utensils should
be placed in a chloride of lime solution for disinfection. If any of the food is
left over it should be put into a jar in which it may be disinfected and
rendered harmless before being disposed of.
How to Disinfect the Clothing and Linen.—All bed and body linen,
towels, handkerchiefs, napkins, etc., should be immediately put into a large
receptacle—a wash boiler, or tub, will answer the purpose admirably—
containing a five per cent. solution of carbolic acid in which an adequate
quantity of soft soap has been dissolved. They should remain in this mixture
for two hours, after which they may be wrung out and taken to the laundry.
How to Disinfect the Urine and Feces.—The urine and the stools should
be passed into vessels containing a solution of four ounces of carbolic acid
to the gallon of water. This vessel should be covered and the mixture
allowed to stand for one hour, after which time it may be thrown out.
How to Disinfect the Hands.—Any of the following solutions may be used
for disinfection of the nurse's hands: Creolin, one teaspoonful to the quart of
water; chloride of lime, one-half pound to a pail of water; formalin, thirty-
two drops to a quart of water. A basin containing one of the above solutions
should be constantly kept standing for the frequent disinfection of the
nurse's hands. After disinfection, the hands should be washed in plain water
and soap.
Disinfection of Room Necessary.—The room in which a contagious
patient is confined requires systematic attention on the part of the nurse.
Every other day all flat or projecting surfaces should be disinfected.
Mantels, window-sills, door knobs, picture moldings, furniture, chairs, and
bed-railings, should be wiped with cloths moistened in a disinfecting
solution. A suitable solution for this purpose is one containing one ounce of
carbolic acid to the quart of water.
How to Disinfect the Mouth and Nose.—In the course of all contagious
diseases the mouth and throat of the patient and nurse should be thoroughly
should be left on a table outside the door of the sick-room, from which
place the nurse will then take them into the room. The utensils used for
these meals should not be used by other members of the family during the
entire sickness. After the patient and nurse have eaten, the utensils should
be placed in a chloride of lime solution for disinfection. If any of the food is
left over it should be put into a jar in which it may be disinfected and
rendered harmless before being disposed of.
How to Disinfect the Clothing and Linen.—All bed and body linen,
towels, handkerchiefs, napkins, etc., should be immediately put into a large
receptacle—a wash boiler, or tub, will answer the purpose admirably—
containing a five per cent. solution of carbolic acid in which an adequate
quantity of soft soap has been dissolved. They should remain in this mixture
for two hours, after which they may be wrung out and taken to the laundry.
How to Disinfect the Urine and Feces.—The urine and the stools should
be passed into vessels containing a solution of four ounces of carbolic acid
to the gallon of water. This vessel should be covered and the mixture
allowed to stand for one hour, after which time it may be thrown out.
How to Disinfect the Hands.—Any of the following solutions may be used
for disinfection of the nurse's hands: Creolin, one teaspoonful to the quart of
water; chloride of lime, one-half pound to a pail of water; formalin, thirty-
two drops to a quart of water. A basin containing one of the above solutions
should be constantly kept standing for the frequent disinfection of the
nurse's hands. After disinfection, the hands should be washed in plain water
and soap.
Disinfection of Room Necessary.—The room in which a contagious
patient is confined requires systematic attention on the part of the nurse.
Every other day all flat or projecting surfaces should be disinfected.
Mantels, window-sills, door knobs, picture moldings, furniture, chairs, and
bed-railings, should be wiped with cloths moistened in a disinfecting
solution. A suitable solution for this purpose is one containing one ounce of
carbolic acid to the quart of water.
How to Disinfect the Mouth and Nose.—In the course of all contagious
diseases the mouth and throat of the patient and nurse should be thoroughly
Page 116
disinfected as a matter of routine. It should be done at least twice daily
unless more frequent disinfection is called for because of the nature of the
disease. In measles and diphtheria, for example, the nasal and throat
conditions will undoubtedly call for more frequent and more thorough
disinfection than twice daily. This may also apply to scarlet fever if the
throat is involved as is often the case.
Pocket handkerchiefs should never be used by a patient suffering from a
contagious disease. The nose and mouth should be wiped with pieces of
gauze or cheesecloth, cut into small squares for this purpose. These should
be immediately burned after being used.
To disinfect the throat, a solution of formalin, six drops to six ounces of
water, is effective. To disinfect the nose, a solution of Glyco-Thymoline is
suitable. These applications should be made by means of an atomizer, a
different atomizer being used for the patient and nurse.
Receptacle for the Sputum.—A cuspidor, or basin, should be constantly
kept at the side of the bed in which the patient may conveniently
expectorate. This utensil should contain the chloride of lime solution
previously mentioned.
Care of the Skin in Contagious Diseases.—As in all other sick conditions,
the skin of the patient should be bathed frequently with an alcoholic
solution. In the later stages of measles and scarlet fever it is essential to
anoint the skin while the patient is scaling. This may be done with
carbolated vaseline. Mothers should understand why this is necessary.
These diseases have a distinct rash or eruption. This eruption practically
kills the skin cells and at a certain period these cells are cast off by the new
growth of skin underneath. This process is called scaling. In measles the
scales are small, and are cast off in the form of bran like dust. In scarlet
fever, the cells adhere together and are cast off in large scales. These scales
are contagious. They are very light and will float in the air if dry. The
movement of the patient, changing the bed clothing, etc., will waft a
multitude of these contagious scales into the air of the room and infect
every article they may land on. This would make the disinfection of the
room difficult and tedious. In order to obviate this tendency experience has
taught us that much of the difficulty and nearly all of the risk of contagion
unless more frequent disinfection is called for because of the nature of the
disease. In measles and diphtheria, for example, the nasal and throat
conditions will undoubtedly call for more frequent and more thorough
disinfection than twice daily. This may also apply to scarlet fever if the
throat is involved as is often the case.
Pocket handkerchiefs should never be used by a patient suffering from a
contagious disease. The nose and mouth should be wiped with pieces of
gauze or cheesecloth, cut into small squares for this purpose. These should
be immediately burned after being used.
To disinfect the throat, a solution of formalin, six drops to six ounces of
water, is effective. To disinfect the nose, a solution of Glyco-Thymoline is
suitable. These applications should be made by means of an atomizer, a
different atomizer being used for the patient and nurse.
Receptacle for the Sputum.—A cuspidor, or basin, should be constantly
kept at the side of the bed in which the patient may conveniently
expectorate. This utensil should contain the chloride of lime solution
previously mentioned.
Care of the Skin in Contagious Diseases.—As in all other sick conditions,
the skin of the patient should be bathed frequently with an alcoholic
solution. In the later stages of measles and scarlet fever it is essential to
anoint the skin while the patient is scaling. This may be done with
carbolated vaseline. Mothers should understand why this is necessary.
These diseases have a distinct rash or eruption. This eruption practically
kills the skin cells and at a certain period these cells are cast off by the new
growth of skin underneath. This process is called scaling. In measles the
scales are small, and are cast off in the form of bran like dust. In scarlet
fever, the cells adhere together and are cast off in large scales. These scales
are contagious. They are very light and will float in the air if dry. The
movement of the patient, changing the bed clothing, etc., will waft a
multitude of these contagious scales into the air of the room and infect
every article they may land on. This would make the disinfection of the
room difficult and tedious. In order to obviate this tendency experience has
taught us that much of the difficulty and nearly all of the risk of contagion
Page 117
may be overcome by rubbing some oily or sticky substance on the skin. By
this method the dust and scales are rendered heavier than the air, stick
together and will not float. During the scaling period there is a constant itch
present which irritates the little patient. By using carbolated vaseline to
anoint the skin we accomplish two purposes. The carbolic acid in the
vaseline relieves the itch, and the vaseline itself greases the skin so that the
scales remain in the bed. Each day the nurse changes the bed-sheet, gathers
the scales in the sheet and puts all in the disinfecting solution.
Convalescence After a Contagious Disease.—Complete isolation must be
kept up until all danger from contagion is passed. In diphtheria this period
is not reached until the examination of the throat contents under the
microscope is returned negative. In diseases Which have a rash this period
is not reached until all scaling is completed. Even then, and for a number of
days or weeks, the patient may be taken out for exercise daily, but must not
be allowed to play with other children until his strength justifies active
exercise. It takes a much longer period to rid the system of the poison of a
contagious disease than most mothers appreciate. Many children have died
from heart failure after they were considered well simply because the active
exercise overtaxed the heart before the system was wholly free from the
poison of the disease.
Before the child is removed from the sick-room for the first time he should
have a disinfecting bath. This bath should be in a solution of bichloride of
mercury, the strength of which should be one part to five thousand parts of
water. The towels used to dry the patient after the bath should be fresh and
should not have been in the sick-room. He should then be dressed in
clothing which has never been in the sick-room.
DISINFECTING THE SICK-CHAMBER
How to Disinfect a Room.—The most efficient way to disinfect a room is
by means of formaldehyde gas. This, however, requires a special apparatus
which can only be used by one familiar with the process. In all large cities
the Department of Health usually undertakes the disinfection of rooms after
any contagious disease. The next best method is by sulphur.
this method the dust and scales are rendered heavier than the air, stick
together and will not float. During the scaling period there is a constant itch
present which irritates the little patient. By using carbolated vaseline to
anoint the skin we accomplish two purposes. The carbolic acid in the
vaseline relieves the itch, and the vaseline itself greases the skin so that the
scales remain in the bed. Each day the nurse changes the bed-sheet, gathers
the scales in the sheet and puts all in the disinfecting solution.
Convalescence After a Contagious Disease.—Complete isolation must be
kept up until all danger from contagion is passed. In diphtheria this period
is not reached until the examination of the throat contents under the
microscope is returned negative. In diseases Which have a rash this period
is not reached until all scaling is completed. Even then, and for a number of
days or weeks, the patient may be taken out for exercise daily, but must not
be allowed to play with other children until his strength justifies active
exercise. It takes a much longer period to rid the system of the poison of a
contagious disease than most mothers appreciate. Many children have died
from heart failure after they were considered well simply because the active
exercise overtaxed the heart before the system was wholly free from the
poison of the disease.
Before the child is removed from the sick-room for the first time he should
have a disinfecting bath. This bath should be in a solution of bichloride of
mercury, the strength of which should be one part to five thousand parts of
water. The towels used to dry the patient after the bath should be fresh and
should not have been in the sick-room. He should then be dressed in
clothing which has never been in the sick-room.
DISINFECTING THE SICK-CHAMBER
How to Disinfect a Room.—The most efficient way to disinfect a room is
by means of formaldehyde gas. This, however, requires a special apparatus
which can only be used by one familiar with the process. In all large cities
the Department of Health usually undertakes the disinfection of rooms after
any contagious disease. The next best method is by sulphur.
Page 118
When sulphur is employed it should be used in the form of powder or in
small pieces. This is placed in a shallow iron pan set on a couple of boards
in a tub partly filled with water. The sulphur is moistened with alcohol
before it is set on fire.
It is always necessary, of course, before disinfecting by any process to make
the room as nearly air tight as is possible. To accomplish this the windows
must be tightly closed, the doors locked, and the cracks and keyhole sealed
with pieces of paper or adhesive paper. The room should remain closed for
six or eight hours, after which it should be thoroughly aired for several
days.
The After Treatment of a Disinfected Room.—The walls, ceiling, and all
flat surfaces, such as mantels, window-sills, etc., should be washed with a
fresh chloride of lime solution. The floor should be scrubbed with a four per
cent. soda solution. All carpets and curtains, if any, should be removed,
taken to a vacant lot and thoroughly beaten and then exposed to direct
sunlight for a number of hours. The room should then be well aired again
for a couple of days before it is again occupied.
How to Disinfect the Bed Clothing and Clothes.—The surest way is to
boil them for half an hour; otherwise they may be left in the room while it is
being disinfected. Spraying the clothes with a spray of formaldehyde is an
effective way of disinfecting them.
MUMPS: EPIDEMIC PAROTITIS
Mumps is a contagious disease. It is most common between the fourth and
sixth years. Infants are rarely affected. The disease is not very contagious,
direct contact being necessary to communicate it. Every case should be
isolated for a period of three weeks from the beginning of the disease.
The seat of the affection is the parotid gland which is located in front of and
on a level with the ear. One or both glands may be affected at the same time
or one may follow the other in succumbing. The duration of the disease
from the time the swelling becomes noticeable is about ten days. It is
contagious for a week after the swelling subsides. The period of incubation
is from one to three weeks.
small pieces. This is placed in a shallow iron pan set on a couple of boards
in a tub partly filled with water. The sulphur is moistened with alcohol
before it is set on fire.
It is always necessary, of course, before disinfecting by any process to make
the room as nearly air tight as is possible. To accomplish this the windows
must be tightly closed, the doors locked, and the cracks and keyhole sealed
with pieces of paper or adhesive paper. The room should remain closed for
six or eight hours, after which it should be thoroughly aired for several
days.
The After Treatment of a Disinfected Room.—The walls, ceiling, and all
flat surfaces, such as mantels, window-sills, etc., should be washed with a
fresh chloride of lime solution. The floor should be scrubbed with a four per
cent. soda solution. All carpets and curtains, if any, should be removed,
taken to a vacant lot and thoroughly beaten and then exposed to direct
sunlight for a number of hours. The room should then be well aired again
for a couple of days before it is again occupied.
How to Disinfect the Bed Clothing and Clothes.—The surest way is to
boil them for half an hour; otherwise they may be left in the room while it is
being disinfected. Spraying the clothes with a spray of formaldehyde is an
effective way of disinfecting them.
MUMPS: EPIDEMIC PAROTITIS
Mumps is a contagious disease. It is most common between the fourth and
sixth years. Infants are rarely affected. The disease is not very contagious,
direct contact being necessary to communicate it. Every case should be
isolated for a period of three weeks from the beginning of the disease.
The seat of the affection is the parotid gland which is located in front of and
on a level with the ear. One or both glands may be affected at the same time
or one may follow the other in succumbing. The duration of the disease
from the time the swelling becomes noticeable is about ten days. It is
contagious for a week after the swelling subsides. The period of incubation
is from one to three weeks.
Page 119
Symptoms.—In the majority of cases the first symptom is the swelling and
the discomfort which it causes. In more severe cases the child feels sick and
is listless for from twenty-four to forty-eight hours. There may be a
headache, vomiting, pains in the back and limbs, and fever. There is pain in
the swelling which is increased by movement of the jaws and by pressure.
The degree of the swelling varies with the severity of the attack. It may be
very little or it may be so great as to completely distort, and render
unrecognizable, the face. It must be remembered that, though mumps is not
regarded as an important or dangerous disease, it may assume dangerous
characteristics.
We sometimes see distressing complications with mumps. In boys, orchitis,
or inflammation of the testicles, occasionally occur. In girls, ovaritis, or
inflammation of the ovaries may be present. These complications may be
avoided by keeping the patients in bed.
Treatment.—Keep the child in bed until the fever is gone. Keep him in the
house for one week after the swelling has entirely subsided. He should be
put on a liquid diet while the fever lasts. The bowels should move each day.
The mouth should be kept clean by an antiseptic mouth wash. If there is
much pain in the swollen gland, warm, wet dressings give the best results.
Sometimes it is advisable to paint the gland with belladonna ointment. If it
is not very painful, the most comfortable way to dress the gland is simply to
place over it a large pad of absorbent cotton held in place by a broad strip of
flannel cloth.
CHICKEN POX. VARICELLA
Chicken pox is an affection almost entirely special to children, in whom it
may be observed from their first year, although it is especially frequent
from the ages of two to six. It appears often in the epidemical form and
spreads by contagion.
Some doctors are inclined to regard varicella as a very attenuated form of
smallpox, hence the name "chicken pox," by which it is popularly known.
This opinion is based merely on the analogy between the two types of skin
eruptions and the coincidence sometimes observed between two epidemics
the discomfort which it causes. In more severe cases the child feels sick and
is listless for from twenty-four to forty-eight hours. There may be a
headache, vomiting, pains in the back and limbs, and fever. There is pain in
the swelling which is increased by movement of the jaws and by pressure.
The degree of the swelling varies with the severity of the attack. It may be
very little or it may be so great as to completely distort, and render
unrecognizable, the face. It must be remembered that, though mumps is not
regarded as an important or dangerous disease, it may assume dangerous
characteristics.
We sometimes see distressing complications with mumps. In boys, orchitis,
or inflammation of the testicles, occasionally occur. In girls, ovaritis, or
inflammation of the ovaries may be present. These complications may be
avoided by keeping the patients in bed.
Treatment.—Keep the child in bed until the fever is gone. Keep him in the
house for one week after the swelling has entirely subsided. He should be
put on a liquid diet while the fever lasts. The bowels should move each day.
The mouth should be kept clean by an antiseptic mouth wash. If there is
much pain in the swollen gland, warm, wet dressings give the best results.
Sometimes it is advisable to paint the gland with belladonna ointment. If it
is not very painful, the most comfortable way to dress the gland is simply to
place over it a large pad of absorbent cotton held in place by a broad strip of
flannel cloth.
CHICKEN POX. VARICELLA
Chicken pox is an affection almost entirely special to children, in whom it
may be observed from their first year, although it is especially frequent
from the ages of two to six. It appears often in the epidemical form and
spreads by contagion.
Some doctors are inclined to regard varicella as a very attenuated form of
smallpox, hence the name "chicken pox," by which it is popularly known.
This opinion is based merely on the analogy between the two types of skin
eruptions and the coincidence sometimes observed between two epidemics
Page 120
of smallpox and chicken pox. But the theory falls on considering that, on
the one hand, chicken pox offers no safeguard against infection by smallpox
and does not prevent the effects of vaccination, and, on the other hand the
disease may occur in children who have been vaccinated or who have had
smallpox. Chicken pox, too, differs essentially from smallpox in the course
of its development.
After a period of incubation, extending over a fortnight, chicken pox
becomes apparent by such symptoms as slight shivering, extreme fatigue
and a general but not very intense condition of fever. In less than twenty-
four hours small pink spots will appear on the skin, and these after a few
hours are topped by a vesicle, and the next day the whole rash shows a
vesiculous appearance.
The vesicles are sometimes small and pointed, sometimes more voluminous
and globular in form. They are filled with a limpid or a slightly yellowish
liquid. Their base is sometimes surrounded by an inflammatory ring. By the
third day the contents of the vesicle has become thicker and tends to
become purulent. On the fourth day desiccation commences, and the
vesicles shrivel and shrink in and form small brownish scabs, which fall
about the eighth day. Frequently the child will scratch them off with the
finger nails before they are entirely desiccated. The vesicles leave small
reddish spots, which generally disappear gradually, almost always without a
scar.
An eruption of chicken pox does not burst out all over the body at once, but
appears in successive rashes. It is not confined to any special parts of the
body. It may begin and spread at the same time from the face, the trunk of
the body or the limbs. A dozen pimples may be seen the first day, while
three or even ten times as many may be visible the next day, and so on for
several days in succession.
Sometimes the vesicles appear on mucous membrane at different parts—the
mouth, tongue, soft palate and tonsils—and may also invade the
conjunctiva and cornea, or the larynx, where they will set up laryngitis.
Owing to the very contagious nature of chicken pox, the first thing to be
done is to provide for the complete isolation during a period of twelve to
fifteen days of all patients attacked by the disease.
the one hand, chicken pox offers no safeguard against infection by smallpox
and does not prevent the effects of vaccination, and, on the other hand the
disease may occur in children who have been vaccinated or who have had
smallpox. Chicken pox, too, differs essentially from smallpox in the course
of its development.
After a period of incubation, extending over a fortnight, chicken pox
becomes apparent by such symptoms as slight shivering, extreme fatigue
and a general but not very intense condition of fever. In less than twenty-
four hours small pink spots will appear on the skin, and these after a few
hours are topped by a vesicle, and the next day the whole rash shows a
vesiculous appearance.
The vesicles are sometimes small and pointed, sometimes more voluminous
and globular in form. They are filled with a limpid or a slightly yellowish
liquid. Their base is sometimes surrounded by an inflammatory ring. By the
third day the contents of the vesicle has become thicker and tends to
become purulent. On the fourth day desiccation commences, and the
vesicles shrivel and shrink in and form small brownish scabs, which fall
about the eighth day. Frequently the child will scratch them off with the
finger nails before they are entirely desiccated. The vesicles leave small
reddish spots, which generally disappear gradually, almost always without a
scar.
An eruption of chicken pox does not burst out all over the body at once, but
appears in successive rashes. It is not confined to any special parts of the
body. It may begin and spread at the same time from the face, the trunk of
the body or the limbs. A dozen pimples may be seen the first day, while
three or even ten times as many may be visible the next day, and so on for
several days in succession.
Sometimes the vesicles appear on mucous membrane at different parts—the
mouth, tongue, soft palate and tonsils—and may also invade the
conjunctiva and cornea, or the larynx, where they will set up laryngitis.
Owing to the very contagious nature of chicken pox, the first thing to be
done is to provide for the complete isolation during a period of twelve to
fifteen days of all patients attacked by the disease.
Page 121
The treatment of the disease is solely a matter of hygiene. The more severe
the fever the stricter the diet should be, and in the case of great fever, the
diet should be restricted to broth and milk. If there is no fever the child need
not be placed on any special diet.
If the intestines are sluggish, they may be stimulated by administering a
dose of castor oil. It is advisable to make the patient rinse his mouth two or
three times a day with a mouth wash. It is also well to apply a lotion around
the eyes and face, consisting of two per cent. boracic acid solution with the
chill taken off. Finally, in order to prevent the child scratching the sores and
the consequent danger of inoculation by the finger nails, it is a good
practice to rub a small amount of carbolated vaseline over the itching parts.
It is frequently found necessary to have the little patient wear white woolen
gloves to prevent scratching and infecting the sores. If a child scratches the
sores on the face it will leave an unsightly mark which will stay for the rest
of its life.
The child, of course, should not be allowed to rejoin his playmates without
having had a good bath, and having had his clothes completely disinfected.
INFLUENZA: LA GRIPPE
The most important feature with reference to influenza in children is its
very active tendency to develop complications. These complications
generally affect the respiratory tract. So we find in children suffering from
grippe an easy disposition to get bronchitis or broncho-pneumonia. The
younger the child the greater the danger.
The disease itself, so long as it remains an uncomplicated influenza, is not
of much importance or severity. The lesson to be learnt, therefore, is to treat
the disease with respect and take every precaution to avoid the possibility of
developing a complication.
La Grippe is a highly contagious disease. It prevails epidemically, and after
an active epidemic it may remain in the vicinity for a number of years. It is
more frequently seen in the late winter months and early spring. The poison
of the disease clings to clothing and apartments as well as to railroad and
street cars. The germ is found in the sputum and in the nasal secretions.
the fever the stricter the diet should be, and in the case of great fever, the
diet should be restricted to broth and milk. If there is no fever the child need
not be placed on any special diet.
If the intestines are sluggish, they may be stimulated by administering a
dose of castor oil. It is advisable to make the patient rinse his mouth two or
three times a day with a mouth wash. It is also well to apply a lotion around
the eyes and face, consisting of two per cent. boracic acid solution with the
chill taken off. Finally, in order to prevent the child scratching the sores and
the consequent danger of inoculation by the finger nails, it is a good
practice to rub a small amount of carbolated vaseline over the itching parts.
It is frequently found necessary to have the little patient wear white woolen
gloves to prevent scratching and infecting the sores. If a child scratches the
sores on the face it will leave an unsightly mark which will stay for the rest
of its life.
The child, of course, should not be allowed to rejoin his playmates without
having had a good bath, and having had his clothes completely disinfected.
INFLUENZA: LA GRIPPE
The most important feature with reference to influenza in children is its
very active tendency to develop complications. These complications
generally affect the respiratory tract. So we find in children suffering from
grippe an easy disposition to get bronchitis or broncho-pneumonia. The
younger the child the greater the danger.
The disease itself, so long as it remains an uncomplicated influenza, is not
of much importance or severity. The lesson to be learnt, therefore, is to treat
the disease with respect and take every precaution to avoid the possibility of
developing a complication.
La Grippe is a highly contagious disease. It prevails epidemically, and after
an active epidemic it may remain in the vicinity for a number of years. It is
more frequently seen in the late winter months and early spring. The poison
of the disease clings to clothing and apartments as well as to railroad and
street cars. The germ is found in the sputum and in the nasal secretions.
Page 122
Sneezing is one of its symptoms and it is one of the ways by which the
disease is spread around. Children should never be brought near an adult
suffering from influenza. One attack does not render the patient immune to
a subsequent attack as is the case with most of the contagious diseases. The
reverse is the rule with La Grippe because one attack favors the
development of another attack. It is a common experience for many people
to have influenza every winter or spring.
Symptoms.—If a child "catches" grippe, it becomes quite sick abruptly.
There is usually chilliness, pains in the muscles all over the body, more or
less fever, sometimes nausea and vomiting. If the attack is a more severe
one, the prostration is more marked, the temperature higher and the signs of
shock and poisoning of the system are more in evidence. A child a few
months old can get influenza so severely as to cause collapse and death in
thirty-six hours. As a rule the type of grippe most common in infancy is of a
very mild character. It lasts about a week. Children may be a little slow in
convalescing and it may be three or four weeks before they regain their
health.
Complications.—As has been intimated, the most frequent complication is
bronchitis and the most fatal one is broncho-pneumonia.
A congestion of the entire mucous membrane of the respiratory tract,
producing a nasal discharge, a sore and inflamed throat, pains and a feeling
of compression, with a cough in the chest, may accompany the disease.
Gastric symptoms, with vomiting, intestinal disturbance, diarrhea, with or
without mucus and blood, are quite common in some epidemics.
Not infrequently we have numerous cases in which the ear seems to be the
vulnerable part. As a consequence running ears have to receive most of our
attention. When the ears are affected, the glands of the neck become
inflamed. They swell up and add considerable to the discomfort of the little
patient.
Treatment.—Cases of influenza should be isolated. Children should be put
in a room by themselves and the other children of the family should not be
permitted to see them. The rooms should be disinfected after the case is
over. As complications are the dangerous element in grippe, we should try
disease is spread around. Children should never be brought near an adult
suffering from influenza. One attack does not render the patient immune to
a subsequent attack as is the case with most of the contagious diseases. The
reverse is the rule with La Grippe because one attack favors the
development of another attack. It is a common experience for many people
to have influenza every winter or spring.
Symptoms.—If a child "catches" grippe, it becomes quite sick abruptly.
There is usually chilliness, pains in the muscles all over the body, more or
less fever, sometimes nausea and vomiting. If the attack is a more severe
one, the prostration is more marked, the temperature higher and the signs of
shock and poisoning of the system are more in evidence. A child a few
months old can get influenza so severely as to cause collapse and death in
thirty-six hours. As a rule the type of grippe most common in infancy is of a
very mild character. It lasts about a week. Children may be a little slow in
convalescing and it may be three or four weeks before they regain their
health.
Complications.—As has been intimated, the most frequent complication is
bronchitis and the most fatal one is broncho-pneumonia.
A congestion of the entire mucous membrane of the respiratory tract,
producing a nasal discharge, a sore and inflamed throat, pains and a feeling
of compression, with a cough in the chest, may accompany the disease.
Gastric symptoms, with vomiting, intestinal disturbance, diarrhea, with or
without mucus and blood, are quite common in some epidemics.
Not infrequently we have numerous cases in which the ear seems to be the
vulnerable part. As a consequence running ears have to receive most of our
attention. When the ears are affected, the glands of the neck become
inflamed. They swell up and add considerable to the discomfort of the little
patient.
Treatment.—Cases of influenza should be isolated. Children should be put
in a room by themselves and the other children of the family should not be
permitted to see them. The rooms should be disinfected after the case is
over. As complications are the dangerous element in grippe, we should try
Page 123
to prevent them. This can be best done by promptly putting the child in bed,
making him comfortable, opening his bowels by castor oil or calomel. He
should be made to drink hot lemonade. He should be kept on a light diet
from which meat and vegetables are excluded.
The above treatment will usually suffice in the ordinary uncomplicated
grippe. If complications arise they must be treated according to the
conditions.
It is well to remember that the degree of prostration following a rather
severe attack of grippe is out of all proportion to the extent of the disease.
These little patients sometimes suffer considerably and do not regain their
strength promptly. Experience has taught us that the best thing to do is to
send them away. A change of climate will do wonders for them, more
quickly and more thoroughly than all the medicine we can give them at
home. The seashore is particularly good for them.
DIPHTHERIA
Diphtheria is an acute, specific, infectious, communicable disease. It affects
the tonsils, throat, nose, or larynx. It is most frequently seen in children
between the ages of two and five years, though it may appear at any time
during life. The two sexes are equally liable to it. The same person may
have the disease twice or more times at different ages. Children suffering
from disease of the nose or throat are more likely to get it than are others.
Such diseases are cold in the head with running nose, catarrh of the nose
and throat, inflammation of the mucous membranes of the nose or throat.
Diphtheria may occur at any time of the year, though it is more frequent
during the cold months. The incubation, or the length of time between
exposure to the disease and the development of the symptoms, is between
two and five days. In its mild form the disease may be present without
giving any constitutional symptoms. In its severe form, however, it is one of
the most dangerous diseases of childhood. In large cities it is present all the
year round with more or less frequent outbreaks in the form of local
epidemics. In the country it is only seen in its epidemic form. It does not
arise without a cause, that is, there is always a preceding case from which
an epidemic springs, though it is not always easy to trace the connection.
making him comfortable, opening his bowels by castor oil or calomel. He
should be made to drink hot lemonade. He should be kept on a light diet
from which meat and vegetables are excluded.
The above treatment will usually suffice in the ordinary uncomplicated
grippe. If complications arise they must be treated according to the
conditions.
It is well to remember that the degree of prostration following a rather
severe attack of grippe is out of all proportion to the extent of the disease.
These little patients sometimes suffer considerably and do not regain their
strength promptly. Experience has taught us that the best thing to do is to
send them away. A change of climate will do wonders for them, more
quickly and more thoroughly than all the medicine we can give them at
home. The seashore is particularly good for them.
DIPHTHERIA
Diphtheria is an acute, specific, infectious, communicable disease. It affects
the tonsils, throat, nose, or larynx. It is most frequently seen in children
between the ages of two and five years, though it may appear at any time
during life. The two sexes are equally liable to it. The same person may
have the disease twice or more times at different ages. Children suffering
from disease of the nose or throat are more likely to get it than are others.
Such diseases are cold in the head with running nose, catarrh of the nose
and throat, inflammation of the mucous membranes of the nose or throat.
Diphtheria may occur at any time of the year, though it is more frequent
during the cold months. The incubation, or the length of time between
exposure to the disease and the development of the symptoms, is between
two and five days. In its mild form the disease may be present without
giving any constitutional symptoms. In its severe form, however, it is one of
the most dangerous diseases of childhood. In large cities it is present all the
year round with more or less frequent outbreaks in the form of local
epidemics. In the country it is only seen in its epidemic form. It does not
arise without a cause, that is, there is always a preceding case from which
an epidemic springs, though it is not always easy to trace the connection.
Page 124
The child inhales the bacilli which cause the disease with the air it breathes.
The bacilli may lodge on toys or other articles from which the child gets
them. Direct infection is usually the mode of communication through which
a child obtains the disease. The saliva and mucus from the nose contain the
bacilli in large quantities and if a patient coughs or sneezes they are
expelled in this way and infect others. Frequently a child suffering from a
mild form of diphtheria may attend school and infect others without it being
known that the child has the disease.
Symptoms.—The symptoms vary with the severity of the attack. There are
mild cases, as has been stated, that give no constitutional symptoms. There
may be a small amount of local disturbance in the throat or nose and there
may be some membrane present, but, for some reason, there does not seem
to be any absorption of the poison into the system and the child escapes the
systemic disturbance. Even as a local condition these cases vary. There is
always a fever at the beginning, but the child never seems sick enough to go
to bed. If the throat is examined it will be found to be red and slightly
inflamed, there may be spots on the tonsils, or there may be a gray film over
them. There is no discharge from the nose and the child does not complain
of an excess of mucus from the throat. The spots may last for a week and
then disappear. These cases are difficult to diagnose without making a
culture, and if the physician insists upon keeping the child confined to bed
while apparently well the family as a rule object, though it is absolutely
necessary. These are the cases that do great harm in school, and no mother
should object if the physician insists in taking preventative measures to stop
an epidemic if the bacilli have been found in the child's throat. She should
rather feel thankful that the child escaped so easily.
Since the introduction of antitoxin we do not see the severe cases now, so
that a description of them would not be of any use in a book of this
character. Mothers should, however, know that it is absolutely criminal to
take any chances with a "sore throat." Antitoxin is a prompt and an absolute
remedy if used soon after the onset of the disease. It is more sure if used the
first or second day, still reliable the third day, but its efficacy diminishes the
longer we postpone its use from the date of the onset of the disease. When,
therefore, a child complains of being sick and states that its throat hurts,
medical aid should be at once sought.
The bacilli may lodge on toys or other articles from which the child gets
them. Direct infection is usually the mode of communication through which
a child obtains the disease. The saliva and mucus from the nose contain the
bacilli in large quantities and if a patient coughs or sneezes they are
expelled in this way and infect others. Frequently a child suffering from a
mild form of diphtheria may attend school and infect others without it being
known that the child has the disease.
Symptoms.—The symptoms vary with the severity of the attack. There are
mild cases, as has been stated, that give no constitutional symptoms. There
may be a small amount of local disturbance in the throat or nose and there
may be some membrane present, but, for some reason, there does not seem
to be any absorption of the poison into the system and the child escapes the
systemic disturbance. Even as a local condition these cases vary. There is
always a fever at the beginning, but the child never seems sick enough to go
to bed. If the throat is examined it will be found to be red and slightly
inflamed, there may be spots on the tonsils, or there may be a gray film over
them. There is no discharge from the nose and the child does not complain
of an excess of mucus from the throat. The spots may last for a week and
then disappear. These cases are difficult to diagnose without making a
culture, and if the physician insists upon keeping the child confined to bed
while apparently well the family as a rule object, though it is absolutely
necessary. These are the cases that do great harm in school, and no mother
should object if the physician insists in taking preventative measures to stop
an epidemic if the bacilli have been found in the child's throat. She should
rather feel thankful that the child escaped so easily.
Since the introduction of antitoxin we do not see the severe cases now, so
that a description of them would not be of any use in a book of this
character. Mothers should, however, know that it is absolutely criminal to
take any chances with a "sore throat." Antitoxin is a prompt and an absolute
remedy if used soon after the onset of the disease. It is more sure if used the
first or second day, still reliable the third day, but its efficacy diminishes the
longer we postpone its use from the date of the onset of the disease. When,
therefore, a child complains of being sick and states that its throat hurts,
medical aid should be at once sought.
Page 125
The disease may develop in one of two ways. It may begin as a slight
indisposition for a day or two, and perhaps some soreness of the throat. The
fever may be slight. The child will continue to be sick despite any treatment
given and will get slowly worse until the fourth or fifth day, when it will be
impossible to mistake the condition.
At other times the disease begins abruptly. The child complains of being
sick. It may vomit, or suffer from headache, chilly feelings, and a fever. The
glands in the neck may swell and cause considerable disturbance. There is,
as a rule, an abundant discharge from the nose and there is an excess of
mucus in the throat. Membrane is seen in the throat. It may cover the tonsils
and spread over the entire throat cavity, or it may extend up into the nose
and over the roof of the mouth. All the parts are much swollen and
breathing is interfered with, sometimes seriously. If the attack is very severe
there is an active absorption of poison going on from the throat which soon
renders the little patient intensely sick. There is marked weakness and
prostration, the circulation becomes poor, the pulse rapid and the child falls
into a stupor.
The physician will, of course, have taken complete charge of the case
before the patient has gone thus far. The nursing of the case, which may fall
to the mother if no trained nurse is present, is most important. She should
preserve absolute cleanliness of herself and of the sick room. She should
never eat or sleep in the same room with the patient, and should use a
gargle, which the physician should prescribe, frequently during the day. She
should dress simply, so that whatever is worn can be changed often and
washed easily. Every article of furniture must be taken out of the sick room
that is not absolutely essential in the care of the case. If toys are allowed
they should be burned as soon as the child is tired of them, never left
around the house after the case is over. The room should be a large one and
it should be thoroughly aired each day. The floor should be washed each
day with a solution of bichloride of mercury, and all dusting should be done
with a wet cloth. The bed linen and any rags or handkerchiefs used should
be treated as in scarlet fever. All vessels in which the patient expectorates
should have an antiseptic in them. The room must be disinfected after the
case is over.
indisposition for a day or two, and perhaps some soreness of the throat. The
fever may be slight. The child will continue to be sick despite any treatment
given and will get slowly worse until the fourth or fifth day, when it will be
impossible to mistake the condition.
At other times the disease begins abruptly. The child complains of being
sick. It may vomit, or suffer from headache, chilly feelings, and a fever. The
glands in the neck may swell and cause considerable disturbance. There is,
as a rule, an abundant discharge from the nose and there is an excess of
mucus in the throat. Membrane is seen in the throat. It may cover the tonsils
and spread over the entire throat cavity, or it may extend up into the nose
and over the roof of the mouth. All the parts are much swollen and
breathing is interfered with, sometimes seriously. If the attack is very severe
there is an active absorption of poison going on from the throat which soon
renders the little patient intensely sick. There is marked weakness and
prostration, the circulation becomes poor, the pulse rapid and the child falls
into a stupor.
The physician will, of course, have taken complete charge of the case
before the patient has gone thus far. The nursing of the case, which may fall
to the mother if no trained nurse is present, is most important. She should
preserve absolute cleanliness of herself and of the sick room. She should
never eat or sleep in the same room with the patient, and should use a
gargle, which the physician should prescribe, frequently during the day. She
should dress simply, so that whatever is worn can be changed often and
washed easily. Every article of furniture must be taken out of the sick room
that is not absolutely essential in the care of the case. If toys are allowed
they should be burned as soon as the child is tired of them, never left
around the house after the case is over. The room should be a large one and
it should be thoroughly aired each day. The floor should be washed each
day with a solution of bichloride of mercury, and all dusting should be done
with a wet cloth. The bed linen and any rags or handkerchiefs used should
be treated as in scarlet fever. All vessels in which the patient expectorates
should have an antiseptic in them. The room must be disinfected after the
case is over.
Page 126
The patient must be kept in bed during the entire attack. He must not be
allowed to even sit up in bed until the physician gives him permission. This
is a very important essential in the treatment of this disease, and the nurse
must be held responsible for the conduct of the patient in this respect.
Because of the character of the poison, there is a tendency to paralysis of
the heart, and frequently children have been allowed to sit up too soon only
to fall back dead in bed. The same thing has occurred later in the disease
when children have been allowed to play too heartily before the poison had
an opportunity to completely eliminate itself. Nursing children should be
fed on breast milk pumped from the mother, but they must not nurse it
themselves. Older children can take milk and should depend upon it mostly.
The physician will give any other special directions that he may think
necessary, the duty of the mother being to see that they are faithfully carried
out.
WHOOPING-COUGH
Whooping-cough is usually seen in young children. It may, however, affect
a person at any age. It is contagious. During infancy it is one of the most
fatal diseases. During adult life it is a dangerous condition, while in
childhood it is simply regarded as a mildly contagious disease.
It is most contagious during the catarrhal stage,—the first ten days.
Children suffering from whooping-cough should not be allowed to mix or
play with other children for two months. After an exposure to the disease it
takes about fourteen days for a case to develop. The danger of whooping-
cough is the tendency to develop pneumonia or bronchitis.
Symptoms.—During the first ten days the child acts as if suffering from an
ordinary catarrhal cold with cough. This is called the catarrhal stage. There
is no way of telling that whooping-cough is present until the child whoops.
Most children do not whoop until the expiration of the catarrhal stage,
though a very few do from the beginning of the disease. If a child is treated
for an ordinary cold with cough and does not respond to treatment, and
whooping-cough is epidemic, it is fair to assume that whooping-cough has
been contracted. When the cough shows a distinct tendency to be worse at
night it is further proof of this assumption.
allowed to even sit up in bed until the physician gives him permission. This
is a very important essential in the treatment of this disease, and the nurse
must be held responsible for the conduct of the patient in this respect.
Because of the character of the poison, there is a tendency to paralysis of
the heart, and frequently children have been allowed to sit up too soon only
to fall back dead in bed. The same thing has occurred later in the disease
when children have been allowed to play too heartily before the poison had
an opportunity to completely eliminate itself. Nursing children should be
fed on breast milk pumped from the mother, but they must not nurse it
themselves. Older children can take milk and should depend upon it mostly.
The physician will give any other special directions that he may think
necessary, the duty of the mother being to see that they are faithfully carried
out.
WHOOPING-COUGH
Whooping-cough is usually seen in young children. It may, however, affect
a person at any age. It is contagious. During infancy it is one of the most
fatal diseases. During adult life it is a dangerous condition, while in
childhood it is simply regarded as a mildly contagious disease.
It is most contagious during the catarrhal stage,—the first ten days.
Children suffering from whooping-cough should not be allowed to mix or
play with other children for two months. After an exposure to the disease it
takes about fourteen days for a case to develop. The danger of whooping-
cough is the tendency to develop pneumonia or bronchitis.
Symptoms.—During the first ten days the child acts as if suffering from an
ordinary catarrhal cold with cough. This is called the catarrhal stage. There
is no way of telling that whooping-cough is present until the child whoops.
Most children do not whoop until the expiration of the catarrhal stage,
though a very few do from the beginning of the disease. If a child is treated
for an ordinary cold with cough and does not respond to treatment, and
whooping-cough is epidemic, it is fair to assume that whooping-cough has
been contracted. When the cough shows a distinct tendency to be worse at
night it is further proof of this assumption.
Page 127
When they begin to cough in paroxysms, and whoop, the second, or
spasmodic stage begins. These fits of paroxysmal coughing are much more
severe than spells of ordinary coughing. These may only be three or four
attacks daily, or the child may have from forty to fifty such attacks. When
children feel these attacks coming on they seek support, holding on to
chairs or they stand by the mother's knee. The coughing is explosive, rapid,
and forceful, the child fails to catch its breath and is compelled to take a
deep inspiration, which is the whoop; it then goes on coughing more. The
face may become purple, the eyes protrude, and the veins of the face swell
up. Near the end of the attack the child raises, or vomits a mass of stringy,
glutinous mucus. After it is over the child is exhausted, there is a more or
less profuse perspiration, and he may be quite dazed. These attacks are, as a
rule, more frequent and more severe during the night. This stage lasts about
one month and is then followed by the stage of decline, during which the
disease subsides into what appears as an ordinary bronchial cold.
It is quite common for these children to get relapses, especially during
inclement winter weather, and go on whooping for two or three months
longer. Their vitality suffers because their sleep and nourishment is
interfered with, and they become nervous and difficult to manage.
Treatment.—Inasmuch as there is no remedy known that will cure
whooping-cough, the best we can do is to render the patient physically
efficient to stand the severe strain of coughing, which is the worst feature of
the disease. Experience has taught us that those children do best who spend
their entire time out of doors. We, therefore, advise parents to encourage
their children to play in the open air. There is no exception to this rule, even
in winter weather, unless it is particularly inclement. If the weather is wet or
raw, or if the child has bronchitis, or is running a fever, it would be more
safe to keep the child indoors, in a well-aired room, until the temporary
conditions pass over, when they could again resume the open-air treatment.
Naturally delicate children if under two years of age should not risk staying
out of doors too much in very cold or raw weather, even if not suffering
from any of the above complications.
The bedrooms of children suffering from whooping-cough should be large
and thoroughly aired day and night.
spasmodic stage begins. These fits of paroxysmal coughing are much more
severe than spells of ordinary coughing. These may only be three or four
attacks daily, or the child may have from forty to fifty such attacks. When
children feel these attacks coming on they seek support, holding on to
chairs or they stand by the mother's knee. The coughing is explosive, rapid,
and forceful, the child fails to catch its breath and is compelled to take a
deep inspiration, which is the whoop; it then goes on coughing more. The
face may become purple, the eyes protrude, and the veins of the face swell
up. Near the end of the attack the child raises, or vomits a mass of stringy,
glutinous mucus. After it is over the child is exhausted, there is a more or
less profuse perspiration, and he may be quite dazed. These attacks are, as a
rule, more frequent and more severe during the night. This stage lasts about
one month and is then followed by the stage of decline, during which the
disease subsides into what appears as an ordinary bronchial cold.
It is quite common for these children to get relapses, especially during
inclement winter weather, and go on whooping for two or three months
longer. Their vitality suffers because their sleep and nourishment is
interfered with, and they become nervous and difficult to manage.
Treatment.—Inasmuch as there is no remedy known that will cure
whooping-cough, the best we can do is to render the patient physically
efficient to stand the severe strain of coughing, which is the worst feature of
the disease. Experience has taught us that those children do best who spend
their entire time out of doors. We, therefore, advise parents to encourage
their children to play in the open air. There is no exception to this rule, even
in winter weather, unless it is particularly inclement. If the weather is wet or
raw, or if the child has bronchitis, or is running a fever, it would be more
safe to keep the child indoors, in a well-aired room, until the temporary
conditions pass over, when they could again resume the open-air treatment.
Naturally delicate children if under two years of age should not risk staying
out of doors too much in very cold or raw weather, even if not suffering
from any of the above complications.
The bedrooms of children suffering from whooping-cough should be large
and thoroughly aired day and night.
Page 128
The nourishment in these cases is of great importance. They should be
carefully fed, and if they vomit with the paroxysms of coughing, they
should be fed small quantities frequently. Any form of digestive disturbance
is very apt to accentuate the frequency of coughing. A fluid diet of milk is
the best. Milk punches aid in keeping up the strength; malted milk and eggs
beaten in milk are nutritious and easily digested.
So far as internal medication is concerned, I have found pertussin to be the
most efficacious remedy. If it is begun early and in sufficient dosage, it not
only favors an early termination of the disease, but it lessens the frequency
and the severity of the paroxysms. If it is suspected that the child has been
exposed to whooping-cough, pertussin may be given during the catarrhal
stage with the advantage that it will render the whole course of the disease
milder. If it is given during the course of an ordinary catarrhal cold, it will
in most cases be as effectual as any ordinary cough remedy. The dosage
should be large enough to produce results. I have found a teaspoonful every
two hours to a child of three years to be the average dose. In older children I
give two teaspoonfuls every three hours. It is necessary to continue its use
throughout the disease. The taste of pertussin is pleasant and young children
take it willingly.
When the disease is inclined to a protracted course, or when the cough does
not subside, especially during unfavorable weather, it is of great importance
to send the child away. A change of climate, preferably to the seashore, even
for a short time, will act like a charm, and will cure the cough of whooping-
cough quicker than any other possible measure.
MEASLES
Measles is the most widely prevalent, eruptive, contagious disease. With
few exceptions, every human being "gets" measles. As an uncomplicated
disease it is never fatal, and is not even regarded as dangerous. Because of
this characteristic, however, parents are neglectful and complications occur,
and these frequently prove fatal. One attack renders the patient immune. It
is very highly contagious and spreads with great rapidity among those who
have never had it. It is not possible to carry the disease any great distance
by a third person or by means of living objects. It does not, however, cling
carefully fed, and if they vomit with the paroxysms of coughing, they
should be fed small quantities frequently. Any form of digestive disturbance
is very apt to accentuate the frequency of coughing. A fluid diet of milk is
the best. Milk punches aid in keeping up the strength; malted milk and eggs
beaten in milk are nutritious and easily digested.
So far as internal medication is concerned, I have found pertussin to be the
most efficacious remedy. If it is begun early and in sufficient dosage, it not
only favors an early termination of the disease, but it lessens the frequency
and the severity of the paroxysms. If it is suspected that the child has been
exposed to whooping-cough, pertussin may be given during the catarrhal
stage with the advantage that it will render the whole course of the disease
milder. If it is given during the course of an ordinary catarrhal cold, it will
in most cases be as effectual as any ordinary cough remedy. The dosage
should be large enough to produce results. I have found a teaspoonful every
two hours to a child of three years to be the average dose. In older children I
give two teaspoonfuls every three hours. It is necessary to continue its use
throughout the disease. The taste of pertussin is pleasant and young children
take it willingly.
When the disease is inclined to a protracted course, or when the cough does
not subside, especially during unfavorable weather, it is of great importance
to send the child away. A change of climate, preferably to the seashore, even
for a short time, will act like a charm, and will cure the cough of whooping-
cough quicker than any other possible measure.
MEASLES
Measles is the most widely prevalent, eruptive, contagious disease. With
few exceptions, every human being "gets" measles. As an uncomplicated
disease it is never fatal, and is not even regarded as dangerous. Because of
this characteristic, however, parents are neglectful and complications occur,
and these frequently prove fatal. One attack renders the patient immune. It
is very highly contagious and spreads with great rapidity among those who
have never had it. It is not possible to carry the disease any great distance
by a third person or by means of living objects. It does not, however, cling
Page 129
to clothing or other objects as long as scarlet fever. Its period of incubation
is from eleven to fourteen days.
Symptoms.—The symptoms develop gradually. A severe cold in the head is
the first and most characteristic symptom of the disease. There is a
discharge from the nose, swollen and watery eyes, sneezing and a hoarse,
harsh cough. The patient may complain of the throat being painful and
examination will reveal a general congestion of the parts. There are also
headache, lassitude, pains in the back, and there may be vomiting and
diarrhea. Children in the early stages of measles are tired and sleepy.
Koplik's Spots.—Three or four days, in rare cases somewhat longer, before
the appearance of the rash there appears on the mucous membrane of the
cheeks small, bluish white, or yellowish white points, the size of a small pin
head. These points are surrounded with reddened areas which give the
appearance of a general rash with fine white points upon it. These points
resemble milk particles. They adhere firmly to the mucous membrane and
when an effort is made to remove them it is found that the underlying
surface is ulcerated and excoriated.
The Koplik spots are not of much value to the mother other than that they
may be relied upon to indicate the coming disease with which they child is
affected. Physicians look for them as an aid in diagnosis before the rash
would of itself indicate the disease.
The rash appears on the third, fourth, or fifth day of the disease. From the
day of the infection to the outbreak of the rash about thirteen days
intervene. It is seen first at the roots of the hair on the forehead, behind the
ears or on the neck. It may be seen first on the cheeks. The beginning rash
appears as small, dark red, dull spots. At first there are only a few, but they
soon become more numerous, they join together, and soon the surface looks
inflamed as if entirely covered with the rash. The rash covers the entire
body, including the soles and palms. In twenty-four hours it is at its height
on the face. It spreads downward like a wave, first the face, then the neck
and chest, then the abdomen and later the legs. By the time it invades the
legs it has begun to fade on the face. It fades slowly in the order of its
appearance. Its duration is about four days.
is from eleven to fourteen days.
Symptoms.—The symptoms develop gradually. A severe cold in the head is
the first and most characteristic symptom of the disease. There is a
discharge from the nose, swollen and watery eyes, sneezing and a hoarse,
harsh cough. The patient may complain of the throat being painful and
examination will reveal a general congestion of the parts. There are also
headache, lassitude, pains in the back, and there may be vomiting and
diarrhea. Children in the early stages of measles are tired and sleepy.
Koplik's Spots.—Three or four days, in rare cases somewhat longer, before
the appearance of the rash there appears on the mucous membrane of the
cheeks small, bluish white, or yellowish white points, the size of a small pin
head. These points are surrounded with reddened areas which give the
appearance of a general rash with fine white points upon it. These points
resemble milk particles. They adhere firmly to the mucous membrane and
when an effort is made to remove them it is found that the underlying
surface is ulcerated and excoriated.
The Koplik spots are not of much value to the mother other than that they
may be relied upon to indicate the coming disease with which they child is
affected. Physicians look for them as an aid in diagnosis before the rash
would of itself indicate the disease.
The rash appears on the third, fourth, or fifth day of the disease. From the
day of the infection to the outbreak of the rash about thirteen days
intervene. It is seen first at the roots of the hair on the forehead, behind the
ears or on the neck. It may be seen first on the cheeks. The beginning rash
appears as small, dark red, dull spots. At first there are only a few, but they
soon become more numerous, they join together, and soon the surface looks
inflamed as if entirely covered with the rash. The rash covers the entire
body, including the soles and palms. In twenty-four hours it is at its height
on the face. It spreads downward like a wave, first the face, then the neck
and chest, then the abdomen and later the legs. By the time it invades the
legs it has begun to fade on the face. It fades slowly in the order of its
appearance. Its duration is about four days.
Page 130
The skin is swollen; it burns and itches. The eyes are swollen and red and
intensely sensitive to light. There is usually a muco-pus discharge from
them. The cough is invariably an annoying feature. The fever is high and
reaches its highest point when the rash is at its height. As the rash fades the
fever subsides.
When the rash fades, the patient begins to "scale." The scales of measles are
fine, like bran, never in large patches like the scales of scarlet fever. The
amount of the scaling varies. It may be quite considerable or it may be so
small as to be overlooked.
Complications.—The most important and by far the most frequent
complication of measles is broncho-pneumonia. There may be various
conditions affecting the stomach, bowels, throat, ears, bronchi, and the
nervous system, which may accompany the disease but are seldom of a
serious or important character.
Treatment.—Measles runs a certain course and will run that course, no
matter what we may or may not do. We cannot stop it, or shorten it, or
lessen its severity. We can only hope to make the patient comfortable and to
prevent the development of complications.
The child should be put in bed and kept comfortably warm but not too
warm. The room should be kept at the ordinary temperature of the sick
room, 68° to 70° F. It should be darkened but not dark. The food should be
fluid and given regularly. The child may be given all the cool,—not cold,—
water it wants to drink. The bowels should be kept open daily. If
constipation occurs an enema may be given. The eyes must be carefully
watched and washed every hour or two during the day with a boracic acid
solution. If the cough is distressing, it may be rendered less distressing,
though we cannot hope to stop it until the disease has run its course. The
restlessness, headache and general discomfort can be much modified by
suitable remedies. If the itching is acute, the body can be rubbed with
carbolated vaseline. When the rash subsides and the patient is free from
fever a daily warm bath should be given in order to facilitate scaling.
Should complications arise they should be promptly cared for by the
attending physician.
intensely sensitive to light. There is usually a muco-pus discharge from
them. The cough is invariably an annoying feature. The fever is high and
reaches its highest point when the rash is at its height. As the rash fades the
fever subsides.
When the rash fades, the patient begins to "scale." The scales of measles are
fine, like bran, never in large patches like the scales of scarlet fever. The
amount of the scaling varies. It may be quite considerable or it may be so
small as to be overlooked.
Complications.—The most important and by far the most frequent
complication of measles is broncho-pneumonia. There may be various
conditions affecting the stomach, bowels, throat, ears, bronchi, and the
nervous system, which may accompany the disease but are seldom of a
serious or important character.
Treatment.—Measles runs a certain course and will run that course, no
matter what we may or may not do. We cannot stop it, or shorten it, or
lessen its severity. We can only hope to make the patient comfortable and to
prevent the development of complications.
The child should be put in bed and kept comfortably warm but not too
warm. The room should be kept at the ordinary temperature of the sick
room, 68° to 70° F. It should be darkened but not dark. The food should be
fluid and given regularly. The child may be given all the cool,—not cold,—
water it wants to drink. The bowels should be kept open daily. If
constipation occurs an enema may be given. The eyes must be carefully
watched and washed every hour or two during the day with a boracic acid
solution. If the cough is distressing, it may be rendered less distressing,
though we cannot hope to stop it until the disease has run its course. The
restlessness, headache and general discomfort can be much modified by
suitable remedies. If the itching is acute, the body can be rubbed with
carbolated vaseline. When the rash subsides and the patient is free from
fever a daily warm bath should be given in order to facilitate scaling.
Should complications arise they should be promptly cared for by the
attending physician.
Page 131
SUMMARY:—
1. Measles is the most prevalent infectious disease of childhood.
2. The danger of measles has been and is underestimated. Because
of its prevalency many mothers treat it with less respect than they
should, with the result that fatal complications occur, or the future
health of the child is permanently injured.
3. Children with measles should be put in bed and kept in bed and
treated as directed above.
The following rules have been formulated by the Department of Health of
New York City, with reference to measles, and embody precautions that
should find general observance:
1. All children in the family must be promptly excluded from
school attendance.
2. Careful and continued isolation of the patient must be enforced
until the case is terminated and fumigation has been ordered by
the medical inspector of the Department.
3. All secondary cases must be reported even if the first case is
still under surveillance of the Department of Health.
4. Suspected cases must be treated as contagious cases until a
sufficiently long observation has shown that the patient has a non-
contagious disease. All cases will be considered as measles, if so
reported. Any change in the original diagnosis must be made in
writing to the Department of Health and must be confirmed by a
diagnostician.
5. Physicians must not order the removal of patients to the
contagious disease hospital, or elsewhere, in cabs or other
vehicles, but must notify the Department of Health and the
removal will be effected by a coupé or ambulance of the
Department.
1. Measles is the most prevalent infectious disease of childhood.
2. The danger of measles has been and is underestimated. Because
of its prevalency many mothers treat it with less respect than they
should, with the result that fatal complications occur, or the future
health of the child is permanently injured.
3. Children with measles should be put in bed and kept in bed and
treated as directed above.
The following rules have been formulated by the Department of Health of
New York City, with reference to measles, and embody precautions that
should find general observance:
1. All children in the family must be promptly excluded from
school attendance.
2. Careful and continued isolation of the patient must be enforced
until the case is terminated and fumigation has been ordered by
the medical inspector of the Department.
3. All secondary cases must be reported even if the first case is
still under surveillance of the Department of Health.
4. Suspected cases must be treated as contagious cases until a
sufficiently long observation has shown that the patient has a non-
contagious disease. All cases will be considered as measles, if so
reported. Any change in the original diagnosis must be made in
writing to the Department of Health and must be confirmed by a
diagnostician.
5. Physicians must not order the removal of patients to the
contagious disease hospital, or elsewhere, in cabs or other
vehicles, but must notify the Department of Health and the
removal will be effected by a coupé or ambulance of the
Department.
Page 132
6. Whenever there is a case of measles in rooms in the rear of, or
communicating with, a store, the inspector is required to have the
store closed at once, or to report the case for immediate removal
to the hospital.
7. A case of measles must not be removed from one house to
another, or even to a different apartment in the same house,
without the permission of the Department. Such removal is in
direct violation of the provisions of the Sanitary Code.
8. No case of measles shall be discharged from observation until
the Department has been notified, the case examined by an
inspector to see if desquamation is entirely completed, and the
premises ordered fumigated. This examination by the inspector is
necessary because the Department of Health must have official
information as to the completion of desquamation before a child
is dismissed from observation. Other people with children
demand this protection. At no other time is the inspector allowed
to examine the patient. In any case, however, where isolation has
not been maintained and it becomes necessary to remove the
patient to the hospital, a diagnostician will make an examination.
It is recommended that physicians provide a special washable
gown for each case of measles. This gown should be put on
before entering the sick-room and taken off outside the sick-room
as soon as the visit is completed. The gown should be kept in a
closet or suitable place, separate from all other clothing, and the
gown, and the closet should be fumigated after the termination of
the case.
10. In private houses only fumigation may be performed under
the supervision of the attending physician; provided he follow
accurately the directions given in the following rules and
regulations. Upon request a blank will be provided upon which he
must state the manner and extent of the work performed under his
orders and supervision. If satisfactory to the Department, this will
be accepted in place of fumigation by the Department. It is
communicating with, a store, the inspector is required to have the
store closed at once, or to report the case for immediate removal
to the hospital.
7. A case of measles must not be removed from one house to
another, or even to a different apartment in the same house,
without the permission of the Department. Such removal is in
direct violation of the provisions of the Sanitary Code.
8. No case of measles shall be discharged from observation until
the Department has been notified, the case examined by an
inspector to see if desquamation is entirely completed, and the
premises ordered fumigated. This examination by the inspector is
necessary because the Department of Health must have official
information as to the completion of desquamation before a child
is dismissed from observation. Other people with children
demand this protection. At no other time is the inspector allowed
to examine the patient. In any case, however, where isolation has
not been maintained and it becomes necessary to remove the
patient to the hospital, a diagnostician will make an examination.
It is recommended that physicians provide a special washable
gown for each case of measles. This gown should be put on
before entering the sick-room and taken off outside the sick-room
as soon as the visit is completed. The gown should be kept in a
closet or suitable place, separate from all other clothing, and the
gown, and the closet should be fumigated after the termination of
the case.
10. In private houses only fumigation may be performed under
the supervision of the attending physician; provided he follow
accurately the directions given in the following rules and
regulations. Upon request a blank will be provided upon which he
must state the manner and extent of the work performed under his
orders and supervision. If satisfactory to the Department, this will
be accepted in place of fumigation by the Department. It is
Page 133
essential, however, that he should know that the disinfection has
been efficiently carried out.
In every case of fumigation the following regulations must be complied
with:
All cracks or crevices in rooms to be fumigated must be sealed or
calked, to prevent the escape of the disinfectant, and one of the
following disinfectants used in the quantities named:
a. Sulphur, 4 lbs., for every 1,000 cubic feet of air space, 8 hours'
exposure.
b. Formaline, 6 oz. for every 1,000 cubic feet of air space, 4
hours' exposure.
c. Paraform, 1,000 grains for every 1,000 cubic feet of air space, 6
hours' exposure.
The following disinfecting solutions may be used for goods,
which are afterwards to be washed:
a. Carbolic acid, 2 to 5 per cent.
b. Bichloride of mercury, 1-1,000.
SCARLET FEVER. SCARLATINA.
Scarlet fever is an acute, contagious disease. It begins abruptly. The child
may have a severe attack and be quite sick from the beginning, or he may
have a mild attack and not be very sick. Usually the fever rises rapidly, the
child vomits and complains of a sore throat. If the attack is very mild the
throat symptoms may not cause any distress. Frequently, about the third
day, there are patches on the tonsils. Prostration may be profound if the
fever is very high. Convulsions and diarrhea are sometimes present in very
young patients. It takes from two to six days to develop scarlet fever from
the time the child is exposed to it. The disease may be caught at any time,
but it is most contagious during the time the patient is scaling. It is not as
contagious as measles. Some children seem to escape even though directly
been efficiently carried out.
In every case of fumigation the following regulations must be complied
with:
All cracks or crevices in rooms to be fumigated must be sealed or
calked, to prevent the escape of the disinfectant, and one of the
following disinfectants used in the quantities named:
a. Sulphur, 4 lbs., for every 1,000 cubic feet of air space, 8 hours'
exposure.
b. Formaline, 6 oz. for every 1,000 cubic feet of air space, 4
hours' exposure.
c. Paraform, 1,000 grains for every 1,000 cubic feet of air space, 6
hours' exposure.
The following disinfecting solutions may be used for goods,
which are afterwards to be washed:
a. Carbolic acid, 2 to 5 per cent.
b. Bichloride of mercury, 1-1,000.
SCARLET FEVER. SCARLATINA.
Scarlet fever is an acute, contagious disease. It begins abruptly. The child
may have a severe attack and be quite sick from the beginning, or he may
have a mild attack and not be very sick. Usually the fever rises rapidly, the
child vomits and complains of a sore throat. If the attack is very mild the
throat symptoms may not cause any distress. Frequently, about the third
day, there are patches on the tonsils. Prostration may be profound if the
fever is very high. Convulsions and diarrhea are sometimes present in very
young patients. It takes from two to six days to develop scarlet fever from
the time the child is exposed to it. The disease may be caught at any time,
but it is most contagious during the time the patient is scaling. It is not as
contagious as measles. Some children seem to escape even though directly
Page 134
exposed to it. It is more frequent in the fall and during the winter, and it is
more severe during the latter months.
Eruption.—The eruption appears at any time after twelve hours. It may
not, however, appear before the third or fourth day. It lasts from three to
seven days, and only takes a few hours to cover the whole body after it is
first seen. The rash is first seen on the neck or chest; it appears as a red,
uniform blush, but, when examined closely, small reddish spots may be
seen all over it. If the rash is very faint and of a doubtful character a hot
bath may bring it out. A bright red, well-developed rash is a sign of good
heart action. In the event of heart failure, the rash fades quickly. Itching is a
constant symptom after the rash is fully out.
About the eighth day the rash begins to scale or desquamate. It begins on
the neck and chest. It takes from one to three weeks to scale completely,
from the time it begins to peel. The hands and feet are the last spots to scale.
It must always be kept in mind that mild cases are just as contagious as
severe cases, and that a mild case may cause in another person a very severe
attack.
The throat may be mildly affected or it may be the most troublesome
feature of the case. It is red and swollen and the child complains of pain
during the act of swallowing. Patches may be seen on the tonsils on the
third day. There is usually a discharge from the nose and this discharge may
be contagious. While the fever is high, the child is restless, complains of
thirst, and may be slightly delirious.
One attack is usually all a child has during life, though there are exceptions
to this rule. Complications are quite frequent with scarlet fever.
Inflammation of the ears and kidneys is most often met.
Measures to be Taken to Prevent Spread of Disease.—Every case, no
matter how mild, should be isolated for four weeks. Many cases must be
isolated longer,—until scaling is complete. Children should not play or
sleep with other children for three or four weeks after all symptoms have
been absent. Other children in the family, who have not been exposed,
should be sent away. All clothing should be changed and washed in soap
and water and then boiled in a carbolic solution. The nurse should not mix
more severe during the latter months.
Eruption.—The eruption appears at any time after twelve hours. It may
not, however, appear before the third or fourth day. It lasts from three to
seven days, and only takes a few hours to cover the whole body after it is
first seen. The rash is first seen on the neck or chest; it appears as a red,
uniform blush, but, when examined closely, small reddish spots may be
seen all over it. If the rash is very faint and of a doubtful character a hot
bath may bring it out. A bright red, well-developed rash is a sign of good
heart action. In the event of heart failure, the rash fades quickly. Itching is a
constant symptom after the rash is fully out.
About the eighth day the rash begins to scale or desquamate. It begins on
the neck and chest. It takes from one to three weeks to scale completely,
from the time it begins to peel. The hands and feet are the last spots to scale.
It must always be kept in mind that mild cases are just as contagious as
severe cases, and that a mild case may cause in another person a very severe
attack.
The throat may be mildly affected or it may be the most troublesome
feature of the case. It is red and swollen and the child complains of pain
during the act of swallowing. Patches may be seen on the tonsils on the
third day. There is usually a discharge from the nose and this discharge may
be contagious. While the fever is high, the child is restless, complains of
thirst, and may be slightly delirious.
One attack is usually all a child has during life, though there are exceptions
to this rule. Complications are quite frequent with scarlet fever.
Inflammation of the ears and kidneys is most often met.
Measures to be Taken to Prevent Spread of Disease.—Every case, no
matter how mild, should be isolated for four weeks. Many cases must be
isolated longer,—until scaling is complete. Children should not play or
sleep with other children for three or four weeks after all symptoms have
been absent. Other children in the family, who have not been exposed,
should be sent away. All clothing should be changed and washed in soap
and water and then boiled in a carbolic solution. The nurse should not mix
Page 135
freely with other members of the family. The sick room should be kept
clean, and well aired. It should be dusted with a wet cloth, and this should
afterwards be burned. There should be no furniture, or hangings, or pictures
in the room other than are absolutely necessary. The room should not be
used after the case is over until it is thoroughly and completely disinfected.
During the period of scaling the patient should be rubbed all over with
carbolated vaseline. This allays itching and prevents the scales flying
around. The bed sheet can be taken off daily with the scales in it, and
immediately put in carbolic water and boiled.
Treatment.—Inasmuch as scarlet fever is one of the most dangerous and
one of the most treacherous diseases of childhood, we cannot afford to take
any chances with it. Every child with scarlet fever should be put in bed, and
kept there during the entire illness,—that is, from four to six weeks. Light,
and the free circulation of fresh air are absolutely necessary for the proper
care of a scarlet fever case. The child should be clothed only with the usual
night gown and a light undershirt. No extra wraps or blankets are required.
The diet should be reduced in quantity and strength. The bowels should
move daily. If anything is necessary to accomplish this, citrate of magnesia
is quite satisfactory. There is no special medicine for the treatment of this
disease. Often it is not necessary to give any. Good nursing is more
essential, and with proper attention to the bowels, diet, fresh air, clothing,
sleep, and quiet, all will, as a rule, result favorably. Quiet is essential.
Consequently, two persons at a time should never be allowed in the room
with the little patient.
The family physician will prescribe whatever medicine is necessary in his
judgment, and will meet any complication as it arises.
TYPHOID FEVER
Typhoid fever is an acute infectious disease. It is rare in infancy. After the
fifth year it is more common. It is caused by drinking infected water or
milk. It is not a serious disease in childhood, rarely being fatal.
clean, and well aired. It should be dusted with a wet cloth, and this should
afterwards be burned. There should be no furniture, or hangings, or pictures
in the room other than are absolutely necessary. The room should not be
used after the case is over until it is thoroughly and completely disinfected.
During the period of scaling the patient should be rubbed all over with
carbolated vaseline. This allays itching and prevents the scales flying
around. The bed sheet can be taken off daily with the scales in it, and
immediately put in carbolic water and boiled.
Treatment.—Inasmuch as scarlet fever is one of the most dangerous and
one of the most treacherous diseases of childhood, we cannot afford to take
any chances with it. Every child with scarlet fever should be put in bed, and
kept there during the entire illness,—that is, from four to six weeks. Light,
and the free circulation of fresh air are absolutely necessary for the proper
care of a scarlet fever case. The child should be clothed only with the usual
night gown and a light undershirt. No extra wraps or blankets are required.
The diet should be reduced in quantity and strength. The bowels should
move daily. If anything is necessary to accomplish this, citrate of magnesia
is quite satisfactory. There is no special medicine for the treatment of this
disease. Often it is not necessary to give any. Good nursing is more
essential, and with proper attention to the bowels, diet, fresh air, clothing,
sleep, and quiet, all will, as a rule, result favorably. Quiet is essential.
Consequently, two persons at a time should never be allowed in the room
with the little patient.
The family physician will prescribe whatever medicine is necessary in his
judgment, and will meet any complication as it arises.
TYPHOID FEVER
Typhoid fever is an acute infectious disease. It is rare in infancy. After the
fifth year it is more common. It is caused by drinking infected water or
milk. It is not a serious disease in childhood, rarely being fatal.
Page 136
Symptoms.—It may begin suddenly or it may come on slowly. If suddenly,
the child develops what appears to be an attack of indigestion, has fever,
vomiting, and is prostrated. In cases developing slowly the child complains
of being tired, has a headache, nausea, and fever. Vomiting is the suggestive
and important symptom.
Diarrhea is usually present. Constipation, however, may accompany the
entire illness. Children may not complain of an excess of gas as do adults.
The abdomen is tender. The typhoid eruption is rarely seen in children.
They lose flesh steadily and then strength diminishes rapidly. Headache and
delirium at night are quite common, and the child is dull and indifferent,
and often in a state of semi-stupor.
In order to tell definitely whether the child has typhoid, it is necessary to
make a blood examination. There are so many intestinal conditions in
children that simulate typhoid, that a blood examination is imperative.
Treatment.—The patient should remain in bed during the time fever is
present and for a few days after. A fluid diet, preferably milk, is the most
suitable means of nourishing the child. It may be diluted or given plain
according to the age of the patient. Water is essential and should be given
freely.
The discharges of the patient should be thoroughly disinfected in a solution
of carbolic acid, 1-20. All clothing and bed linen should be boiled for two
hours. If the fever remains high cold sponging is advisable. The attending
physician should instruct regarding this feature, as some children do not
stand cold applications well.
The average duration of the disease is about six weeks.
How to Keep From Getting and Spreading Typhoid Fever.—Typhoid
fever is a communicable disease, but, if certain precautions are taken, its
contraction and spread can almost certainly be prevented.
The disease is caused by a specific germ known as the typhoid bacillus.
These germs are found in the excreta (stools and urine) of persons ill with
typhoid fever.
the child develops what appears to be an attack of indigestion, has fever,
vomiting, and is prostrated. In cases developing slowly the child complains
of being tired, has a headache, nausea, and fever. Vomiting is the suggestive
and important symptom.
Diarrhea is usually present. Constipation, however, may accompany the
entire illness. Children may not complain of an excess of gas as do adults.
The abdomen is tender. The typhoid eruption is rarely seen in children.
They lose flesh steadily and then strength diminishes rapidly. Headache and
delirium at night are quite common, and the child is dull and indifferent,
and often in a state of semi-stupor.
In order to tell definitely whether the child has typhoid, it is necessary to
make a blood examination. There are so many intestinal conditions in
children that simulate typhoid, that a blood examination is imperative.
Treatment.—The patient should remain in bed during the time fever is
present and for a few days after. A fluid diet, preferably milk, is the most
suitable means of nourishing the child. It may be diluted or given plain
according to the age of the patient. Water is essential and should be given
freely.
The discharges of the patient should be thoroughly disinfected in a solution
of carbolic acid, 1-20. All clothing and bed linen should be boiled for two
hours. If the fever remains high cold sponging is advisable. The attending
physician should instruct regarding this feature, as some children do not
stand cold applications well.
The average duration of the disease is about six weeks.
How to Keep From Getting and Spreading Typhoid Fever.—Typhoid
fever is a communicable disease, but, if certain precautions are taken, its
contraction and spread can almost certainly be prevented.
The disease is caused by a specific germ known as the typhoid bacillus.
These germs are found in the excreta (stools and urine) of persons ill with
typhoid fever.
Page 137
Failure to properly disinfect these excreta and carelessness in the care of
persons ill with typhoid fever lead to the transmission of the disease from
the sick to the well by the infection of water, milk or food with the typhoid
bacillus or by direct contact.
The disease is contracted by taking into the mouth in some form the
discharges from some previous case. There is no other way. It is, therefore,
a disease of filth and someone is at fault somewhere for every case of
typhoid fever that occurs.
Bad sanitary conditions, such as lack of drainage, open cess-pools, sewer
gas, decaying vegetable matter, etc., may favor the contraction of the
disease, but cannot cause it unless the specific germ, the typhoid bacillus, is
present.
The water supply of a community becomes infected by the entrance into it
of the excreta (stools and urine) of persons suffering from typhoid fever.
Milk (in which typhoid bacilli grow and multiply very rapidly) usually
becomes infected by washing out milk cans with water in which these
bacilli are present, or from the presence of the bacilli on the hands or
persons of those handling milk. Oysters spread the disease when they have
been "freshed" in water rich in sewage and containing the typhoid bacillus.
Flies, whose bodies have become foul with typhoid excreta, may infect
food, milk, etc. Those who take care of typhoid patients may contract the
disease if they do not at once disinfect their hands after handling the patient,
or clothing or bedding which has become soiled with the discharges.
How to Keep From Getting Typhoid Fever.—If the chance of infection is
to be reduced to a minimum, all drinking water, concerning the character of
which there may be the slightest doubt, should be boiled, and all milk, the
handling and care of which is not absolutely beyond suspicion, should be
pasteurized or boiled. All food supplies (meat, milk, vegetables, etc.),
should be carefully protected against flies, and flies should not be permitted
access to the sick-room, the kitchen nor to the room in which the meals are
eaten. Bathing at all beaches which have sewers emptying in their
immediate vicinity should be strictly avoided. In the majority of cases it is
probable that the system must be slightly below par in order that the disease
may be contracted; therefore, all indigestible food, green fruit, etc., which
persons ill with typhoid fever lead to the transmission of the disease from
the sick to the well by the infection of water, milk or food with the typhoid
bacillus or by direct contact.
The disease is contracted by taking into the mouth in some form the
discharges from some previous case. There is no other way. It is, therefore,
a disease of filth and someone is at fault somewhere for every case of
typhoid fever that occurs.
Bad sanitary conditions, such as lack of drainage, open cess-pools, sewer
gas, decaying vegetable matter, etc., may favor the contraction of the
disease, but cannot cause it unless the specific germ, the typhoid bacillus, is
present.
The water supply of a community becomes infected by the entrance into it
of the excreta (stools and urine) of persons suffering from typhoid fever.
Milk (in which typhoid bacilli grow and multiply very rapidly) usually
becomes infected by washing out milk cans with water in which these
bacilli are present, or from the presence of the bacilli on the hands or
persons of those handling milk. Oysters spread the disease when they have
been "freshed" in water rich in sewage and containing the typhoid bacillus.
Flies, whose bodies have become foul with typhoid excreta, may infect
food, milk, etc. Those who take care of typhoid patients may contract the
disease if they do not at once disinfect their hands after handling the patient,
or clothing or bedding which has become soiled with the discharges.
How to Keep From Getting Typhoid Fever.—If the chance of infection is
to be reduced to a minimum, all drinking water, concerning the character of
which there may be the slightest doubt, should be boiled, and all milk, the
handling and care of which is not absolutely beyond suspicion, should be
pasteurized or boiled. All food supplies (meat, milk, vegetables, etc.),
should be carefully protected against flies, and flies should not be permitted
access to the sick-room, the kitchen nor to the room in which the meals are
eaten. Bathing at all beaches which have sewers emptying in their
immediate vicinity should be strictly avoided. In the majority of cases it is
probable that the system must be slightly below par in order that the disease
may be contracted; therefore, all indigestible food, green fruit, etc., which
Page 138
may set up indigestion or diarrhea, and so render the system more
susceptible to infection, should be avoided. In addition, the elementary rules
of cleanliness and hygiene, both as to the house and person, should be most
strictly observed. No member of a household in which a case of typhoid
fever occurs should take food in any form without previously washing the
hands.
Typhoid bacilli enter the body only through the mouth. If sufficient care be
taken to prevent their entrance, the contraction of the disease can be
absolutely prevented.
How to Keep From Spreading the Disease.—In order to protect
themselves and others in the household, persons caring for or in any way
coming into contact with a case of typhoid fever must constantly bear in
mind that the secretions and excretions (urine, stools, etc.), of the patient
contain typhoid bacilli and are capable of transmitting the disease to others.
The person who nurses the patient should not do the cooking for the family.
The bedding used by the patient should be washed separately from that used
by others. Special dishes, plates, knives, forks, etc., should be kept for the
use of the patient alone, and should be washed separately and thoroughly.
Particular attention should be paid to immediate disinfection of the stools
and urine of the patients until the restoration of health is complete.
The urine is especially dangerous. It may look entirely normal and yet
contain typhoid bacilli for some time after recovery is apparently complete.
In a few instances the typhoid bacilli may persist in the stools for weeks or
months after recovery. Such persons are called "typhoid carriers," and
constitute a grave menace to the health of the community. The best
disinfectants are carbolic acid and freshly slacked lime; both are effectual,
cheap and easily obtained. Urine or stools to which has been added one-
third of their volume of a solution of one part of carbolic acid to twenty
parts of water are, as a rule, sufficiently disinfected in half an hour,
provided the mass of the stool is broken up and thoroughly mixed with the
solutions. The best method is to keep the urinal of bed-pan partly filled with
the disinfecting solution at all times. In this way any germs present in the
urine or stools are almost instantly destroyed. Stools and urine should never
be thrown out on the ground. If no system of drainage is at hand, they
should be very thoroughly disinfected and emptied into a hole in the ground
susceptible to infection, should be avoided. In addition, the elementary rules
of cleanliness and hygiene, both as to the house and person, should be most
strictly observed. No member of a household in which a case of typhoid
fever occurs should take food in any form without previously washing the
hands.
Typhoid bacilli enter the body only through the mouth. If sufficient care be
taken to prevent their entrance, the contraction of the disease can be
absolutely prevented.
How to Keep From Spreading the Disease.—In order to protect
themselves and others in the household, persons caring for or in any way
coming into contact with a case of typhoid fever must constantly bear in
mind that the secretions and excretions (urine, stools, etc.), of the patient
contain typhoid bacilli and are capable of transmitting the disease to others.
The person who nurses the patient should not do the cooking for the family.
The bedding used by the patient should be washed separately from that used
by others. Special dishes, plates, knives, forks, etc., should be kept for the
use of the patient alone, and should be washed separately and thoroughly.
Particular attention should be paid to immediate disinfection of the stools
and urine of the patients until the restoration of health is complete.
The urine is especially dangerous. It may look entirely normal and yet
contain typhoid bacilli for some time after recovery is apparently complete.
In a few instances the typhoid bacilli may persist in the stools for weeks or
months after recovery. Such persons are called "typhoid carriers," and
constitute a grave menace to the health of the community. The best
disinfectants are carbolic acid and freshly slacked lime; both are effectual,
cheap and easily obtained. Urine or stools to which has been added one-
third of their volume of a solution of one part of carbolic acid to twenty
parts of water are, as a rule, sufficiently disinfected in half an hour,
provided the mass of the stool is broken up and thoroughly mixed with the
solutions. The best method is to keep the urinal of bed-pan partly filled with
the disinfecting solution at all times. In this way any germs present in the
urine or stools are almost instantly destroyed. Stools and urine should never
be thrown out on the ground. If no system of drainage is at hand, they
should be very thoroughly disinfected and emptied into a hole in the ground
Page 139
and covered with earth. All persons nursing or handling the patient in any
way should be careful to wash their hands very thoroughly with soap and
water before leaving the sick-room. They should never, while in the sick-
room, touch any article of food or put their hands to their mouths. Careful
observation of the above suggestions and precautions will almost certainly
prevent contraction of typhoid fever or the spread of the disease.
VARIOUS SOLUTIONS
Boracic Acid Solution.—In the previous pages mothers are frequently told
to use "a saturated solution of boracic acid." A saturated solution means that
the water in the solution has dissolved all of the product that is put into it
that it is capable of dissolving. When boracic acid is put into water, the
water will dissolve it up to a certain point; if you add more the boracic acid
will not dissolve; it will float if it is in the form of powder, or it will remain
at the bottom of the glass if it is crystal—in other words the water is
saturated to its limit and the solution is known as a saturated solution.
The strength of a saturated solution of boracic acid is as follows:—
Boracic Acid Ounces 1-1/2
Hot Sterile Water Pints 2
which means that 2 pints of hot water will completely dissolve 1-1/2 ounces
of boracic acid. If any more boracic acid is added the water will not
dissolve it because it is already "saturated." Inasmuch, however, as boracic
acid is harmless, it is perfectly safe to use the liquid part of a solution which
contains some undissolved acid.
A saturated solution is used in the eyes after it is strained.
Normal Salt Solution.—A normal salt solution is made in the following
proportions:—
Sodium Chloride (ordinary table salt) Grains 128
Sterile Water Pints 2
way should be careful to wash their hands very thoroughly with soap and
water before leaving the sick-room. They should never, while in the sick-
room, touch any article of food or put their hands to their mouths. Careful
observation of the above suggestions and precautions will almost certainly
prevent contraction of typhoid fever or the spread of the disease.
VARIOUS SOLUTIONS
Boracic Acid Solution.—In the previous pages mothers are frequently told
to use "a saturated solution of boracic acid." A saturated solution means that
the water in the solution has dissolved all of the product that is put into it
that it is capable of dissolving. When boracic acid is put into water, the
water will dissolve it up to a certain point; if you add more the boracic acid
will not dissolve; it will float if it is in the form of powder, or it will remain
at the bottom of the glass if it is crystal—in other words the water is
saturated to its limit and the solution is known as a saturated solution.
The strength of a saturated solution of boracic acid is as follows:—
Boracic Acid Ounces 1-1/2
Hot Sterile Water Pints 2
which means that 2 pints of hot water will completely dissolve 1-1/2 ounces
of boracic acid. If any more boracic acid is added the water will not
dissolve it because it is already "saturated." Inasmuch, however, as boracic
acid is harmless, it is perfectly safe to use the liquid part of a solution which
contains some undissolved acid.
A saturated solution is used in the eyes after it is strained.
Normal Salt Solution.—A normal salt solution is made in the following
proportions:—
Sodium Chloride (ordinary table salt) Grains 128
Sterile Water Pints 2
Page 140
Normal salt solution is much used in irrigating the bowel. A mother may
safely use it in the proportion of one heaping teaspoonful to two quarts of
water—two quarts being the size of the ordinary fountain syringe.
Carron Oil.—Lime water and raw linseed oil, equal parts. This mixture is
much used in burns. It should be made fresh.
Thiersch's Solution:—
Salicylic Acid Drams 1/2
Boracic Acid Drams 3
Sterile Water Pints 2
Thiersch's solution is a good, mild antiseptic solution, or wash.
Solution of Bichloride of Mercury (1 to 1000):—
Bichloride of Mercury Grains 15
Common Salt Grains 15
Sterile Water Pints 2
Bichloride of mercury is one of the most powerful and poisonous drugs.
Solutions made from it should never be used without special directions
from a physician. In much weaker solutions than the above it is one of the
best antiseptic washes known. It is used to disinfect wounds, for douches,
and for various other purposes, but always by special direction of a
physician.
Other solutions.—Frequently mothers are directed to use solutions in the
proportion of 1 to 500, or 1 to 1000.
This means that there will be one part of the drug, or of the liquid medicine,
to 500, or 1000 parts of water. For example if you were asked to make up a
solution of bichloride of mercury in the strength of 1 to 4000, you would
use one ounce of bichloride of mercury to four thousand ounces of water, or
one grain of the mercury to four thousand drops of water,—one grain being
equivalent to one drop.
safely use it in the proportion of one heaping teaspoonful to two quarts of
water—two quarts being the size of the ordinary fountain syringe.
Carron Oil.—Lime water and raw linseed oil, equal parts. This mixture is
much used in burns. It should be made fresh.
Thiersch's Solution:—
Salicylic Acid Drams 1/2
Boracic Acid Drams 3
Sterile Water Pints 2
Thiersch's solution is a good, mild antiseptic solution, or wash.
Solution of Bichloride of Mercury (1 to 1000):—
Bichloride of Mercury Grains 15
Common Salt Grains 15
Sterile Water Pints 2
Bichloride of mercury is one of the most powerful and poisonous drugs.
Solutions made from it should never be used without special directions
from a physician. In much weaker solutions than the above it is one of the
best antiseptic washes known. It is used to disinfect wounds, for douches,
and for various other purposes, but always by special direction of a
physician.
Other solutions.—Frequently mothers are directed to use solutions in the
proportion of 1 to 500, or 1 to 1000.
This means that there will be one part of the drug, or of the liquid medicine,
to 500, or 1000 parts of water. For example if you were asked to make up a
solution of bichloride of mercury in the strength of 1 to 4000, you would
use one ounce of bichloride of mercury to four thousand ounces of water, or
one grain of the mercury to four thousand drops of water,—one grain being
equivalent to one drop.
Page 141
Sometimes solutions are made up on the percentage basis. For example, a
five per cent. solution of carbolic acid. In this case it would be necessary to
take five ounces of carbolic to one hundred ounces of water, or five drops of
carbolic to one hundred drops of water.
five per cent. solution of carbolic acid. In this case it would be necessary to
take five ounces of carbolic to one hundred ounces of water, or five drops of
carbolic to one hundred drops of water.
Page 142
CHAPTER XXXIX
ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES
Accidents and Emergencies—Contents of the Family Medicine Chest—
Foreign Bodies in the Eye—Foreign Bodies in the Ear—Foreign Bodies in
the Nose—Foreign Bodies in the Throat—A Bruise or Contusion—Wounds
—Arrest of Hemorrhage—Removal of Foreign Bodies from a Wound—
Cleansing a Wound—Closing and Dressing Wounds—The Condition of
Shock—Dog Bites—Sprains— Dislocations—Wounds of the Scalp—Run-
around—Felon—Whitlow—Burns and Scalds
Contents of the Family Medicine Chest.—The family medicine cabinet
should contain the following articles: a graduate, medicine droppers, hot
water bags, a flat ice bag, a fountain syringe, a Davidson's syringe, a baby
syringe, sterile gauze, absorbent cotton, gauze bandages of various widths,
a yard of oiled silk, one roll of one inch "Z O" adhesive plaster, a bottle of
Pearson's creolin, hydrogen peroxide (fresh), one ounce tincture of iodine in
an air-tight bottle, a can of Colman's mustard, two ounces of syrup of
ipecac, a bottle of castor oil (fresh), one pound of boracic acid powder, one
pound of boracic acid crystal, a bottle of glycerine, a bottle of white
vaseline, a bath thermometer, some good whisky or brandy, aromatic spirits
of ammonia, smelling salts, pure sodium bicarbonate, oil of cloves for an
aching gum or toothache, a bottle of alkolol for mouth wash and gargle, and
one ounce of the following ointment for use in the various emergencies
which occur in all homes,—
Bismuth subnitrate dram one
Zinc oxide dram one
Phenol (95%) drops twelve
Resinol ointment to make ounce one
This ointment may be applied to all cuts, bruises, skin eruptions, chafings
and sores of minor importance. It is one of the best applications for chafing
ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES
Accidents and Emergencies—Contents of the Family Medicine Chest—
Foreign Bodies in the Eye—Foreign Bodies in the Ear—Foreign Bodies in
the Nose—Foreign Bodies in the Throat—A Bruise or Contusion—Wounds
—Arrest of Hemorrhage—Removal of Foreign Bodies from a Wound—
Cleansing a Wound—Closing and Dressing Wounds—The Condition of
Shock—Dog Bites—Sprains— Dislocations—Wounds of the Scalp—Run-
around—Felon—Whitlow—Burns and Scalds
Contents of the Family Medicine Chest.—The family medicine cabinet
should contain the following articles: a graduate, medicine droppers, hot
water bags, a flat ice bag, a fountain syringe, a Davidson's syringe, a baby
syringe, sterile gauze, absorbent cotton, gauze bandages of various widths,
a yard of oiled silk, one roll of one inch "Z O" adhesive plaster, a bottle of
Pearson's creolin, hydrogen peroxide (fresh), one ounce tincture of iodine in
an air-tight bottle, a can of Colman's mustard, two ounces of syrup of
ipecac, a bottle of castor oil (fresh), one pound of boracic acid powder, one
pound of boracic acid crystal, a bottle of glycerine, a bottle of white
vaseline, a bath thermometer, some good whisky or brandy, aromatic spirits
of ammonia, smelling salts, pure sodium bicarbonate, oil of cloves for an
aching gum or toothache, a bottle of alkolol for mouth wash and gargle, and
one ounce of the following ointment for use in the various emergencies
which occur in all homes,—
Bismuth subnitrate dram one
Zinc oxide dram one
Phenol (95%) drops twelve
Resinol ointment to make ounce one
This ointment may be applied to all cuts, bruises, skin eruptions, chafings
and sores of minor importance. It is one of the best applications for chafing
Page 143
of the skin in babies.
The medicine chest should also contain a small jar of Unguentine for burns;
one-tenth grain calomel tablets for a cathartic for baby to be used as
explained in the text of the book, or as advised by the physician. It may also
contain tablets for colds and for other purposes as suggested by the family
physician. It should never contain medicines the use of which is not
thoroughly understood by the mother. It is a wrong practice for mothers to
keep medicines to use for the same ailment at a subsequent time. The
ailment may not be the same and frequently the medicine itself deteriorates,
or it may get stronger with age. Many medicines are made with alcohol in
them. If kept for some time the alcohol evaporates and leaves a
concentrated mixture which, if given in the dose meant for the fresh
preparation, may poison a child. Such cases of poisoning are on record. The
same argument applies to powders. Certain drugs lose their strength, some
absorb moisture, others change their chemical strength if kept mixed with
other chemicals. They should be thrown away after the case is over if they
have not been used. It is a dangerous practice to keep medicines around if
there are children in the family.
Foreign Bodies in the Eye.—Particles which accidentally lodge in the eye
are usually located on the under surface of the upper lid. They are
sometimes, however, found on the ball of the eye or on the inner aspect of
the lower lid. Foreign bodies which are propelled into the eye with great
force, as iron specks which railroad men frequently get sometimes imbed
themselves into the eye-ball and have to be cut out or dug out. The entrance
of the foreign particle is always accompanied by a flow of tears which is
nature's way of removing them. The offending object may escape through
the tear duct into the nose, or it may be simply washed out with the flow of
tears. Rubbing the well eye will cause a flow of tears in both eyes and may
facilitate removal of the foreign matter. Blowing the nose may force the
particle into the tear duct. The use of the eye cup may help in ridding the
eye of the body. The same object may be accomplished if the eyes are
immersed in a basin of water and opened wide. Then by moving the eyes
around the particle may be washed out. If the particle is located on the
under surface of the upper lid it may be promptly removed by pulling the
upper lid forcibly down and over the lower lid. The eyelashes of the lower
lid act as a brush and as a rule quickly remove the irritant if the procedure is
The medicine chest should also contain a small jar of Unguentine for burns;
one-tenth grain calomel tablets for a cathartic for baby to be used as
explained in the text of the book, or as advised by the physician. It may also
contain tablets for colds and for other purposes as suggested by the family
physician. It should never contain medicines the use of which is not
thoroughly understood by the mother. It is a wrong practice for mothers to
keep medicines to use for the same ailment at a subsequent time. The
ailment may not be the same and frequently the medicine itself deteriorates,
or it may get stronger with age. Many medicines are made with alcohol in
them. If kept for some time the alcohol evaporates and leaves a
concentrated mixture which, if given in the dose meant for the fresh
preparation, may poison a child. Such cases of poisoning are on record. The
same argument applies to powders. Certain drugs lose their strength, some
absorb moisture, others change their chemical strength if kept mixed with
other chemicals. They should be thrown away after the case is over if they
have not been used. It is a dangerous practice to keep medicines around if
there are children in the family.
Foreign Bodies in the Eye.—Particles which accidentally lodge in the eye
are usually located on the under surface of the upper lid. They are
sometimes, however, found on the ball of the eye or on the inner aspect of
the lower lid. Foreign bodies which are propelled into the eye with great
force, as iron specks which railroad men frequently get sometimes imbed
themselves into the eye-ball and have to be cut out or dug out. The entrance
of the foreign particle is always accompanied by a flow of tears which is
nature's way of removing them. The offending object may escape through
the tear duct into the nose, or it may be simply washed out with the flow of
tears. Rubbing the well eye will cause a flow of tears in both eyes and may
facilitate removal of the foreign matter. Blowing the nose may force the
particle into the tear duct. The use of the eye cup may help in ridding the
eye of the body. The same object may be accomplished if the eyes are
immersed in a basin of water and opened wide. Then by moving the eyes
around the particle may be washed out. If the particle is located on the
under surface of the upper lid it may be promptly removed by pulling the
upper lid forcibly down and over the lower lid. The eyelashes of the lower
lid act as a brush and as a rule quickly remove the irritant if the procedure is
Page 144
carried out adroitly. Everting the upper lid is a means of locating the body
and in making possible its removal by a small camel's hair brush or corner
of a handkerchief. To evert the upper lid it is necessary to employ a guide.
A match stem may be used in an emergency. This is laid across the middle
of the upper lid, the eye lashes are grasped with the fingers of the other
hand and the lid is bent over the match stem and turned up thus everting or
turning inside out the entire upper lid. The procedure may be facilitated if
the patient is instructed to look down while the operator is drawing the eye-
lid upward.
If the particle cannot be easily removed by any of the above methods it is
not safe for an uninstructed individual to go any further. The eye is an
exceedingly delicate organ and may be permanently injured by unnecessary
irritation. It is always safer and it may be cheaper in the long run to consult
a competent oculist in such cases.
After the removal of any object from the eye, it is desirable to frequently
wash it out with a saturated solution of boracic acid. This mixture will allay
any inflammation and will tend to restore the normal condition more
quickly and more satisfactorily than if the eye were left to heal itself.
Foreign Bodies in the Ear.—When a foreign body gets into the ear
mothers are unnecessarily alarmed because of a failure to appreciate that the
ear is a closed passage. It is impossible for any object to get into the ear
itself; the depth of the external passage is only about one inch in an adult.
At this point the passage is completely closed by the drum membrane. Most
of the harm is done by ignorant meddling, not by the object itself.
Children frequently put foreign bodies in the ear, as, buttons, pebbles,
beans, cherry stones, coffee, etc. The very first thing for the mother to do
when she learns that her child has put "something" in its ear is to keep cool,
and try to find out what the something is. It is essential to know what the
article is because different articles are treated differently. For example if we
try to remove a bean or pea with a syringe, the liquid will cause the pea or
bean to swell and result in wedging it in so firmly that it will be impossible
to dislodge it in this way.
If the object is hard, as a marble, button, pebble, bead, the greatest care
must be exercised. Try to make the object fall out. To effect this, turn the
and in making possible its removal by a small camel's hair brush or corner
of a handkerchief. To evert the upper lid it is necessary to employ a guide.
A match stem may be used in an emergency. This is laid across the middle
of the upper lid, the eye lashes are grasped with the fingers of the other
hand and the lid is bent over the match stem and turned up thus everting or
turning inside out the entire upper lid. The procedure may be facilitated if
the patient is instructed to look down while the operator is drawing the eye-
lid upward.
If the particle cannot be easily removed by any of the above methods it is
not safe for an uninstructed individual to go any further. The eye is an
exceedingly delicate organ and may be permanently injured by unnecessary
irritation. It is always safer and it may be cheaper in the long run to consult
a competent oculist in such cases.
After the removal of any object from the eye, it is desirable to frequently
wash it out with a saturated solution of boracic acid. This mixture will allay
any inflammation and will tend to restore the normal condition more
quickly and more satisfactorily than if the eye were left to heal itself.
Foreign Bodies in the Ear.—When a foreign body gets into the ear
mothers are unnecessarily alarmed because of a failure to appreciate that the
ear is a closed passage. It is impossible for any object to get into the ear
itself; the depth of the external passage is only about one inch in an adult.
At this point the passage is completely closed by the drum membrane. Most
of the harm is done by ignorant meddling, not by the object itself.
Children frequently put foreign bodies in the ear, as, buttons, pebbles,
beans, cherry stones, coffee, etc. The very first thing for the mother to do
when she learns that her child has put "something" in its ear is to keep cool,
and try to find out what the something is. It is essential to know what the
article is because different articles are treated differently. For example if we
try to remove a bean or pea with a syringe, the liquid will cause the pea or
bean to swell and result in wedging it in so firmly that it will be impossible
to dislodge it in this way.
If the object is hard, as a marble, button, pebble, bead, the greatest care
must be exercised. Try to make the object fall out. To effect this, turn the
Page 145
child's head downward with the injured ear toward the floor. Then pull the
lobe of the ear outward and backward so as to straighten the canal. A
teaspoonful of olive oil poured into the ear will aid in its expulsion. If after
the oil is poured in, the head is suddenly turned as above described the
object will fall out. A very effective way to remove a hard object is to take a
small camel's hair brush and coat the end with glue, or any other adhesive
substance, then place it in contact with the object and permit it to remain
long enough to become firmly attached after which it may be gently pulled
out with the object attached. Never employ an instrument in the ear to
remove a foreign body.
When a live insect or fly enters the ear a number of safe methods may be
developed. If the ear is immediately turned to a bright light the insect may
come out of its own accord. It may be floated out with salt water, or it may
be smothered with sweet oil or castor oil after which it may be floated or
syringed out. If it is necessary to employ a syringe this should be used
gently. A foreign body may remain in the ear for days or weeks without
doing any harm. This suggests that any unnecessary poking or prying
should not be undertaken, because this may wedge it in tighter and to injure
the drum membrane.
Foreign Bodies in the Nose.—Children may put any of these articles into
the nose. Very often they do, and do not know enough to tell. If such is the
case the first symptom calling attention to the fact that something is wrong
is the appearance of a thick foul discharge from one nostril or some
obstruction to breathing on the same side.
When the foreign body may be seen the child should be made to blow the
nose, first closing the well side with the finger. If this does not expel the
object the child should be made to sneeze by tickling the free nostril with a
feather or by taking snuff. The mother should never permit the use of
instruments by one unskilled in an effort to rid the nose of an obstruction.
There is great danger of seriously injuring the delicate structure of the nose
in this way or of pushing the object so far in that it may necessitate an
operation to extract it. It is much safer to seek medical aid before any
damage is effected. It seldom does harm to wait until the right assistance is
at hand; it often does serious harm to be too smart in these little matters.
lobe of the ear outward and backward so as to straighten the canal. A
teaspoonful of olive oil poured into the ear will aid in its expulsion. If after
the oil is poured in, the head is suddenly turned as above described the
object will fall out. A very effective way to remove a hard object is to take a
small camel's hair brush and coat the end with glue, or any other adhesive
substance, then place it in contact with the object and permit it to remain
long enough to become firmly attached after which it may be gently pulled
out with the object attached. Never employ an instrument in the ear to
remove a foreign body.
When a live insect or fly enters the ear a number of safe methods may be
developed. If the ear is immediately turned to a bright light the insect may
come out of its own accord. It may be floated out with salt water, or it may
be smothered with sweet oil or castor oil after which it may be floated or
syringed out. If it is necessary to employ a syringe this should be used
gently. A foreign body may remain in the ear for days or weeks without
doing any harm. This suggests that any unnecessary poking or prying
should not be undertaken, because this may wedge it in tighter and to injure
the drum membrane.
Foreign Bodies in the Nose.—Children may put any of these articles into
the nose. Very often they do, and do not know enough to tell. If such is the
case the first symptom calling attention to the fact that something is wrong
is the appearance of a thick foul discharge from one nostril or some
obstruction to breathing on the same side.
When the foreign body may be seen the child should be made to blow the
nose, first closing the well side with the finger. If this does not expel the
object the child should be made to sneeze by tickling the free nostril with a
feather or by taking snuff. The mother should never permit the use of
instruments by one unskilled in an effort to rid the nose of an obstruction.
There is great danger of seriously injuring the delicate structure of the nose
in this way or of pushing the object so far in that it may necessitate an
operation to extract it. It is much safer to seek medical aid before any
damage is effected. It seldom does harm to wait until the right assistance is
at hand; it often does serious harm to be too smart in these little matters.
Page 146
Foreign Bodies in the Throat.—If the foreign body is in the upper part of
the throat and can be seen it may be removed with any instrument that can
grasp it. The child may be immediately held up by its feet when the article
may be shaken out. If it is further back or in the air passages the child
should be made to vomit by tickling the throat with a feather or with the
finger held in the throat till it does vomit.
When the object interferes with breathing a physician should be sent for in a
hurry. In the meantime the family may try to dislodge it by having the child
bend forward or by holding it with the head downward and, while in this
position, sharply striking the back with each cough. Striking the chest when
in this position may effect the same purpose. If no success follows this
procedure try the reverse position. Have the child bend backward over the
arm of a sofa, for example, or put him in bed with the body hanging out of
the bed face upward. If none of these effect relief you must depend upon the
skill of the physician.
A Bruise or Contusion.—A bruise or contusion is an injury to the tissues
underneath the skin, but this does not imply that the skin itself is opened or
damaged. In every bruise the small blood vessels are ruptured, and the
blood collects in the tissues causing distention, swelling and pain. The
blood is held in the tissues, it is stagnant, becomes dark in color and so
produces the bluish discoloration that we see in all bruises. The color varies
according to the extent of the collected blood. At first it is red and inflamed
looking, then purple, then black, then greenish and finally citron. The so-
called "black-eye" is a typical example of this degree of bruise. After a
bruise the parts swell from the collection of blood and from the
accompanying inflammation. This causes pain which persists for a day
although the spot may be sore and tender for a week or more.
In all mild varieties home remedies may suffice, but in the more serious and
extensive bruises it is advisable to seek medical assistance. It is essential to
completely put the part to rest and to elevate it. This will relieve the pain
and favor the absorption of the exuded blood. If the bruise is on the foot, the
leg should be elevated until the foot is higher than the hip. If, on the hand, it
should be so held that it will be higher than the elbow and it may frequently
be held higher than the shoulder to relieve the throbbing and the pain.
the throat and can be seen it may be removed with any instrument that can
grasp it. The child may be immediately held up by its feet when the article
may be shaken out. If it is further back or in the air passages the child
should be made to vomit by tickling the throat with a feather or with the
finger held in the throat till it does vomit.
When the object interferes with breathing a physician should be sent for in a
hurry. In the meantime the family may try to dislodge it by having the child
bend forward or by holding it with the head downward and, while in this
position, sharply striking the back with each cough. Striking the chest when
in this position may effect the same purpose. If no success follows this
procedure try the reverse position. Have the child bend backward over the
arm of a sofa, for example, or put him in bed with the body hanging out of
the bed face upward. If none of these effect relief you must depend upon the
skill of the physician.
A Bruise or Contusion.—A bruise or contusion is an injury to the tissues
underneath the skin, but this does not imply that the skin itself is opened or
damaged. In every bruise the small blood vessels are ruptured, and the
blood collects in the tissues causing distention, swelling and pain. The
blood is held in the tissues, it is stagnant, becomes dark in color and so
produces the bluish discoloration that we see in all bruises. The color varies
according to the extent of the collected blood. At first it is red and inflamed
looking, then purple, then black, then greenish and finally citron. The so-
called "black-eye" is a typical example of this degree of bruise. After a
bruise the parts swell from the collection of blood and from the
accompanying inflammation. This causes pain which persists for a day
although the spot may be sore and tender for a week or more.
In all mild varieties home remedies may suffice, but in the more serious and
extensive bruises it is advisable to seek medical assistance. It is essential to
completely put the part to rest and to elevate it. This will relieve the pain
and favor the absorption of the exuded blood. If the bruise is on the foot, the
leg should be elevated until the foot is higher than the hip. If, on the hand, it
should be so held that it will be higher than the elbow and it may frequently
be held higher than the shoulder to relieve the throbbing and the pain.
Page 147
As a rule, cold should be applied as soon after the injury as possible, cloths
wrung out of ice water, or a piece of ice may be bound on the part for a
short time. The object of the cold is to stop the internal bleeding. If the
injury is slight, as are most of the injuries of the household, the mother may
apply repeated cloths wrung out of very hot water. This procedure tends to
aid the immediate absorption of the blood and prevents a discoloration of
the part. If there is great pain relief may be afforded by applying a firm
bandage saturated in the lead-water and laudanum mixture which may be
obtained in the drug store under the name of lead and opium wash. The
bruised part should be massaged every day and a simple ointment may be
applied to soften the inflamed area.
If any complication arises in the treatment of a bruise, it will be necessary
to consult a physician.
Wounds.—A wound implies an injury to the skin in addition to injury to
the underlying parts to a lesser or greater extent. The skin may be opened
by cutting, or stabbing wounds; or it may be punctured, torn, contused, or
bruised open. These injuries are effected in various ways. We speak of
machinery or mechanical wounds, or gunshot wounds, bites, cuts, stabs and
other varieties of wounds.
It is very important to know exactly how a wound is produced and the
nature of the instrument which opened the skin. We try to obtain this
information in order to estimate the probable degree of poison that may or
may not have entered into the wound.
The first thing to do in treating wounds is to stop the bleeding. If the patient
is suffering from shock he should be given active treatment for this
condition as described elsewhere. If the wound contains any foreign bodies
these should be removed. The wound should then be cleansed, closed and
dressed and kept at rest. If the wound is poisoned, or if there is any fear that
lockjaw may arise, or if the wound has been caused by a mad dog it will
require special treatment.
It is far better not to interfere if you do not know what to do than to do
harm. One should offer no advice if they are not qualified to give advice.
Much harm has resulted from doing the wrong thing in these cases. The
instruction in the following pages is given so that the average mother may
wrung out of ice water, or a piece of ice may be bound on the part for a
short time. The object of the cold is to stop the internal bleeding. If the
injury is slight, as are most of the injuries of the household, the mother may
apply repeated cloths wrung out of very hot water. This procedure tends to
aid the immediate absorption of the blood and prevents a discoloration of
the part. If there is great pain relief may be afforded by applying a firm
bandage saturated in the lead-water and laudanum mixture which may be
obtained in the drug store under the name of lead and opium wash. The
bruised part should be massaged every day and a simple ointment may be
applied to soften the inflamed area.
If any complication arises in the treatment of a bruise, it will be necessary
to consult a physician.
Wounds.—A wound implies an injury to the skin in addition to injury to
the underlying parts to a lesser or greater extent. The skin may be opened
by cutting, or stabbing wounds; or it may be punctured, torn, contused, or
bruised open. These injuries are effected in various ways. We speak of
machinery or mechanical wounds, or gunshot wounds, bites, cuts, stabs and
other varieties of wounds.
It is very important to know exactly how a wound is produced and the
nature of the instrument which opened the skin. We try to obtain this
information in order to estimate the probable degree of poison that may or
may not have entered into the wound.
The first thing to do in treating wounds is to stop the bleeding. If the patient
is suffering from shock he should be given active treatment for this
condition as described elsewhere. If the wound contains any foreign bodies
these should be removed. The wound should then be cleansed, closed and
dressed and kept at rest. If the wound is poisoned, or if there is any fear that
lockjaw may arise, or if the wound has been caused by a mad dog it will
require special treatment.
It is far better not to interfere if you do not know what to do than to do
harm. One should offer no advice if they are not qualified to give advice.
Much harm has resulted from doing the wrong thing in these cases. The
instruction in the following pages is given so that the average mother may
Page 148
know what to do in emergency but not with the intention that she may
regard her knowledge as sufficient to dispense with the aid of the physician.
Arrest of Hemorrhage.—When there is a wound there is always bleeding;
this means that some blood vessels have been cut or torn open allowing
blood to escape. The character of the hemorrhage will determine the nature
of the treatment to be employed. On general principles, the first thing to do
in the presence of bleeding is to elevate the part, if that is possible. If there
is simply a general oozing of blood, it may be controlled and arrested by
pressure. This pressure should be steady and prolonged. It is best
accomplished by wetting a clean handkerchief or a pad of gauze in ice cold
water, placing this on the part and binding it on firmly with a bandage.
If the discharge of blood flows in a steady stream and is rather dark the
hemorrhage is coming from a vein. We know that veins carry blood toward
the heart so that any pressure or constriction employed to stop a venous
hemorrhage should be tied on the side of the wound further removed from
the heart. Inasmuch as veins have soft walls the right kind of pressure will
in most instances stop the bleeding. The part should be elevated after the
pad is adjusted in place. Any tight band on the limb as a garter or sleeve
band should be removed as they tend to interrupt the return circulation.
If the hemorrhage is from an artery the blood is bright red. It spurts out
forcibly, is difficult to control and demands immediate attention. Arteries
carry the blood from the heart to the extremities. They beat with every
pulsation of the heart so that blood coming from an artery spurts with every
pulse beat. Even a small artery may be responsible for a very considerable
hemorrhage in a very short time. Whatever is done must be done quickly.
The parts should be freed from all clothing and if possible elevated.
Pressure may be tried, if it succeeds it must be strong and steady pressure.
The point to press must be on the heart side of the bleeding artery since the
blood stream is coming that way—this the mother will note is the reverse
from treating bleeding from a vein as previously explained. The artery at
this point may be felt beating. It is frequently necessary to clamp the whole
limb to stop an arterial hemorrhage. This may be done in the following
manner. Take a strong piece of cloth or bandage and tie above the bleeding
point. Insert a short piece of stick between the bandage and the limb and
twist around until the bleeding stops. This should not be kept on longer than
regard her knowledge as sufficient to dispense with the aid of the physician.
Arrest of Hemorrhage.—When there is a wound there is always bleeding;
this means that some blood vessels have been cut or torn open allowing
blood to escape. The character of the hemorrhage will determine the nature
of the treatment to be employed. On general principles, the first thing to do
in the presence of bleeding is to elevate the part, if that is possible. If there
is simply a general oozing of blood, it may be controlled and arrested by
pressure. This pressure should be steady and prolonged. It is best
accomplished by wetting a clean handkerchief or a pad of gauze in ice cold
water, placing this on the part and binding it on firmly with a bandage.
If the discharge of blood flows in a steady stream and is rather dark the
hemorrhage is coming from a vein. We know that veins carry blood toward
the heart so that any pressure or constriction employed to stop a venous
hemorrhage should be tied on the side of the wound further removed from
the heart. Inasmuch as veins have soft walls the right kind of pressure will
in most instances stop the bleeding. The part should be elevated after the
pad is adjusted in place. Any tight band on the limb as a garter or sleeve
band should be removed as they tend to interrupt the return circulation.
If the hemorrhage is from an artery the blood is bright red. It spurts out
forcibly, is difficult to control and demands immediate attention. Arteries
carry the blood from the heart to the extremities. They beat with every
pulsation of the heart so that blood coming from an artery spurts with every
pulse beat. Even a small artery may be responsible for a very considerable
hemorrhage in a very short time. Whatever is done must be done quickly.
The parts should be freed from all clothing and if possible elevated.
Pressure may be tried, if it succeeds it must be strong and steady pressure.
The point to press must be on the heart side of the bleeding artery since the
blood stream is coming that way—this the mother will note is the reverse
from treating bleeding from a vein as previously explained. The artery at
this point may be felt beating. It is frequently necessary to clamp the whole
limb to stop an arterial hemorrhage. This may be done in the following
manner. Take a strong piece of cloth or bandage and tie above the bleeding
point. Insert a short piece of stick between the bandage and the limb and
twist around until the bleeding stops. This should not be kept on longer than
Page 149
one hour. A tourniquet of this character shuts off all the blood in the limb
and if kept on too long the parts may mortify. The best means to stop a
hemorrhage of this character is by means of a rubber bandage sold for the
purpose. It is applied by stretching at every turn. It exerts uniform pressure
and in this way does no injury to the parts. All these measures are, of
course, only temporary expedients as the artery will finally have to be
caught and tied by a physician.
Removal of Foreign Bodies From a Wound.—When the foreign bodies
are large enough to be seen they may be picked out with the fingers after
the hands have been rendered sterile. Smaller bodies may be picked up with
forceps, or they may be washed out with water that has been boiled and
cooled slightly, or a bichloride of mercury solution in the strength of 1 to
2000 may be used; or a normal salt solution may be used. As a general rule
the physician should be allowed to undertake this procedure so that you
may not be blamed for something that may come up later.
Cleansing a Wound.—The simplest way, and the most effective, to cleanse
a wound, no matter how caused, is to procure a brush and paint it
thoroughly with tincture of iodine. The iodine should be painted right into
the raw wound, it is then bound up and left if it is small and does not need
any stitching. When the physician comes he can attend to any further
procedure that may be necessary.
Closing and Dressing Wounds.—If the wound is small, its edges may be
drawn together with narrow strips of adhesive bandage after it has been
painted with iodine. It is then bound up and kept at rest. It should be
inspected the following day to see if it is healing properly.
If the wound is large or torn, it should be seen by a physician and dressed
and closed by him. All wounds do better if they are kept at rest.
The Condition of Shock.—When a person suffers a serious injury, loses a
large quantity of blood, or is subjected to a profound emotion, it affects the
vital powers to such an extent that the individual is said to be suffering from
shock. Shock expresses itself in varying degrees of apathy. The patient may
or may not be conscious. If conscious he gives no evidence of feeling, he is
silent and motionless although he will respond to directions and may
answer questions. The eyes are dull and listless, the face pale and pinched,
and if kept on too long the parts may mortify. The best means to stop a
hemorrhage of this character is by means of a rubber bandage sold for the
purpose. It is applied by stretching at every turn. It exerts uniform pressure
and in this way does no injury to the parts. All these measures are, of
course, only temporary expedients as the artery will finally have to be
caught and tied by a physician.
Removal of Foreign Bodies From a Wound.—When the foreign bodies
are large enough to be seen they may be picked out with the fingers after
the hands have been rendered sterile. Smaller bodies may be picked up with
forceps, or they may be washed out with water that has been boiled and
cooled slightly, or a bichloride of mercury solution in the strength of 1 to
2000 may be used; or a normal salt solution may be used. As a general rule
the physician should be allowed to undertake this procedure so that you
may not be blamed for something that may come up later.
Cleansing a Wound.—The simplest way, and the most effective, to cleanse
a wound, no matter how caused, is to procure a brush and paint it
thoroughly with tincture of iodine. The iodine should be painted right into
the raw wound, it is then bound up and left if it is small and does not need
any stitching. When the physician comes he can attend to any further
procedure that may be necessary.
Closing and Dressing Wounds.—If the wound is small, its edges may be
drawn together with narrow strips of adhesive bandage after it has been
painted with iodine. It is then bound up and kept at rest. It should be
inspected the following day to see if it is healing properly.
If the wound is large or torn, it should be seen by a physician and dressed
and closed by him. All wounds do better if they are kept at rest.
The Condition of Shock.—When a person suffers a serious injury, loses a
large quantity of blood, or is subjected to a profound emotion, it affects the
vital powers to such an extent that the individual is said to be suffering from
shock. Shock expresses itself in varying degrees of apathy. The patient may
or may not be conscious. If conscious he gives no evidence of feeling, he is
silent and motionless although he will respond to directions and may
answer questions. The eyes are dull and listless, the face pale and pinched,
Page 150
and the general expression is apathetic. The skin is cold and there may be
perspiration; the pulse is feeble and irregular, and the breathing is shallow.
The whole attitude of the victim is one of indifference and apparent
inability to appreciate the seriousness of the situation and a seeming
immunity to pain or discomfort.
When this condition exists it must always be regarded as serious because
the patient may die as a direct result of the condition of shock. The various
symptoms depend upon a temporary paralysis of the blood vessels which
deprives the brain of blood. There is always a certain degree of shock with
all injuries. Mothers should know what to do in these cases before the
physician comes. The general treatment in all cases is to keep the patient
warm and quiet, and to use stimulants carefully.
The patient should be put in bed or on a flat surface with the feet higher
than the head. If raising the feet should cause the face to become blue it will
be advisable to restore the patient to the horizontal posture. Artificial heat
must be applied to the patient's body and extremities by means of hot water
bags, bottles, bricks, plates, or any other handy device. Blankets should be
put around the patient and every possible means resorted to, to maintain
body heat. Mustard plasters may be put to the heart, spine and shins.
Stimulants are necessary, such as hot black coffee if possible or hot water,
in which a small portion of brandy may be put. If brandy is not obtainable
the patient may take aromatic spirits of ammonia in hot water every twenty
minutes for a number of doses. In every case of shock a physician should be
sent for immediately.
Dog Bites.—When a child is bit by a dog every effort should be made to get
the dog. It should be kept in a safe place for a week so that it may be
definitely known whether it is sick or not. If the dog dies within a few days
after biting anyone it may be assumed that he had rabies. Its head should be
sent to the local health authorities who can tell after examination if it was
mad. If there is any reason to assume that the dog was infected, the child
should receive the Pasteur treatment. This treatment will, if conducted
under favorable circumstances, absolutely prevent hydrophobia.
The mother should sterilize the wound as thoroughly as possible. This may
be done by using pure hydrogen peroxide. A little piece of absorbent cotton
perspiration; the pulse is feeble and irregular, and the breathing is shallow.
The whole attitude of the victim is one of indifference and apparent
inability to appreciate the seriousness of the situation and a seeming
immunity to pain or discomfort.
When this condition exists it must always be regarded as serious because
the patient may die as a direct result of the condition of shock. The various
symptoms depend upon a temporary paralysis of the blood vessels which
deprives the brain of blood. There is always a certain degree of shock with
all injuries. Mothers should know what to do in these cases before the
physician comes. The general treatment in all cases is to keep the patient
warm and quiet, and to use stimulants carefully.
The patient should be put in bed or on a flat surface with the feet higher
than the head. If raising the feet should cause the face to become blue it will
be advisable to restore the patient to the horizontal posture. Artificial heat
must be applied to the patient's body and extremities by means of hot water
bags, bottles, bricks, plates, or any other handy device. Blankets should be
put around the patient and every possible means resorted to, to maintain
body heat. Mustard plasters may be put to the heart, spine and shins.
Stimulants are necessary, such as hot black coffee if possible or hot water,
in which a small portion of brandy may be put. If brandy is not obtainable
the patient may take aromatic spirits of ammonia in hot water every twenty
minutes for a number of doses. In every case of shock a physician should be
sent for immediately.
Dog Bites.—When a child is bit by a dog every effort should be made to get
the dog. It should be kept in a safe place for a week so that it may be
definitely known whether it is sick or not. If the dog dies within a few days
after biting anyone it may be assumed that he had rabies. Its head should be
sent to the local health authorities who can tell after examination if it was
mad. If there is any reason to assume that the dog was infected, the child
should receive the Pasteur treatment. This treatment will, if conducted
under favorable circumstances, absolutely prevent hydrophobia.
The mother should sterilize the wound as thoroughly as possible. This may
be done by using pure hydrogen peroxide. A little piece of absorbent cotton
Page 151
is wound round the end of a tooth-pick or match, dipped in the peroxide and
the incision thoroughly rubbed clean. This may be done a number of times
to ensure thorough cleansing. No effort should be made to cauterize the
wound. It is not considered proper to employ this method with dog bites.
When the physician examines the wound he may or may not open it further
for more extensive inspection and sterilization.
Mothers should remember that there are thousands of bites by dogs that
never cause any trouble, and if it is known that the dog is healthy no worry
need trouble the family. It is also wrong to inform the child of the
probability of hydrophobia. The child may worry himself sick with fear and
if the mother is nervous and excitable he is apt to be made sick with the
dread of what may follow. It is better, therefore, to remain quiet, to keep
cool, and not to excite the little patient at all.
Sprains.—Every joint is held together by ligaments which are attached to
the bones forming the joint. If these ligaments are subjected to a sudden
twist in a direction in which the joint is not constructed to move, the
resulting injury is known as a sprain. The ligaments are stretched, though
they may be torn apart and even small pieces of the bone may be split off if
the wrench is great enough. The injury is an exceedingly painful one and
frequently renders the limb useless for some time. It is always accompanied
with some degree of swelling and more or less inflammation.
A sprained joint should be immediately put at absolute rest. The best
dressing is the lead and opium wash. Two pints of it may be obtained at the
drug store. Pour into a large bowl, saturate a large piece of thick absorbent
cotton, wrap around the joint and bind in place. This dressing may be
repeated as often as the cotton becomes dry. When the swelling has
disappeared and the pain is gone, it is desirable to have the joint supported
with strips of adhesive bandage. These must be put on in a certain way in
order to properly support the joint. Consequently a physician should put
them on. If a sprain is not attended to effectively there is danger of the joint
being more or less incapacitated for life.
Dislocations.—A dislocated joint is one that has been put out of place. It is
best to allow a physician to treat a dislocation. Unskilled handling of a
dislocated joint may not only increase the damage but it may permanently
the incision thoroughly rubbed clean. This may be done a number of times
to ensure thorough cleansing. No effort should be made to cauterize the
wound. It is not considered proper to employ this method with dog bites.
When the physician examines the wound he may or may not open it further
for more extensive inspection and sterilization.
Mothers should remember that there are thousands of bites by dogs that
never cause any trouble, and if it is known that the dog is healthy no worry
need trouble the family. It is also wrong to inform the child of the
probability of hydrophobia. The child may worry himself sick with fear and
if the mother is nervous and excitable he is apt to be made sick with the
dread of what may follow. It is better, therefore, to remain quiet, to keep
cool, and not to excite the little patient at all.
Sprains.—Every joint is held together by ligaments which are attached to
the bones forming the joint. If these ligaments are subjected to a sudden
twist in a direction in which the joint is not constructed to move, the
resulting injury is known as a sprain. The ligaments are stretched, though
they may be torn apart and even small pieces of the bone may be split off if
the wrench is great enough. The injury is an exceedingly painful one and
frequently renders the limb useless for some time. It is always accompanied
with some degree of swelling and more or less inflammation.
A sprained joint should be immediately put at absolute rest. The best
dressing is the lead and opium wash. Two pints of it may be obtained at the
drug store. Pour into a large bowl, saturate a large piece of thick absorbent
cotton, wrap around the joint and bind in place. This dressing may be
repeated as often as the cotton becomes dry. When the swelling has
disappeared and the pain is gone, it is desirable to have the joint supported
with strips of adhesive bandage. These must be put on in a certain way in
order to properly support the joint. Consequently a physician should put
them on. If a sprain is not attended to effectively there is danger of the joint
being more or less incapacitated for life.
Dislocations.—A dislocated joint is one that has been put out of place. It is
best to allow a physician to treat a dislocation. Unskilled handling of a
dislocated joint may not only increase the damage but it may permanently
Page 152
put the joint out of business. Until the physician arrives the part should be
kept absolutely at rest.
Wounds of the Scalp.—Children frequently get injuries of the scalp. These
wounds bleed freely and as a rule they occasion a great deal of unnecessary
worry and apprehension. Usually they are not of much importance. We must
keep in mind, however, the probability of fracture as a consequence of
severe injury. The first thing to do when there is bleeding from the scalp is
to cut or shave away the hair surrounding the wound. This should be done
for an inch around the wound so that thorough disinfection may be possible.
The wound should now be cleansed as previously instructed and an effort
made to stop the bleeding. The best method is to first apply pads of gauze
wrung out of very hot water. When success is evident a pad made of boiled
cotton should be placed on the wound and held tightly in place for some
time. If the wound is of such a character as to demand stitches a physician
should of course put them in.
Run-Around: Felon: Whitlow.—When pus germs enter around a finger
nail and lodge in the soft tissue a "run-around" is the result. It is
accompanied with pain, swelling, redness and inflammation. The loss of the
nail may follow.
A felon or Whitlow is a more extensive and a more serious condition. It is
not always possible to trace the cause of a felon. The fact that germs gain an
entrance, however, is soon established. Sometimes a bruise, or scratch, or a
wound is the primary cause. The last joint of any of the fingers may be the
seat of a felon. A end of the finger becomes hot, tense, swollen and very
painful; the pain is intense if the hand is held down. The surface may or
may not be red. There is as a rule some fever. If the felon is on the little
finger or thumb the condition is worse than on the others as a rule,—the
inflammation extending to the hand and often into the arm. The condition
affects the palmar surface of the fingers. If the felon results in the "death" of
the bone, the last joint will have to be taken off and the hand may be
distorted, crippled, and rendered permanently disabled. Blood poison may
set in and death is possible as a result of this complication.
Treatment.—Every effort should be made to abort a felon. Continuous
application of equal parts of alcohol and water night and day may abort it.
kept absolutely at rest.
Wounds of the Scalp.—Children frequently get injuries of the scalp. These
wounds bleed freely and as a rule they occasion a great deal of unnecessary
worry and apprehension. Usually they are not of much importance. We must
keep in mind, however, the probability of fracture as a consequence of
severe injury. The first thing to do when there is bleeding from the scalp is
to cut or shave away the hair surrounding the wound. This should be done
for an inch around the wound so that thorough disinfection may be possible.
The wound should now be cleansed as previously instructed and an effort
made to stop the bleeding. The best method is to first apply pads of gauze
wrung out of very hot water. When success is evident a pad made of boiled
cotton should be placed on the wound and held tightly in place for some
time. If the wound is of such a character as to demand stitches a physician
should of course put them in.
Run-Around: Felon: Whitlow.—When pus germs enter around a finger
nail and lodge in the soft tissue a "run-around" is the result. It is
accompanied with pain, swelling, redness and inflammation. The loss of the
nail may follow.
A felon or Whitlow is a more extensive and a more serious condition. It is
not always possible to trace the cause of a felon. The fact that germs gain an
entrance, however, is soon established. Sometimes a bruise, or scratch, or a
wound is the primary cause. The last joint of any of the fingers may be the
seat of a felon. A end of the finger becomes hot, tense, swollen and very
painful; the pain is intense if the hand is held down. The surface may or
may not be red. There is as a rule some fever. If the felon is on the little
finger or thumb the condition is worse than on the others as a rule,—the
inflammation extending to the hand and often into the arm. The condition
affects the palmar surface of the fingers. If the felon results in the "death" of
the bone, the last joint will have to be taken off and the hand may be
distorted, crippled, and rendered permanently disabled. Blood poison may
set in and death is possible as a result of this complication.
Treatment.—Every effort should be made to abort a felon. Continuous
application of equal parts of alcohol and water night and day may abort it.
Page 153
Tincture of iodine applied to the entire end of the finger may be effective.
The hand must be at rest, carried in a sling during the day and slung over
the head to the bed-board at night. If these efforts are not successful after
twenty-four hours hot poultices should be resorted to, but they must be
changed every twenty minutes. If, at the end of another twenty-four hours,
there is no improvement the finger must be freely cut open by a surgeon and
the poultices continued.
Treatment of "Run-Around."—Apply iodine freely, cold applications,
and if the inflammation persists use poultices. It is frequently necessary to
incise the run-around. Patients suffering from either of these conditions
need general tonic treatment and should be under the care of a physician.
Burns and Scalds.—Burns result from undue exposure to dry heat. Scalds
are produced by the action of hot liquids and steam.
There are always produced two results from a burn or a scald. First the local
effect, and, second, the general effect. The general effect may produce
shock, the symptoms of which have been described in the previous pages.
The degree of shock depends upon the extent of the local injury and may be
severe enough to result in death. If the local injury covers more than two-
thirds of the body death as a rule takes place within two days.
How to Extinguish Burning Clothing.—The thought to keep in mind is to
smother the flames effectively. If we deprive the flame of all air or oxygen
it will immediately subside. This may be done quickly by wrapping the
burning part in a carpet, rug, blanket, overcoat or any large woolen material
at hand. If none of these articles are at hand the victim may roll on the floor
and try to smother the flame by pressure, aided by the hands. It is a good
plan to throw water on the patient immediately after the fire has been put
out, so as to extinguish the smoldering fire.
When a person is scalded by steam or boiling water or other liquid, it is
advisable to pour cold water freely over the wound.
How to Remove the Clothing.—When it is necessary to remove the
clothing it is essential to be gentle in order not to do greater injury. The
clothing must not be pulled. The garment should be cut so that they fall off.
The hand must be at rest, carried in a sling during the day and slung over
the head to the bed-board at night. If these efforts are not successful after
twenty-four hours hot poultices should be resorted to, but they must be
changed every twenty minutes. If, at the end of another twenty-four hours,
there is no improvement the finger must be freely cut open by a surgeon and
the poultices continued.
Treatment of "Run-Around."—Apply iodine freely, cold applications,
and if the inflammation persists use poultices. It is frequently necessary to
incise the run-around. Patients suffering from either of these conditions
need general tonic treatment and should be under the care of a physician.
Burns and Scalds.—Burns result from undue exposure to dry heat. Scalds
are produced by the action of hot liquids and steam.
There are always produced two results from a burn or a scald. First the local
effect, and, second, the general effect. The general effect may produce
shock, the symptoms of which have been described in the previous pages.
The degree of shock depends upon the extent of the local injury and may be
severe enough to result in death. If the local injury covers more than two-
thirds of the body death as a rule takes place within two days.
How to Extinguish Burning Clothing.—The thought to keep in mind is to
smother the flames effectively. If we deprive the flame of all air or oxygen
it will immediately subside. This may be done quickly by wrapping the
burning part in a carpet, rug, blanket, overcoat or any large woolen material
at hand. If none of these articles are at hand the victim may roll on the floor
and try to smother the flame by pressure, aided by the hands. It is a good
plan to throw water on the patient immediately after the fire has been put
out, so as to extinguish the smoldering fire.
When a person is scalded by steam or boiling water or other liquid, it is
advisable to pour cold water freely over the wound.
How to Remove the Clothing.—When it is necessary to remove the
clothing it is essential to be gentle in order not to do greater injury. The
clothing must not be pulled. The garment should be cut so that they fall off.
Page 154
If any part sticks to the skin, it must be left, not torn away. Later, it may be
removed by moistening it with salt water.
Treatment of Scalds and Burns.—All slight burns or scalds may be
effectively treated with Unguentine. This substance may be obtained in any
drug store. It is spread on a cloth and applied directly to the injured part,
bound securely on and renewed every day until the wound is healed. If
Unguentine is not readily obtainable the part may be covered with any of
the following mixtures or oils: carbolated vaseline, equal parts of linseed oil
and lime water, olive oil, castor oil or kerosene, cloths soaked in a solution
of baking soda, or a solution of phenol sodique.
In severe burns or scalds the mother should not attempt to treat the child. A
physician should be summoned at once. The child may be given a little
whisky or brandy in warm water, and if the pain is great a dose of laudanum
may be given. The dose of laudanum is one drop for each year of life. If the
child has a chill he may be put into a warm bath of 100°F. It is not wise to
cut a burn blister. The water may be let out by puncturing with a sterile
needle, but the skin must be left intact until the new skin is grown. The
treatment of burns must be done with the greatest cleanliness because if
infected with germs they may prove serious.
removed by moistening it with salt water.
Treatment of Scalds and Burns.—All slight burns or scalds may be
effectively treated with Unguentine. This substance may be obtained in any
drug store. It is spread on a cloth and applied directly to the injured part,
bound securely on and renewed every day until the wound is healed. If
Unguentine is not readily obtainable the part may be covered with any of
the following mixtures or oils: carbolated vaseline, equal parts of linseed oil
and lime water, olive oil, castor oil or kerosene, cloths soaked in a solution
of baking soda, or a solution of phenol sodique.
In severe burns or scalds the mother should not attempt to treat the child. A
physician should be summoned at once. The child may be given a little
whisky or brandy in warm water, and if the pain is great a dose of laudanum
may be given. The dose of laudanum is one drop for each year of life. If the
child has a chill he may be put into a warm bath of 100°F. It is not wise to
cut a burn blister. The water may be let out by puncturing with a sterile
needle, but the skin must be left intact until the new skin is grown. The
treatment of burns must be done with the greatest cleanliness because if
infected with germs they may prove serious.
Page 155
MISCELLANEOUS
Page 156
CHAPTER XL
MISCELLANEOUS
MISCELLANEOUS
Page 157
The Dangerous House Fly—Diseases Transmitted by Flies—Homes Should
be Carefully Screened and Protected—The Breeding Places of Flies—
Special Care Should be Given to Stables, Privy Vaults, Garbage, Vacant
Lots, Foodstuffs, Water Fronts, Drains—Precautions to be Observed—How
to Kill Flies—Moths—What Physicians are Doing—Radium—X-Ray
Treatment and X-Ray Diagnosis—Aseptic Surgery—New Anesthetics—
Vaccine in Typhoid Fever—"606"—Transplanting the Organs of Dead Men
into the Living—Bacteria that Make Soil Barren or Productive—Anti-
meningitis Serum—A Serum for Malaria in Sight.
THE DANGEROUS HOUSE FLY
Mothers should become thoroughly acquainted with the grave
consequences which may result from fly-infected foods, and from the
possible carriage of disease by means of flies, even where foods are
carefully protected. The transmission of the following diseases by means of
flies has been conclusively proven: typhoid fever, tuberculosis, cholera,
Oriental plague, inflammation of the eyelids, serious infection of wounds.
Summer diarrhea of children is also transmitted in this way.
Typhoid fever and summer diarrhea of children in this country, and cholera
and Oriental plague in the countries in which those diseases exist, may be
transmitted through the various foods that are eaten in an uncooked state, if
infected by flies, through cooked foods infected by flies after the process of
cooking, through drinking water which has been infected by flies, and
through milk similarly infected. Fruits are especially likely to be infected by
the small fruit fly commonly found around markets and stands. Fish may be
infected by flies, and in consequence will undergo rapid decomposition.
Decomposition caused in this way has resulted in many cases of diarrhea
and dysentery. What is commonly known as fly speck is the excreta of the
fly, and frequently contains virulent disease germs. These specks are often
found on foodstuffs that have not been properly protected.
Transmission of disease may also occur by the infection of open wounds
through contact with infected flies. This is true of all pus formation in
wounds. The simple contact of a fly infected with the disease may cause
Oriental plague, sore eyes, and possibly granular eyelids. A fly infected
be Carefully Screened and Protected—The Breeding Places of Flies—
Special Care Should be Given to Stables, Privy Vaults, Garbage, Vacant
Lots, Foodstuffs, Water Fronts, Drains—Precautions to be Observed—How
to Kill Flies—Moths—What Physicians are Doing—Radium—X-Ray
Treatment and X-Ray Diagnosis—Aseptic Surgery—New Anesthetics—
Vaccine in Typhoid Fever—"606"—Transplanting the Organs of Dead Men
into the Living—Bacteria that Make Soil Barren or Productive—Anti-
meningitis Serum—A Serum for Malaria in Sight.
THE DANGEROUS HOUSE FLY
Mothers should become thoroughly acquainted with the grave
consequences which may result from fly-infected foods, and from the
possible carriage of disease by means of flies, even where foods are
carefully protected. The transmission of the following diseases by means of
flies has been conclusively proven: typhoid fever, tuberculosis, cholera,
Oriental plague, inflammation of the eyelids, serious infection of wounds.
Summer diarrhea of children is also transmitted in this way.
Typhoid fever and summer diarrhea of children in this country, and cholera
and Oriental plague in the countries in which those diseases exist, may be
transmitted through the various foods that are eaten in an uncooked state, if
infected by flies, through cooked foods infected by flies after the process of
cooking, through drinking water which has been infected by flies, and
through milk similarly infected. Fruits are especially likely to be infected by
the small fruit fly commonly found around markets and stands. Fish may be
infected by flies, and in consequence will undergo rapid decomposition.
Decomposition caused in this way has resulted in many cases of diarrhea
and dysentery. What is commonly known as fly speck is the excreta of the
fly, and frequently contains virulent disease germs. These specks are often
found on foodstuffs that have not been properly protected.
Transmission of disease may also occur by the infection of open wounds
through contact with infected flies. This is true of all pus formation in
wounds. The simple contact of a fly infected with the disease may cause
Oriental plague, sore eyes, and possibly granular eyelids. A fly infected
Page 158
with dysentery or typhoid fever may cause either of these diseases by
simply coming in contact with the lips of susceptible persons.
The fly in the house should be relentlessly pursued and destroyed. The
house which is carefully screened and protected from flies is infinitely safer
than one not so protected. In the spring of the year the house fly begins to
take on life. Eggs which were laid the preceding fall begin to hatch. At first
the fly is only a little worm wriggling in some pile of filth. The eggs are
usually laid and the grub developed in a manure pile or some mass of
garbage or other filth. Before the grub develops into the fly it is easily
destroyed. If everything in and about the house were kept scrupulously
clean, and if every manure pile were kept carefully screened or covered so
as to protect it from flies, there would be no difficulty in preventing the fly
nuisance. The most effective way to accomplish this is to destroy the
breeding places. The importance of this may be seen when it is considered
that one fly produces one hundred and twenty-five millions or more of its
kind in one season.
Stables.—Manure is by far the commonest material in which the fly lays
her eggs. All stables should be kept scrupulously clean. No manure should
be allowed to accumulate where it will be exposed to flies for even a few
minutes. Immediately after it is dropped by an animal, it should be removed
and covered. Manure may be treated with considerable quantities of lime
without interfering with its fertilizing value, and in this way the
development of the eggs laid in it by the flies can be practically prevented.
The floors of stables should be thoroughly flushed with water at least once
in every twenty-four hours.
Privy Vaults.—Human excrement also affords an excellent breeding place
for flies. In army camps the latrines are the points from which much
infection is transmitted to troops, and thousands of the men have lost their
lives by contracting typhoid fever transmitted in this manner. During the
summer time all open vaults and dry closets should be treated continuously
with lime, crude creolin or crude carbolic acid, and they should be carefully
cleaned out at frequent intervals.
Garbage.—As a medium for the development of flies, garbage may be
considered next in importance to excreta. The eggs of the fly hatch in about
simply coming in contact with the lips of susceptible persons.
The fly in the house should be relentlessly pursued and destroyed. The
house which is carefully screened and protected from flies is infinitely safer
than one not so protected. In the spring of the year the house fly begins to
take on life. Eggs which were laid the preceding fall begin to hatch. At first
the fly is only a little worm wriggling in some pile of filth. The eggs are
usually laid and the grub developed in a manure pile or some mass of
garbage or other filth. Before the grub develops into the fly it is easily
destroyed. If everything in and about the house were kept scrupulously
clean, and if every manure pile were kept carefully screened or covered so
as to protect it from flies, there would be no difficulty in preventing the fly
nuisance. The most effective way to accomplish this is to destroy the
breeding places. The importance of this may be seen when it is considered
that one fly produces one hundred and twenty-five millions or more of its
kind in one season.
Stables.—Manure is by far the commonest material in which the fly lays
her eggs. All stables should be kept scrupulously clean. No manure should
be allowed to accumulate where it will be exposed to flies for even a few
minutes. Immediately after it is dropped by an animal, it should be removed
and covered. Manure may be treated with considerable quantities of lime
without interfering with its fertilizing value, and in this way the
development of the eggs laid in it by the flies can be practically prevented.
The floors of stables should be thoroughly flushed with water at least once
in every twenty-four hours.
Privy Vaults.—Human excrement also affords an excellent breeding place
for flies. In army camps the latrines are the points from which much
infection is transmitted to troops, and thousands of the men have lost their
lives by contracting typhoid fever transmitted in this manner. During the
summer time all open vaults and dry closets should be treated continuously
with lime, crude creolin or crude carbolic acid, and they should be carefully
cleaned out at frequent intervals.
Garbage.—As a medium for the development of flies, garbage may be
considered next in importance to excreta. The eggs of the fly hatch in about
Page 159
twenty-four hours, and garbage which is retained in the kitchen for that
length of time may contain flies in the grub stage. To prevent this
development, all garbage should be covered and pails should be emptied as
often as possible. In country districts garbage should be burned in the
kitchen or buried in the garden at frequent intervals, twenty-four hours
being the maximum time it should be retained.
Vacant Lots.—Vacant lots frequently contain appreciable quantities of
organic matter in a state of decomposition, affording favorable breeding
places for flies. These vacant areas should be maintained in a state of
scrupulous cleanliness.
Foodstuffs.—In order to prevent contamination of foodstuffs, all foods that
are eaten in the raw state and all foods that are exposed for sale after having
been cooked should be carefully protected from contact with flies, by
screens or covers.
A point where rapid development of flies takes place is along the city's
water front. This is due to the fact that many of the sewers do not discharge
below the level of the water. All open drains should be eliminated, whether
they be sewers, private house drains or drains from cess-pools.
Precautions to be Observed.—Keep the house free from flies. Every fly
should be considered a possible disease carrier and should be destroyed.
Keep the windows of the house, especially the kitchen windows, carefully
screened during the spring, summer and autumn.
Protect children from exposure to flies, particularly children who are ill, and
do not allow nursing bottles to be exposed to flies.
Protect milk and other foodstuffs from contact with flies.
Keep the garbage outside of the house, carefully covered.
Abolish open drains near dwelling places.
Stable manure should be frequently sprinkled with lime and kept covered.
Earth closets and privy vaults should be treated with lime, crude creolin or
crude carbolic acid at frequent intervals.
length of time may contain flies in the grub stage. To prevent this
development, all garbage should be covered and pails should be emptied as
often as possible. In country districts garbage should be burned in the
kitchen or buried in the garden at frequent intervals, twenty-four hours
being the maximum time it should be retained.
Vacant Lots.—Vacant lots frequently contain appreciable quantities of
organic matter in a state of decomposition, affording favorable breeding
places for flies. These vacant areas should be maintained in a state of
scrupulous cleanliness.
Foodstuffs.—In order to prevent contamination of foodstuffs, all foods that
are eaten in the raw state and all foods that are exposed for sale after having
been cooked should be carefully protected from contact with flies, by
screens or covers.
A point where rapid development of flies takes place is along the city's
water front. This is due to the fact that many of the sewers do not discharge
below the level of the water. All open drains should be eliminated, whether
they be sewers, private house drains or drains from cess-pools.
Precautions to be Observed.—Keep the house free from flies. Every fly
should be considered a possible disease carrier and should be destroyed.
Keep the windows of the house, especially the kitchen windows, carefully
screened during the spring, summer and autumn.
Protect children from exposure to flies, particularly children who are ill, and
do not allow nursing bottles to be exposed to flies.
Protect milk and other foodstuffs from contact with flies.
Keep the garbage outside of the house, carefully covered.
Abolish open drains near dwelling places.
Stable manure should be frequently sprinkled with lime and kept covered.
Earth closets and privy vaults should be treated with lime, crude creolin or
crude carbolic acid at frequent intervals.
Page 160
Earth closets and privy vaults should be cleaned frequently in order to
prevent excrement accumulating to an undue extent.
To Kill Flies.—Dissolve one dram of bichromate of potash in two ounces
of water, add a little sugar to this solution and put some of it in shallow
dishes and place about the house. Sticky fly paper and fly traps may also be
used.
To clean the room where there are many flies, burn pyrethrum powder
(Persian insect powder). This stupefies the flies and in this condition they
may be swept up and burned.
Probably the best and simplest fly killer is a weak solution of formaldehyde
in water (two teaspoonfuls to the pint). This solution should be placed in
plates or saucers throughout the house. Ten cents' worth of formaldehyde,
obtained in the drug store, will last an ordinary family all summer. Don't
smell formaldehyde in the pure state; it is very pungent and strong. In the
solution of the strength used for flies it has no offensive smell. It is fatal to
disease organisms, and is practically non-poisonous except to insects. Flies
will not stay in the house when this solution is around.
Moths.—Late spring and early summer is the time to guard against moths
and beetles. Many of these fabric-destroying insects are brought into the
house on flowers.
May and June are especially bad months, as both moths and beetles are only
dangerous to fabrics in their young or grub stage.
These insects will destroy almost anything from coarse rugs to the finest of
ball gowns and dress suits. Carpets that are rarely swept and garments that
are seldom disturbed are most liable to damage.
The substitution of the frequently removed and easily cleaned rugs for
carpets will greatly lessen the danger from the destructive moth and beetle
grubs. Carpets laid on tight floors are much less liable to injury than where
numerous cracks furnish safe retreats for the insects. Tarred paper under a
carpet is an excellent preventive.
All clothes presses should be thoroughly cleaned at frequent intervals. The
garments should be removed, aired and vigorously brushed. Any larvæ
prevent excrement accumulating to an undue extent.
To Kill Flies.—Dissolve one dram of bichromate of potash in two ounces
of water, add a little sugar to this solution and put some of it in shallow
dishes and place about the house. Sticky fly paper and fly traps may also be
used.
To clean the room where there are many flies, burn pyrethrum powder
(Persian insect powder). This stupefies the flies and in this condition they
may be swept up and burned.
Probably the best and simplest fly killer is a weak solution of formaldehyde
in water (two teaspoonfuls to the pint). This solution should be placed in
plates or saucers throughout the house. Ten cents' worth of formaldehyde,
obtained in the drug store, will last an ordinary family all summer. Don't
smell formaldehyde in the pure state; it is very pungent and strong. In the
solution of the strength used for flies it has no offensive smell. It is fatal to
disease organisms, and is practically non-poisonous except to insects. Flies
will not stay in the house when this solution is around.
Moths.—Late spring and early summer is the time to guard against moths
and beetles. Many of these fabric-destroying insects are brought into the
house on flowers.
May and June are especially bad months, as both moths and beetles are only
dangerous to fabrics in their young or grub stage.
These insects will destroy almost anything from coarse rugs to the finest of
ball gowns and dress suits. Carpets that are rarely swept and garments that
are seldom disturbed are most liable to damage.
The substitution of the frequently removed and easily cleaned rugs for
carpets will greatly lessen the danger from the destructive moth and beetle
grubs. Carpets laid on tight floors are much less liable to injury than where
numerous cracks furnish safe retreats for the insects. Tarred paper under a
carpet is an excellent preventive.
All clothes presses should be thoroughly cleaned at frequent intervals. The
garments should be removed, aired and vigorously brushed. Any larvæ
Page 161
which are not dislodged in this way should be destroyed. It is a bad plan to
keep odds and ends of woolen or other materials in attics where these pests
can breed and thus spread to more valuable articles.
Spraying with benzine two or three times during hot weather is a good way
of preventing injury to furniture or carriage upholstery and other articles
which are in storage or not in use for a long time. If you are certain that
woolens and furs are free from the pests they may be stored in safety by
placing them in tight paste board boxes and sealing the covers firmly with
gummed paper.
Both moths and carpet beetles are harmless at a temperature of 40 degrees
Fahrenheit—a fact very well known to advantage by the large fur storage
companies. They cannot survive furthermore a temperature of 120 decrees
if subjected to it for about twenty minutes.
What Physicians are Doing.—It is desirable that the ordinary non-medical
individual should know what the science of medicine is doing and what it is
accomplishing.
During the past fifteen years the art of curing and preventing disease has
taken on giant strides. The man or woman most ready to question the
accomplishments and the ability of the humble family physician or the
motive of the science of medicine, is the one who appreciates least that it is
due to the skill and intelligence of the medical men of to-day that he owes
his comfort, his health, and his freedom from pestilence, plague and
disease. Unthinking people laud and praise some upstart whose ability lies
in his faculty to fool the gullible, or they will rush to seek the false aid of
some nondescript science, because it is popular and well advertised, while
they pass by or ignore the men whose labors have made the world what it
is, and who alone possess the ability to intelligently wage the battle in the
interest of humanity against disease.
The medical profession has repeatedly pointed out that there are, on an
average, six hundred thousand lives lost every year in the United States
from preventable disease and accidents. Six hundred thousand lives which
medical science has at hand the remedy to save, but which the medical
profession sacrificed because of inadequate legislation. Few people can
comprehend just what six hundred thousand lives mean. Let us put it in
keep odds and ends of woolen or other materials in attics where these pests
can breed and thus spread to more valuable articles.
Spraying with benzine two or three times during hot weather is a good way
of preventing injury to furniture or carriage upholstery and other articles
which are in storage or not in use for a long time. If you are certain that
woolens and furs are free from the pests they may be stored in safety by
placing them in tight paste board boxes and sealing the covers firmly with
gummed paper.
Both moths and carpet beetles are harmless at a temperature of 40 degrees
Fahrenheit—a fact very well known to advantage by the large fur storage
companies. They cannot survive furthermore a temperature of 120 decrees
if subjected to it for about twenty minutes.
What Physicians are Doing.—It is desirable that the ordinary non-medical
individual should know what the science of medicine is doing and what it is
accomplishing.
During the past fifteen years the art of curing and preventing disease has
taken on giant strides. The man or woman most ready to question the
accomplishments and the ability of the humble family physician or the
motive of the science of medicine, is the one who appreciates least that it is
due to the skill and intelligence of the medical men of to-day that he owes
his comfort, his health, and his freedom from pestilence, plague and
disease. Unthinking people laud and praise some upstart whose ability lies
in his faculty to fool the gullible, or they will rush to seek the false aid of
some nondescript science, because it is popular and well advertised, while
they pass by or ignore the men whose labors have made the world what it
is, and who alone possess the ability to intelligently wage the battle in the
interest of humanity against disease.
The medical profession has repeatedly pointed out that there are, on an
average, six hundred thousand lives lost every year in the United States
from preventable disease and accidents. Six hundred thousand lives which
medical science has at hand the remedy to save, but which the medical
profession sacrificed because of inadequate legislation. Few people can
comprehend just what six hundred thousand lives mean. Let us put it in
Page 162
another way. There are destroyed by preventable disease and accidents
every day American lives equal in number to the crews of two battle ships,
equal in three months to more than the total combined numbers of the Army
and Navy of the United States; equal in one year to more than the total
number of lives lost in all our wars since the Declaration of Independence.
The Titanic disaster shocked the public for a moment, and seemed to
impress them as though it was a terrible and unheard of waste of good
human lives. Yet in the loss of life due to preventable causes we have in this
country every day in the year a destruction of our citizens exceeding in
magnitude that which occurred when the Titanic sank. Think of it! A Titanic
disaster a day, and yet the public does not rise up and demand in a spirit of
anger and determination that steps be taken at once to put an end to this
appalling and unnecessary waste of lives.
Under modern hygienic conditions, the average length of existence for an
individual in Great Britain has increased ten years in the last half century.
Among all the enlightened and advanced nations, the expectation of the
individual for long survival is greater. Since the appearance of uncheckable
and epidemic disorders is less frequent and the percentage of cures is
greater.
Since quarantine has been regularly established and the sewage system
made efficient in large cities, and since the sanitary plumbing laws have
been made compulsory, the general death rate has decreased enormously.
These regulations have been the product of regularly educated medical or
sanitary experts. No 'ism or 'ology has ever established any scientific
principle which has contributed to the general welfare of the people. We no
longer fear the plague, or typhus or yellow fever, cholera, diphtheria,
typhoid, consumption, and other diseases which once were a constant
menace to the race. The plague, for example, is practically limited to the Far
East, where modern methods cannot evidently be introduced efficiently. At
one time it periodically devastated Europe, where it cannot now get a
foothold because of the introduction of sanitary systems and hygienic
principles.
Tetanus or lockjaw and hydrophobia are now amenable to cure while
formerly all cases were practically fatal. The mortality of diphtheria has
every day American lives equal in number to the crews of two battle ships,
equal in three months to more than the total combined numbers of the Army
and Navy of the United States; equal in one year to more than the total
number of lives lost in all our wars since the Declaration of Independence.
The Titanic disaster shocked the public for a moment, and seemed to
impress them as though it was a terrible and unheard of waste of good
human lives. Yet in the loss of life due to preventable causes we have in this
country every day in the year a destruction of our citizens exceeding in
magnitude that which occurred when the Titanic sank. Think of it! A Titanic
disaster a day, and yet the public does not rise up and demand in a spirit of
anger and determination that steps be taken at once to put an end to this
appalling and unnecessary waste of lives.
Under modern hygienic conditions, the average length of existence for an
individual in Great Britain has increased ten years in the last half century.
Among all the enlightened and advanced nations, the expectation of the
individual for long survival is greater. Since the appearance of uncheckable
and epidemic disorders is less frequent and the percentage of cures is
greater.
Since quarantine has been regularly established and the sewage system
made efficient in large cities, and since the sanitary plumbing laws have
been made compulsory, the general death rate has decreased enormously.
These regulations have been the product of regularly educated medical or
sanitary experts. No 'ism or 'ology has ever established any scientific
principle which has contributed to the general welfare of the people. We no
longer fear the plague, or typhus or yellow fever, cholera, diphtheria,
typhoid, consumption, and other diseases which once were a constant
menace to the race. The plague, for example, is practically limited to the Far
East, where modern methods cannot evidently be introduced efficiently. At
one time it periodically devastated Europe, where it cannot now get a
foothold because of the introduction of sanitary systems and hygienic
principles.
Tetanus or lockjaw and hydrophobia are now amenable to cure while
formerly all cases were practically fatal. The mortality of diphtheria has
Page 163
been reduced more than fifty per cent. Antiseptic precautions in surgical
cases, first introduced by the famous surgeon, Lord Lister, have made
possible and successful operations that formerly could not be undertaken,
thus broadening the whole field of surgical possibilities. The Boer war and
the war with Spain proved this truth in a way that could not be denied.
Smallpox is almost a medical curiosity in New York City, where it once was
a scourge. The mortality of childbirth has been reduced to about one-fifth of
what it was by the introduction of antiseptics and anesthetics. The new
methods of making and preparing drugs, the sterilization and inspection of
milk, the methods devised for the care of and preparation of infant foods
have all enormously contributed to checking disease, to preventing disease,
and to increasing the length of life and its happiness.
These are all facts which may be proved by any one, no matter how
incompetent they may be. If we were to give up all these hard earned
victories, cease to investigate or experiment, deny the existence of disease,
and depend upon the questionable methods of hysterical emotionalists we
would soon find ourselves facing all the horrors of the past. Can we afford
to lose the priceless benefits we have achieved and are attaining? Can we sit
still and permit the profession of medicine, which has always contained the
best of the race in its membership, the best intellects, the most sympathetic
and unselfish characters, the noblest and most steadfast souls, to be
maligned and assailed, to have its means of well-doing assaulted and
threatened, when we know that it should be supported and protected for the
sake of all it has done in the past in the interest of humanity?
Every mother should be acquainted with these facts so that she may lend
her influence in behalf of honest effort and honest inquiry.
The following summary comprises a brief review of what medicine has
been doing in the recent past:
Radium.—This element was discovered about fifteen years ago by
Professor and Mme. Curie. It possesses the wonderful property of giving
out inexhaustible stores of energy. It virtually possesses the property of
perpetual motion. Professor Becquerel was the first one to suggest that it
might possess therapeutic or healing powers. The suggestion came to him in
a curious way. He carried a tube of radium in his vest pocket and was
cases, first introduced by the famous surgeon, Lord Lister, have made
possible and successful operations that formerly could not be undertaken,
thus broadening the whole field of surgical possibilities. The Boer war and
the war with Spain proved this truth in a way that could not be denied.
Smallpox is almost a medical curiosity in New York City, where it once was
a scourge. The mortality of childbirth has been reduced to about one-fifth of
what it was by the introduction of antiseptics and anesthetics. The new
methods of making and preparing drugs, the sterilization and inspection of
milk, the methods devised for the care of and preparation of infant foods
have all enormously contributed to checking disease, to preventing disease,
and to increasing the length of life and its happiness.
These are all facts which may be proved by any one, no matter how
incompetent they may be. If we were to give up all these hard earned
victories, cease to investigate or experiment, deny the existence of disease,
and depend upon the questionable methods of hysterical emotionalists we
would soon find ourselves facing all the horrors of the past. Can we afford
to lose the priceless benefits we have achieved and are attaining? Can we sit
still and permit the profession of medicine, which has always contained the
best of the race in its membership, the best intellects, the most sympathetic
and unselfish characters, the noblest and most steadfast souls, to be
maligned and assailed, to have its means of well-doing assaulted and
threatened, when we know that it should be supported and protected for the
sake of all it has done in the past in the interest of humanity?
Every mother should be acquainted with these facts so that she may lend
her influence in behalf of honest effort and honest inquiry.
The following summary comprises a brief review of what medicine has
been doing in the recent past:
Radium.—This element was discovered about fifteen years ago by
Professor and Mme. Curie. It possesses the wonderful property of giving
out inexhaustible stores of energy. It virtually possesses the property of
perpetual motion. Professor Becquerel was the first one to suggest that it
might possess therapeutic or healing powers. The suggestion came to him in
a curious way. He carried a tube of radium in his vest pocket and was
Page 164
severely burnt as a consequence. The incident suggested to him that, if
radium could attack healthy tissue in such a short time, it should be able to
similarly attack diseased tissue. Experiments were soon instituted, and are
still being conducted to exactly define its curative value and scope.
It was hailed as a cure for cancer and other serious conditions, but we have
found that it is not a cure for these ailments. It is, however, exceedingly
valuable in the treatment of certain skin diseases. In lupus, epithelial
tumors, ulcers, papillomata, angiomata and pruritus, it is being widely and
successfully used. It was later discovered that it can quickly kill disease-
producing bacteria. It is also well known that it will efficiently purify water.
X-Ray Treatment and X-Ray Diagnosis.—Professor Roentgen gave to the
world an exceedingly valuable discovery in the X-Ray. He discovered that a
certain form of electrical energy, when applied in a certain way, would
produce shadows that differentiated between a certain degrees of opacity.
For example, it would, if directed upon the human hand, produce shadows
that clearly indicated whether the substance through which the rays passed
was bone or muscle. The chief value of the X-Rays has been found to be
this property rather than any healing value which has been attributed to
them. The fact that these shadows can be photographed has rendered them
of supreme value in surgery and medicine. Previously it was essential that
the surgeon should depend upon his own diagnosis, upon what he could
learn from his sense of touch and from surrounding conditions. With the X-
Rays at his disposal he can quite eliminate the personal equation. His
pictures are precise and mathematically accurate; he can prove the truth of
his diagnosis before he cuts. We can take pictures of fractured bones and
from what we learn we can immediately tell how they should be set to
attain the very best results. We can actually tell if there is a stone in the
kidney before we subject the patient to a serious operation. We can actually
take pictures of the stomach at various stages of digestion and tell what
disease affects the individual with a degree of precision that was not
possible before the X-Rays were introduced. These examples only suggest
its use. There are a multiplicity of uses for these as yet unknown rays which
have greatly aided in diagnosis and consequently in successful treatment.
Aseptic Surgery.—The utility of the aseptic principle in surgery was
demonstrated by the Japanese army surgeons during the war with Russia in
radium could attack healthy tissue in such a short time, it should be able to
similarly attack diseased tissue. Experiments were soon instituted, and are
still being conducted to exactly define its curative value and scope.
It was hailed as a cure for cancer and other serious conditions, but we have
found that it is not a cure for these ailments. It is, however, exceedingly
valuable in the treatment of certain skin diseases. In lupus, epithelial
tumors, ulcers, papillomata, angiomata and pruritus, it is being widely and
successfully used. It was later discovered that it can quickly kill disease-
producing bacteria. It is also well known that it will efficiently purify water.
X-Ray Treatment and X-Ray Diagnosis.—Professor Roentgen gave to the
world an exceedingly valuable discovery in the X-Ray. He discovered that a
certain form of electrical energy, when applied in a certain way, would
produce shadows that differentiated between a certain degrees of opacity.
For example, it would, if directed upon the human hand, produce shadows
that clearly indicated whether the substance through which the rays passed
was bone or muscle. The chief value of the X-Rays has been found to be
this property rather than any healing value which has been attributed to
them. The fact that these shadows can be photographed has rendered them
of supreme value in surgery and medicine. Previously it was essential that
the surgeon should depend upon his own diagnosis, upon what he could
learn from his sense of touch and from surrounding conditions. With the X-
Rays at his disposal he can quite eliminate the personal equation. His
pictures are precise and mathematically accurate; he can prove the truth of
his diagnosis before he cuts. We can take pictures of fractured bones and
from what we learn we can immediately tell how they should be set to
attain the very best results. We can actually tell if there is a stone in the
kidney before we subject the patient to a serious operation. We can actually
take pictures of the stomach at various stages of digestion and tell what
disease affects the individual with a degree of precision that was not
possible before the X-Rays were introduced. These examples only suggest
its use. There are a multiplicity of uses for these as yet unknown rays which
have greatly aided in diagnosis and consequently in successful treatment.
Aseptic Surgery.—The utility of the aseptic principle in surgery was
demonstrated by the Japanese army surgeons during the war with Russia in
Page 165
1904-1905. Their success in preventing deaths from suppurating wounds
amazed the world. Their method was to discard the use of antiseptics and to
depend upon absolutely clean instruments, dressings and hands. The most
terrible wounds healed under this method without festering. This is, of
course, the method in vogue to-day all over the civilized world. The
Japanese did not discover aseptic surgery, but they were the first to put it to
actual test in a large way. The old method was to depend upon drugs to kill
the germs which might find their way into wounds and operations. To-day
we prevent the germs from getting into the wound and depend upon nature
to do the rest.
New Anesthetics.—Several important advances have been made in
methods of giving anesthetics and in the nature of the products used.
Temporary unconsciousness with electricity was induced in 1909 by Dr.
Stephane Leduc. Stovaine was invented by Dr. Jonnesco, of Bucharest. He
injected it into the spinal cord after the method made famous by Biers with
cocaine in 1899. Dr. W. S. Schley invented novocaine for the same purpose.
Temporary unconsciousness was accomplished by the use of epsom salts
injected into the spinal cord by Dr. Samuel J. Meltzer. All of these efforts to
discover a harmless anesthetic by spinal injection were made possible by
investigations and experiments of Dr. J. Leonard Corning, of New York,
who worked along this line as far back as 1885. The most revolutionary
discovery, however, was that of Dr. S. J. Meltzer at the Rockefeller
Institute, New York, when he inserted a tube into the windpipe, through
which he pumped the anesthetic into the lungs. While doing this he at the
same time pumped oxygen to aerate the blood, thus ensuring the patient
against possible accident during the course of difficult and tedious
operations on the lungs and heart.
Vaccine in Typhoid Fever.—Inasmuch as typhoid fever has played an
important part in the conduct of all wars, it has always been a source of
much careful study by military and naval surgeons in every civilized
country in the world. We had not, however, reached a stage when it was
possible to hope for its extermination until medical science began to
appreciate the possibilities of vaccine therapy. The Cuban, Boer and
Russian wars, because of the terrible experiences of the soldiers with
typhoid in each of them, stimulated inquiry along the line of discovering a
serum of vaccine that would be effectual against it. American, British,
amazed the world. Their method was to discard the use of antiseptics and to
depend upon absolutely clean instruments, dressings and hands. The most
terrible wounds healed under this method without festering. This is, of
course, the method in vogue to-day all over the civilized world. The
Japanese did not discover aseptic surgery, but they were the first to put it to
actual test in a large way. The old method was to depend upon drugs to kill
the germs which might find their way into wounds and operations. To-day
we prevent the germs from getting into the wound and depend upon nature
to do the rest.
New Anesthetics.—Several important advances have been made in
methods of giving anesthetics and in the nature of the products used.
Temporary unconsciousness with electricity was induced in 1909 by Dr.
Stephane Leduc. Stovaine was invented by Dr. Jonnesco, of Bucharest. He
injected it into the spinal cord after the method made famous by Biers with
cocaine in 1899. Dr. W. S. Schley invented novocaine for the same purpose.
Temporary unconsciousness was accomplished by the use of epsom salts
injected into the spinal cord by Dr. Samuel J. Meltzer. All of these efforts to
discover a harmless anesthetic by spinal injection were made possible by
investigations and experiments of Dr. J. Leonard Corning, of New York,
who worked along this line as far back as 1885. The most revolutionary
discovery, however, was that of Dr. S. J. Meltzer at the Rockefeller
Institute, New York, when he inserted a tube into the windpipe, through
which he pumped the anesthetic into the lungs. While doing this he at the
same time pumped oxygen to aerate the blood, thus ensuring the patient
against possible accident during the course of difficult and tedious
operations on the lungs and heart.
Vaccine in Typhoid Fever.—Inasmuch as typhoid fever has played an
important part in the conduct of all wars, it has always been a source of
much careful study by military and naval surgeons in every civilized
country in the world. We had not, however, reached a stage when it was
possible to hope for its extermination until medical science began to
appreciate the possibilities of vaccine therapy. The Cuban, Boer and
Russian wars, because of the terrible experiences of the soldiers with
typhoid in each of them, stimulated inquiry along the line of discovering a
serum of vaccine that would be effectual against it. American, British,
Page 166
French and Japanese military and naval surgeons instituted experiments
simultaneously to discover an anti-typhoid vaccine. In the fall of 1909,
American army surgeons were experimenting with a serum at Washington
and on Governor's Island with success, but the first public announcement of
an absolutely successful vaccine was made by Captain Vincent of the
French navy on June 20th, 1910, before the Académie de Medicine in Paris.
The final success of the anti-typhoid serum has been conclusively proved
by elaborate tests upon soldiers and sailors in many nations.
It is difficult for the ordinary individual to appreciate the significance and
importance of a discovery of this character and magnitude. When one thinks
calmly of the thousands and thousands of men who have lost their lives
during wars because of typhoid epidemics, and of the thousands of others
who have returned home practically invalided for life from the same cause,
it is possible to, at least, conceive of the benefit to the race such a discovery
promises. And when we learn that the discovery is a product of the same
principle or method which gave to the world a cure for smallpox, diphtheria
and syphilis, we must begin to believe that the medical profession is on the
path which is unlimited in its field of promise so far as efficient treatment is
concerned. Yet to-day we have people who do not believe in vaccination or
in anti-diphtheritic serum. We may not live to see the time, but it is not far
distant in the opinion of men qualified to speak with authority, when every
disease will be amenable to the serum therapy, and when drugs will
virtually be discarded by the human race.
"606."—One of the most important discoveries in the history of medicine
was recently given to the world by Dr. Paul Ehrlich.
He called it "606," because it was the 606th experiment he had made with
the same end in view. It was designed with the purpose of curing the most
terrible disease known to man, syphilis. The name of the remedy is
salvarsan. That it will do all that was first claimed for it is still doubtful, but
salvarsan and its improvements, neosalvarsan, etc., are accepted by the
profession as by far the best treatment yet devised for this dread disease. It
points the way for improvement along the same line to an ultimate specific.
Transplanting the Organs of Dead Men Into Living Men.—To take from
a recently dead individual a kidney, or a bone, or an artery, and by
simultaneously to discover an anti-typhoid vaccine. In the fall of 1909,
American army surgeons were experimenting with a serum at Washington
and on Governor's Island with success, but the first public announcement of
an absolutely successful vaccine was made by Captain Vincent of the
French navy on June 20th, 1910, before the Académie de Medicine in Paris.
The final success of the anti-typhoid serum has been conclusively proved
by elaborate tests upon soldiers and sailors in many nations.
It is difficult for the ordinary individual to appreciate the significance and
importance of a discovery of this character and magnitude. When one thinks
calmly of the thousands and thousands of men who have lost their lives
during wars because of typhoid epidemics, and of the thousands of others
who have returned home practically invalided for life from the same cause,
it is possible to, at least, conceive of the benefit to the race such a discovery
promises. And when we learn that the discovery is a product of the same
principle or method which gave to the world a cure for smallpox, diphtheria
and syphilis, we must begin to believe that the medical profession is on the
path which is unlimited in its field of promise so far as efficient treatment is
concerned. Yet to-day we have people who do not believe in vaccination or
in anti-diphtheritic serum. We may not live to see the time, but it is not far
distant in the opinion of men qualified to speak with authority, when every
disease will be amenable to the serum therapy, and when drugs will
virtually be discarded by the human race.
"606."—One of the most important discoveries in the history of medicine
was recently given to the world by Dr. Paul Ehrlich.
He called it "606," because it was the 606th experiment he had made with
the same end in view. It was designed with the purpose of curing the most
terrible disease known to man, syphilis. The name of the remedy is
salvarsan. That it will do all that was first claimed for it is still doubtful, but
salvarsan and its improvements, neosalvarsan, etc., are accepted by the
profession as by far the best treatment yet devised for this dread disease. It
points the way for improvement along the same line to an ultimate specific.
Transplanting the Organs of Dead Men Into Living Men.—To take from
a recently dead individual a kidney, or a bone, or an artery, and by
Page 167
immersing them in certain fluids thereby keeping them alive indefinitely,
and later transplanting them in the body of a living individual so that they
will continue to live and perform their function in the new environment, is a
revolutionary and a seemingly incredible performance. Yet Dr. Alexis
Carrel of the Rockefeller Institute, New York, has accomplished this
wonderful task. The smallest imagination can picture the possibilities of this
kind of surgery, but, inasmuch as the discovery is so recent and the
opportunities for testing it upon human beings are so relatively few, that
time alone can tell how far it may be possible to go.
Anti-Meningitis Serum.—Another important discovery that has emanated
from the Rockefeller Institute is the Anti-Meningitis serum. The death rate
from spinal meningitis, before the introduction of the serum, was 70 per
cent., the use of the serum has reduced this percentage to 30. We owe this
important contribution to Dr. Simon Flexner.
A Serum for Malaria Now Possible.—Dr. C. C. Bass, of Tulane
University, has succeeded in extracting malaria-producing parasites from
human blood and keeping them alive in test tubes. This feat had been long
attempted but never before with success. The significance of this
achievement is that it is the first step toward preparing a serum that will
give immunity to malaria.
and later transplanting them in the body of a living individual so that they
will continue to live and perform their function in the new environment, is a
revolutionary and a seemingly incredible performance. Yet Dr. Alexis
Carrel of the Rockefeller Institute, New York, has accomplished this
wonderful task. The smallest imagination can picture the possibilities of this
kind of surgery, but, inasmuch as the discovery is so recent and the
opportunities for testing it upon human beings are so relatively few, that
time alone can tell how far it may be possible to go.
Anti-Meningitis Serum.—Another important discovery that has emanated
from the Rockefeller Institute is the Anti-Meningitis serum. The death rate
from spinal meningitis, before the introduction of the serum, was 70 per
cent., the use of the serum has reduced this percentage to 30. We owe this
important contribution to Dr. Simon Flexner.
A Serum for Malaria Now Possible.—Dr. C. C. Bass, of Tulane
University, has succeeded in extracting malaria-producing parasites from
human blood and keeping them alive in test tubes. This feat had been long
attempted but never before with success. The significance of this
achievement is that it is the first step toward preparing a serum that will
give immunity to malaria.
Page 168
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE EUGENIC
MARRIAGE, VOLUME 4 (OF 4) ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
MARRIAGE, VOLUME 4 (OF 4) ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
Page 169
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
Page 170
collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United
States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it
away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United
States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it
away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™
Page 171
License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United
States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United
States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
Page 172
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
Page 173
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
receipt of the work.
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
Page 174
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
Page 175
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
Page 176
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
Page 177
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.